There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an extra u64 rate parameter to psched_ratecfg_precompute()
so that some qdisc can opt-in for 64bit rates in the future,
to overcome the ~34 Gbits limit.
psched_ratecfg_getrate() reports a legacy structure to
tc utility, so if actual rate is above the 32bit rate field,
cap it to the 34Gbit limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If local fragmentation is allowed, then ip_select_ident() and
ip_select_ident_more() need to generate unique IDs to ensure
correct defragmentation on the peer.
For example, if IPsec (tunnel mode) has to encrypt large skbs
that have local_df bit set, then all IP fragments that belonged
to different ESP datagrams would have used the same identificator.
If one of these IP fragments would get lost or reordered, then
peer could possibly stitch together wrong IP fragments that did
not belong to the same datagram. This would lead to a packet loss
or data corruption.
Signed-off-by: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For those controller that support the HCI_Set_Event_Mask_Page_2 command
we should include it in the init sequence. This patch implements sending
of the command and enables the events in it based on supported features
(currently only CSB is checked).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for reading the synchronization train parameters
for controllers that support the feature. Since the feature is
detectable through the local features page 2, which is retreived only in
stage 3 of the HCI init sequence, there is no other option than to add a
fourth stage to the init sequence.
For now the patch doesn't yet add storing of the parameters, but it is
nevertheless convenient to have around to see what kind of parameters
various controllers use by default (analyzable e.g. with the btmon user
space tool).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In the case of blocking sockets we should not proceed with sendmsg() if
the socket has the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag set. So far the code was only
ensuring that POLLOUT doesn't get set for non-blocking sockets using
poll() but there was no code in place to ensure that blocking sockets do
the right thing when writing to them.
This patch adds a new bt_sock_wait_ready helper function to sleep in the
sendmsg call if the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag is set, and wake up as soon as it
is unset. It also updates the L2CAP and RFCOMM sendmsg callbacks to take
advantage of this new helper function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
commit 578bc3ef1e ("ipvs: reorganize dest trash") added
IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING flag and RCU callback named
ip_vs_dest_wait_readers() to keep dests and services after
removal for at least a RCU grace period. But we have the
following corner cases:
- we can not reuse the same dest if its service is removed
while IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING is still set because another dest
removal in the first grace period can not extend this period.
It can happen when ipvsadm -C && ipvsadm -R is used.
- dest->svc can be replaced but ip_vs_in_stats() and
ip_vs_out_stats() have no explicit read memory barriers
when accessing dest->svc. It can happen that dest->svc
was just freed (replaced) while we use it to update
the stats.
We solve the problems as follows:
- IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING is removed and we ensure a fixed
idle period for the dest (IP_VS_DEST_TRASH_PERIOD). idle_start
will remember when for first time after deletion we noticed
dest->refcnt=0. Later, the connections can grab a reference
while in RCU grace period but if refcnt becomes 0 we can
safely free the dest and its svc.
- dest->svc becomes RCU pointer. As result, we add explicit
RCU locking in ip_vs_in_stats() and ip_vs_out_stats().
- __ip_vs_unbind_svc is renamed to __ip_vs_svc_put(), it
now can free the service immediately or after a RCU grace
period. dest->svc is not set to NULL anymore.
As result, unlinked dests and their services are
freed always after IP_VS_DEST_TRASH_PERIOD period, unused
services are freed after a RCU grace period.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Schedulers such as lblc and lblcr require the weight to be as high as the
maximum number of active connections. In commit b552f7e3a9
("ipvs: unify the formula to estimate the overhead of processing
connections"), the consideration of inactconns and activeconns was cleaned
up to always count activeconns as 256 times more important than inactconns.
In cases where 3000 or more connections are expected, a weight of 3000 *
256 * 3000 connections overflows the 32-bit signed result used to determine
if rescheduling is required.
On amd64, this merely changes the multiply and comparison instructions to
64-bit. On x86, a 64-bit result is already present from imull, so only
a few more comparison instructions are emitted.
Signed-off-by: Simon Kirby <sim@hostway.ca>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The struct for HCI_Set_Event_Mask is never used. Instead a local 8-byte
array is used for sending this command. Therefore, remove the
unnecessary struct definition.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This makes it more convenient to check for rfkill (no need to check for
dev->rfkill before calling rfkill_blocked()) and also avoids potential
races if the RFKILL state needs to be checked from within the rfkill
callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for you net tree,
mostly targeted to ipset, they are:
* Fix ICMPv6 NAT due to wrong comparison, code instead of type, from
Phil Oester.
* Fix RCU race in conntrack extensions release path, from Michal Kubecek.
* Fix missing inversion in the userspace ipset test command match if
the nomatch option is specified, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Skip layer 4 protocol matching in ipset in case of IPv6 fragments,
also from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix sequence adjustment in nfnetlink_queue due to using the netlink
skb instead of the network skb, from Gao feng.
* Make sure we cannot swap of sets with different layer 3 family in
ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix possible bogus matching in ipset if hash sets with net elements
are used, from Oliver Smith.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introcuces a new HCI socket channel that allows user
applications to take control over a specific HCI device. The application
gains exclusive access to this device and forces the kernel to stay away
and not manage it. In case of the management interface it will actually
hide the device.
Such operation is useful for security testing tools that need to operate
underneath the Bluetooth stack and need full control over a device. The
advantage here is that the kernel still provides the service of hardware
abstraction and HCI level access. The use of Bluetooth drivers for
hardware access also means that sniffing tools like btmon or hcidump
are still working and the whole set of transaction can be traced with
existing tools.
With the new channel it is possible to send HCI commands, ACL and SCO
data packets and receive HCI events, ACL and SCO packets from the
device. The format follows the well established H:4 protocol.
The new HCI user channel can only be established when a device has been
through its setup routine and is currently powered down. This is
enforced to not cause any problems with current operations. In addition
only one user channel per HCI device is allowed. It is exclusive access
for one user application. Access to this channel is limited to process
with CAP_NET_RAW capability.
Using this new facility does not require any external library or special
ioctl or socket filters. Just create the socket and bind it. After that
the file descriptor is ready to speak H:4 protocol.
struct sockaddr_hci addr;
int fd;
fd = socket(AF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_RAW, BTPROTO_HCI);
memset(&addr, 0, sizeof(addr));
addr.hci_family = AF_BLUETOOTH;
addr.hci_dev = 0;
addr.hci_channel = HCI_CHANNEL_USER;
bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *) &addr, sizeof(addr));
The example shows on how to create a user channel for hci0 device. Error
handling has been left out of the example. However with the limitations
mentioned above it is advised to handle errors. Binding of the user
cahnnel socket can fail for various reasons. Specifically if the device
is currently activated by BlueZ or if the access permissions are not
present.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introduces a new user channel flag that allows to give full
control of a HCI device to a user application. The kernel will stay away
from the device and does not allow any further modifications of the
device states.
The existing raw flag is not used since it has a bit of unclear meaning
due to its legacy. Using a new flag makes the code clearer.
A device with the user channel flag set can still be enumerate using the
legacy API, but it does not longer enumerate using the new management
interface used by BlueZ 5 and beyond. This is intentional to not confuse
users of modern systems.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Commit 68b80f11 (netfilter: nf_nat: fix RCU races) introduced
RCU protection for freeing extension data when reallocation
moves them to a new location. We need the same protection when
freeing them in nf_ct_ext_free() in order to prevent a
use-after-free by other threads referencing a NAT extension data
via bysource list.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Brown paper bag fix in HTB scheduler, class options set incorrectly
due to a typoe. Fix from Vimalkumar.
2) It's possible for the ipv6 FIB garbage collector to run before all
the necessary datastructure are setup during init, defer the
notifier registry to avoid this problem. Fix from Michal Kubecek.
3) New i40e ethernet driver from the Intel folks.
4) Add new qmi wwan device IDs, from Bjørn Mork.
5) Doorbell lock in bnx2x driver is not initialized properly in some
configurations, fix from Ariel Elior.
6) Revert an ipv6 packet option padding change that broke standardized
ipv6 implementation test suites. From Jiri Pirko.
7) Fix synchronization of ARP information in bonding layer, from
Nikolay Aleksandrov.
8) Fix missing error return resulting in illegal memory accesses in
openvswitch, from Daniel Borkmann.
9) SCTP doesn't signal poll events properly due to mistaken operator
precedence, fix also from Daniel Borkmann.
10) __netdev_pick_tx() passes wrong index to sk_tx_queue_set() which
essentially disables caching of TX queue in sockets :-/ Fix from
Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (29 commits)
net_sched: htb: fix a typo in htb_change_class()
net: qmi_wwan: add new Qualcomm devices
ipv6: don't call fib6_run_gc() until routing is ready
net: tilegx driver: avoid compiler warning
fib6_rules: fix indentation
irda: vlsi_ir: Remove casting the return value which is a void pointer
irda: donauboe: Remove casting the return value which is a void pointer
net: fix multiqueue selection
net: sctp: fix smatch warning in sctp_send_asconf_del_ip
net: sctp: fix bug in sctp_poll for SOCK_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE
net: fib: fib6_add: fix potential NULL pointer dereference
net: ovs: flow: fix potential illegal memory access in __parse_flow_nlattrs
bcm63xx_enet: remove deprecated IRQF_DISABLED
net: korina: remove deprecated IRQF_DISABLED
macvlan: Move skb_clone check closer to call
qlcnic: Fix warning reported by kbuild test robot.
bonding: fix bond_arp_rcv setting and arp validate desync state
bonding: fix store_arp_validate race with mode change
ipv6/exthdrs: accept tlv which includes only padding
bnx2x: avoid atomic allocations during initialization
...
When loading the ipv6 module, ndisc_init() is called before
ip6_route_init(). As the former registers a handler calling
fib6_run_gc(), this opens a window to run the garbage collector
before necessary data structures are initialized. If a network
device is initialized in this window, adding MAC address to it
triggers a NETDEV_CHANGEADDR event, leading to a crash in
fib6_clean_all().
Take the event handler registration out of ndisc_init() into a
separate function ndisc_late_init() and move it after
ip6_route_init().
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first fixes namespace issues which causes a kernel
NULL pointer dereference, the second fixes uevent
handling to work better with udev, and the third
switches some code to use srlcpy instead of strncpy
in order to be safer.
All changes have been baking in for-next for at least
2 weeks.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: GPGTools - http://gpgtools.org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=YbFT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-3.12-merge' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
Pull 9p updates from Eric Van Hensbergen:
"Minor 9p fixes and tweaks for 3.12 merge window
The first fixes namespace issues which causes a kernel NULL pointer
dereference, the second fixes uevent handling to work better with
udev, and the third switches some code to use srlcpy instead of
strncpy in order to be safer.
All changes have been baking in for-next for at least 2 weeks"
* tag 'for-linus-3.12-merge' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: avoid accessing utsname after namespace has been torn down
9p: send uevent after adding/removing mount_tag attribute
fs: 9p: use strlcpy instead of strncpy
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"Noteworthy changes this time around:
1) Multicast rejoin support for team driver, from Jiri Pirko.
2) Centralize and simplify TCP RTT measurement handling in order to
reduce the impact of bad RTO seeding from SYN/ACKs. Also, when
both timestamps and local RTT measurements are available prefer
the later because there are broken middleware devices which
scramble the timestamp.
From Yuchung Cheng.
3) Add TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option to limit the amount of kernel
memory consumed to queue up unsend user data. From Eric Dumazet.
4) Add a "physical port ID" abstraction for network devices, from
Jiri Pirko.
5) Add a "suppress" operation to influence fib_rules lookups, from
Stefan Tomanek.
6) Add a networking development FAQ, from Paul Gortmaker.
7) Extend the information provided by tcp_probe and add ipv6 support,
from Daniel Borkmann.
8) Use RCU locking more extensively in openvswitch data paths, from
Pravin B Shelar.
9) Add SCTP support to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
10) Add EF10 chip support to SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
11) Add new SYNPROXY netfilter target, from Patrick McHardy.
12) Compute a rate approximation for sending in TCP sockets, and use
this to more intelligently coalesce TSO frames. Furthermore, add
a new packet scheduler which takes advantage of this estimate when
available. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Allow AF_PACKET fanouts with random selection, from Daniel
Borkmann.
14) Add ipv6 support to vxlan driver, from Cong Wang"
Resolved conflicts as per discussion.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1218 commits)
openvswitch: Fix alignment of struct sw_flow_key.
netfilter: Fix build errors with xt_socket.c
tcp: Add missing braces to do_tcp_setsockopt
caif: Add missing braces to multiline if in cfctrl_linkup_request
bnx2x: Add missing braces in bnx2x:bnx2x_link_initialize
vxlan: Fix kernel panic on device delete.
net: mvneta: implement ->ndo_do_ioctl() to support PHY ioctls
net: mvneta: properly disable HW PHY polling and ensure adjust_link() works
icplus: Use netif_running to determine device state
ethernet/arc/arc_emac: Fix huge delays in large file copies
tuntap: orphan frags before trying to set tx timestamp
tuntap: purge socket error queue on detach
qlcnic: use standard NAPI weights
ipv6:introduce function to find route for redirect
bnx2x: VF RSS support - VF side
bnx2x: VF RSS support - PF side
vxlan: Notify drivers for listening UDP port changes
net: usbnet: update addr_assign_type if appropriate
driver/net: enic: update enic maintainers and driver
driver/net: enic: Exposing symbols for Cisco's low latency driver
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv6/sit.c
The conflicts were minor:
1) sit.c changes overlap with change to ip_tunnel_xmit() signature.
2) br_multicast.c had an overlap between computing max_delay using
msecs_to_jiffies and turning MLDV2_MRC() into an inline function
with a name using lowercase instead of uppercase letters.
3) stmmac had two overlapping changes, one which conditionally allocated
and hooked up a dma_cfg based upon the presence of the pbl OF property,
and another one handling store-and-forward DMA made. The latter of
which should not go into the new of_find_property() basic block.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds two more ndo ops: ndo_add_rx_vxlan_port() and
ndo_del_rx_vxlan_port().
Drivers can get notifications through the above functions about changes
of the UDP listening port of VXLAN. Also, when physical ports come up,
now they can call vxlan_get_rx_port() in order to obtain the port number(s)
of the existing VXLAN interface in case they already up before them.
This information about the listening UDP port would be used for VXLAN
related offloads.
A big thank you to John Fastabend (john.r.fastabend@intel.com) for his
input and his suggestions on this patch set.
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Joseph Gasparakis <joseph.gasparakis@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of MLDV2_MRC and use our new macros for mantisse and
exponent to calculate Maximum Response Delay out of the Maximum
Response Code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i) RFC3810, 9.2. Query Interval [QI] says:
The Query Interval variable denotes the interval between General
Queries sent by the Querier. Default value: 125 seconds. [...]
ii) RFC3810, 9.3. Query Response Interval [QRI] says:
The Maximum Response Delay used to calculate the Maximum Response
Code inserted into the periodic General Queries. Default value:
10000 (10 seconds) [...] The number of seconds represented by the
[Query Response Interval] must be less than the [Query Interval].
iii) RFC3810, 9.12. Older Version Querier Present Timeout [OVQPT] says:
The Older Version Querier Present Timeout is the time-out for
transitioning a host back to MLDv2 Host Compatibility Mode. When an
MLDv1 query is received, MLDv2 hosts set their Older Version Querier
Present Timer to [Older Version Querier Present Timeout].
This value MUST be ([Robustness Variable] times (the [Query Interval]
in the last Query received)) plus ([Query Response Interval]).
Hence, on *default* the timeout results in:
[RV] = 2, [QI] = 125sec, [QRI] = 10sec
[OVQPT] = [RV] * [QI] + [QRI] = 260sec
Having that said, we currently calculate [OVQPT] (here given as 'switchback'
variable) as ...
switchback = (idev->mc_qrv + 1) * max_delay
RFC3810, 9.12. says "the [Query Interval] in the last Query received". In
section "9.14. Configuring timers", it is said:
This section is meant to provide advice to network administrators on
how to tune these settings to their network. Ambitious router
implementations might tune these settings dynamically based upon
changing characteristics of the network. [...]
iv) RFC38010, 9.14.2. Query Interval:
The overall level of periodic MLD traffic is inversely proportional
to the Query Interval. A longer Query Interval results in a lower
overall level of MLD traffic. The value of the Query Interval MUST
be equal to or greater than the Maximum Response Delay used to
calculate the Maximum Response Code inserted in General Query
messages.
I assume that was why switchback is calculated as is (3 * max_delay), although
this setting seems to be meant for routers only to configure their [QI]
interval for non-default intervals. So usage here like this is clearly wrong.
Concluding, the current behaviour in IPv6's multicast code is not conform
to the RFC as switch back is calculated wrongly. That is, it has a too small
value, so MLDv2 hosts switch back again to MLDv2 way too early, i.e. ~30secs
instead of ~260secs on default.
Hence, introduce necessary helper functions and fix this up properly as it
should be.
Introduced in 06da92283 ("[IPV6]: Add MLDv2 support."). Credits to Hannes
Frederic Sowa who also had a hand in this as well. Also thanks to Hangbin Liu
who did initial testing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_rcv_established() returns only one value namely 0. We change the return
value to void (as suggested by David Miller).
After commit 0c24604b (tcp: implement RFC 5961 4.2), we no longer send RSTs in
response to SYNs. We can remove the check and processing on the return value of
tcp_rcv_established().
We also fix jtcp_rcv_established() in tcp_probe.c to match that of
tcp_rcv_established().
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to harmonize cleanup done on a skbuff on rx path.
Before this patch, behaviors were different depending of the tunnel type.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to harmonize cleanup done on a skbuff on xmit path.
Before this patch, behaviors were different depending of the tunnel type.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This argument is not used, let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This argument is not used, let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the llc_<foo> static inlines to the
equivalents from etherdevice.h and remove
the llc_<foo> static inline functions.
llc_mac_null -> is_zero_ether_addr
llc_mac_multicast -> is_multicast_ether_addr
llc_mac_match -> ether_addr_equal
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please accept this batch of updates intended for the 3.12 stream.
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says this:
"This time I have various improvements all over the place: IBSS, mesh,
testmode, AP client powersave handling, one of the rare rfkill patches
and some code cleanup."
Also for mac80211:
"And I also have some more changes for -next, just a few small fixes and
improvements, nothing really stands out."
And for iwlwifi:
"This time I have some powersave work (notably uAPSD support), CQM
offloads, support for a new firmware API and various code cleanups."
Regarding the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Patches to 3.12, here we have:
* implementation of a proper tty_port for RFCOMM devices, this fixes some
issues people were seeing lately in the kernel.
* Add voice_setting option for SCO, it is used for SCO Codec selection
* bugfixes, small improvements and clean ups"
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"With this one we have:
- A few pn533 improvements and minor fixes. Testing our pn533 driver
against Google's NCI stack triggered a few issues that we fixed now.
We also added Tx fragmentation support to this driver.
- More NFC secure element handling. We added a GET_SE netlink command
for getting all the discovered secure elements, and we defined 2
additional secure element netlink event (transaction and connectivity).
We also fixed a couple of typos and copy-paste bugs from the secure
element handling code.
- Firmware download support for the pn544 driver. This chipset can enter a
special mode where it's waiting for firmware blobs to replace the
already flashed one. We now support that mode."
With repect to the ath tree, Kalle says:
"New features in ath10k are rx/tx checsumming in hw and survey scan
implemented by Michal. Also he made fixes to different areas of the
driver, most notable being fixing the case when using two streams and
reducing the number of interface combinations to avoid firmware crashes.
Bartosz did a clean related to how we handle SoC power save in PCI
layer.
For ath6kl Mohammed and Vasanth sent each a patch to fix two infrequent
crashes."
I also pulled the wireless tree into wireless-next to support a
request from Johannes. On top of all that, there are the usual
sort of driver updates. The mwifiex, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, ath9k,
and rt2x00 drivers all get some attention, as does the bcma bus and
a few other random bits here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on the cgroup front. Most changes aren't visible
to userland at all at this point and are laying foundation for the
planned unified hierarchy.
- The biggest change is decoupling the lifetime management of css
(cgroup_subsys_state) from that of cgroup's. Because controllers
(cpu, memory, block and so on) will need to be dynamically enabled
and disabled, css which is the association point between a cgroup
and a controller may come and go dynamically across the lifetime of
a cgroup. Till now, css's were created when the associated cgroup
was created and stayed till the cgroup got destroyed.
Assumptions around this tight coupling permeated through cgroup
core and controllers. These assumptions are gradually removed,
which consists bulk of patches, and css destruction path is
completely decoupled from cgroup destruction path. Note that
decoupling of creation path is relatively easy on top of these
changes and the patchset is pending for the next window.
- cgroup has its own event mechanism cgroup.event_control, which is
only used by memcg. It is overly complex trying to achieve high
flexibility whose benefits seem dubious at best. Going forward,
new events will simply generate file modified event and the
existing mechanism is being made specific to memcg. This pull
request contains prepatory patches for such change.
- Various fixes and cleanups"
Fixed up conflict in kernel/cgroup.c as per Tejun.
* 'for-3.12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (69 commits)
cgroup: fix cgroup_css() invocation in css_from_id()
cgroup: make cgroup_write_event_control() use css_from_dir() instead of __d_cgrp()
cgroup: make cgroup_event hold onto cgroup_subsys_state instead of cgroup
cgroup: implement CFTYPE_NO_PREFIX
cgroup: make cgroup_css() take cgroup_subsys * instead and allow NULL subsys
cgroup: rename cgroup_css_from_dir() to css_from_dir() and update its syntax
cgroup: fix cgroup_write_event_control()
cgroup: fix subsystem file accesses on the root cgroup
cgroup: change cgroup_from_id() to css_from_id()
cgroup: use css_get() in cgroup_create() to check CSS_ROOT
cpuset: remove an unncessary forward declaration
cgroup: RCU protect each cgroup_subsys_state release
cgroup: move subsys file removal to kill_css()
cgroup: factor out kill_css()
cgroup: decouple cgroup_subsys_state destruction from cgroup destruction
cgroup: replace cgroup->css_kill_cnt with ->nr_css
cgroup: bounce cgroup_subsys_state ref kill confirmation to a work item
cgroup: move cgroup->subsys[] assignment to online_css()
cgroup: reorganize css init / exit paths
cgroup: add __rcu modifier to cgroup->subsys[]
...
Fengguang reported:
net/built-in.o: In function `in6_dev_finish_destroy':
(.text+0x4ca7d): undefined reference to `snmp_mib_free'
this is due to snmp_mib_free() is defined when CONFIG_INET is enabled,
but in6_dev_finish_destroy() is now moved to core kernel.
I think snmp_mib_free() is small enough to be inlined, so just make it
static inline.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the IPv6 version of "arp_reduce", ndisc_send_na()
will be needed.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
route short circuit only has IPv4 part, this patch adds
the IPv6 part. nd_tbl will be needed.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds IPv6 support to vxlan device, as the new version
RFC already mentions it:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-mahalingam-dutt-dcops-vxlan-03
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case IPv6 is compiled as a module, introduce a stub
for ipv6_sock_mc_join and ipv6_sock_mc_drop etc.. It will be used
by vxlan module. Suggested by Ben.
This is an ugly but easy solution for now.
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used by vxlan, and may not be inlined.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes warnings introduced by the qdisc default patch.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, the pfifo_fast queue discipline has been used by default
for all devices. But we have better choices now.
This patch allow setting the default queueing discipline with sysctl.
This allows easy use of better queueing disciplines on all devices
without having to use tc qdisc scripts. It is intended to allow
an easy path for distributions to make fq_codel or sfq the default
qdisc.
This patch also makes pfifo_fast more of a first class qdisc, since
it is now possible to manually override the default and explicitly
use pfifo_fast. The behavior for systems who do not use the sysctl
is unchanged, they still get pfifo_fast
Also removes leftover random # in sysctl net core.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
This pull request fixes some issues that arise when 6in4 or 4in6 tunnels
are used in combination with IPsec, all from Hannes Frederic Sowa and a
null pointer dereference when queueing packets to the policy hold queue.
1) We might access the local error handler of the wrong address family if
6in4 or 4in6 tunnel is protected by ipsec. Fix this by addind a pointer
to the correct local_error to xfrm_state_afinet.
2) Add a helper function to always refer to the correct interpretation
of skb->sk.
3) Call skb_reset_inner_headers to record the position of the inner headers
when adding a new one in various ipv6 tunnels. This is needed to identify
the addresses where to send back errors in the xfrm layer.
4) Dereference inner ipv6 header if encapsulated to always call the
right error handler.
5) Choose protocol family by skb protocol to not call the wrong
xfrm{4,6}_local_error handler in case an ipv6 sockets is used
in ipv4 mode.
6) Partly revert "xfrm: introduce helper for safe determination of mtu"
because this introduced pmtu discovery problems.
7) Set skb->protocol on tcp, raw and ip6_append_data genereated skbs.
We need this to get the correct mtu informations in xfrm.
8) Fix null pointer dereference in xdst_queue_output.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After hearing many people over past years complaining against TSO being
bursty or even buggy, we are proud to present automatic sizing of TSO
packets.
One part of the problem is that tcp_tso_should_defer() uses an heuristic
relying on upcoming ACKS instead of a timer, but more generally, having
big TSO packets makes little sense for low rates, as it tends to create
micro bursts on the network, and general consensus is to reduce the
buffering amount.
This patch introduces a per socket sk_pacing_rate, that approximates
the current sending rate, and allows us to size the TSO packets so
that we try to send one packet every ms.
This field could be set by other transports.
Patch has no impact for high speed flows, where having large TSO packets
makes sense to reach line rate.
For other flows, this helps better packet scheduling and ACK clocking.
This patch increases performance of TCP flows in lossy environments.
A new sysctl (tcp_min_tso_segs) is added, to specify the
minimal size of a TSO packet (default being 2).
A follow-up patch will provide a new packet scheduler (FQ), using
sk_pacing_rate as an input to perform optional per flow pacing.
This explains why we chose to set sk_pacing_rate to twice the current
rate, allowing 'slow start' ramp up.
sk_pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / srtt
v2: Neal Cardwell reported a suspect deferring of last two segments on
initial write of 10 MSS, I had to change tcp_tso_should_defer() to take
into account tp->xmit_size_goal_segs
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce cacheline usage from 2 to 1 cacheline for sctp_globals structure. By
reordering elements, we can close gaps and simply achieve the following:
Current situation:
/* size: 80, cachelines: 2, members: 10 */
/* sum members: 57, holes: 4, sum holes: 16 */
/* padding: 7 */
/* last cacheline: 16 bytes */
Afterwards:
/* size: 64, cachelines: 1, members: 10 */
/* padding: 7 */
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a cpu_relaxt to sk_busy_loop.
Julie Cummings reported performance issues when hyperthreading is on.
Arjan van de Ven observed that we should have a cpu_relax() in the
busy poll loop.
Reported-by: Julie Cummings <julie.a.cummings@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netlink dump operations take module as parameter to hold
reference for entire netlink dump duration.
Currently it holds ref only on genl module which is not correct
when we use ops registered to genl from another module.
Following patch adds module pointer to genl_ops so that netlink
can hold ref count on it.
CC: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some thoughts on IPv4 VTI implementation:
The connection between VTI receiving part and xfrm tunnel mode input process
is hardly a "xfrm_tunnel", xfrm_tunnel is used in places where, e.g ipip/sit
and xfrm4_tunnel, acts like a true "tunnel" device.
In addition, IMHO, VTI doesn't need vti_err to do something meaningful, as all
VTI needs is just a notifier to be called whenever xfrm_input ingress a packet
to update statistics.
A IPsec protected packet is first handled by protocol handlers, e.g AH/ESP,
to check packet authentication or encryption rightness. PMTU update is taken
care of in this stage by protocol error handler.
Then the packet is rearranged properly depending on whether it's transport
mode or tunnel mode packed by mode "input" handler. The VTI handler code
takes effects in this stage in tunnel mode only. So it neither need propagate
PMTU, as it has already been done if necessary, nor the VTI handler is
qualified as a xfrm_tunnel.
So this patch introduces xfrm_tunnel_notifier and meanwhile wipe out vti_err
code.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Saurabh Mohan <saurabh.mohan@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Jesse Gross says:
====================
A number of significant new features and optimizations for net-next/3.12.
Highlights are:
* "Megaflows", an optimization that allows userspace to specify which
flow fields were used to compute the results of the flow lookup.
This allows for a major reduction in flow setups (the major
performance bottleneck in Open vSwitch) without reducing flexibility.
* Converting netlink dump operations to use RCU, allowing for
additional parallelism in userspace.
* Matching and modifying SCTP protocol fields.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the local TCP stack independant parts of tcp_v6_init_sequence()
and cookie_v6_check() and export them for use by the upcoming IPv6 SYNPROXY
target.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a SYNPROXY for netfilter. The code is split into two parts, the synproxy
core with common functions and an address family specific target.
The SYNPROXY receives the connection request from the client, responds with
a SYN/ACK containing a SYN cookie and announcing a zero window and checks
whether the final ACK from the client contains a valid cookie.
It then establishes a connection to the original destination and, if
successful, sends a window update to the client with the window size
announced by the server.
Support for timestamps, SACK, window scaling and MSS options can be
statically configured as target parameters if the features of the server
are known. If timestamps are used, the timestamp value sent back to
the client in the SYN/ACK will be different from the real timestamp of
the server. In order to now break PAWS, the timestamps are translated in
the direction server->client.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Extract the local TCP stack independant parts of tcp_v4_init_sequence()
and cookie_v4_check() and export them for use by the upcoming SYNPROXY
target.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Split out sequence number adjustments from NAT and move them to the conntrack
core to make them usable for SYN proxying. The sequence number adjustment
information is moved to a seperate extend. The extend is added to new
conntracks when a NAT mapping is set up for a connection using a helper.
As a side effect, this saves 24 bytes per connection with NAT in the common
case that a connection does not have a helper assigned.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
include/linux/inetdevice.h
The inetdevice.h conflict involves moving the IPV4_DEVCONF values
into a UAPI header, overlapping additions of some new entries.
The iwlwifi conflict is a context overlap.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During trinity fuzzing in a kvmtool guest, I stumbled across the
following:
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000004
PC is at v9fs_file_do_lock+0xc8/0x1a0
LR is at v9fs_file_do_lock+0x48/0x1a0
[<c01e2ed0>] (v9fs_file_do_lock+0xc8/0x1a0) from [<c0119154>] (locks_remove_flock+0x8c/0x124)
[<c0119154>] (locks_remove_flock+0x8c/0x124) from [<c00d9bf0>] (__fput+0x58/0x1e4)
[<c00d9bf0>] (__fput+0x58/0x1e4) from [<c0044340>] (task_work_run+0xac/0xe8)
[<c0044340>] (task_work_run+0xac/0xe8) from [<c002e36c>] (do_exit+0x6bc/0x8d8)
[<c002e36c>] (do_exit+0x6bc/0x8d8) from [<c002e674>] (do_group_exit+0x3c/0xb0)
[<c002e674>] (do_group_exit+0x3c/0xb0) from [<c002e6f8>] (__wake_up_parent+0x0/0x18)
I believe this is due to an attempt to access utsname()->nodename, after
exit_task_namespaces() has been called, leaving current->nsproxy->uts_ns
as NULL and causing the above dereference.
A similar issue was fixed for lockd in 9a1b6bf818 ("LOCKD: Don't call
utsname()->nodename from nlmclnt_setlockargs"), so this patch attempts
something similar for 9pfs.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
In commit 0ea9d5e3e0 ("xfrm: introduce
helper for safe determination of mtu") I switched the determination of
ipv4 mtus from dst_mtu to ip_skb_dst_mtu. This was an error because in
case of IP_PMTUDISC_PROBE we fall back to the interface mtu, which is
never correct for ipv4 ipsec.
This patch partly reverts 0ea9d5e3e0
("xfrm: introduce helper for safe determination of mtu").
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
rfc 4861 says the Redirected Header option is optional, so
the kernel should not drop the Redirect Message that has no
Redirected Header option. In this patch, the function
ip6_redirect_no_header() is introduced to deal with that
condition.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Some constifications, from Mathias Krause.
2) Catch bugs if a hold timer is still active when xfrm_policy_destroy()
is called, from Fan Du.
3) Remove a redundant address family checking, from Fan Du.
4) Make xfrm_state timer monotonic to be independent of system clock changes,
from Fan Du.
5) Remove an outdated comment on returning -EREMOTE in the xfrm_lookup(),
from Rami Rosen.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When initiating a transparent eSCO connection, make use of T2 settings
at first try. T2 is the recommended settings from HFP 1.6 WideBand
Speech. Upon connection failure, try T1 settings.
When CVSD is requested and eSCO is supported, try to establish eSCO
connection using S3 settings. If it fails, fallback in sequence to S2,
S1, D1, D0 settings.
To know which setting should be used, conn->attempt is used. It
indicates the currently ongoing SCO connection attempt and can be used
as the index for the fallback settings table.
These setting and the fallback order are described in Bluetooth HFP 1.6
specification p. 101.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch defines constants and macro for transparent data LMP
features. It refers to Bluetooth Core V4.0 specification, Part C, Chap
3.3 which defines LMP feature mask.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to establish a transparent SCO connection, the correct settings
must be specified in the Setup Synchronous Connection request. For that,
a setting field is added to ACL connection data to set up the desired
parameters. The patch also removes usage of hdev->voice_setting in CVSD
connection and makes use of T2 parameters for transparent data.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch defines constants for SCO airmode from SCO voice setting. It
refers to Bluetooth Core V4.0 specification, Part E, Chap 6.12 which
describe SCO voice setting format.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch extends the current Bluetooth socket options with BT_VOICE.
This is intended to choose voice data type at runtime. It only applies
to SCO sockets. Incoming connections shall be setup during deferred
setup. Outgoing connections shall be setup before connect(). The desired
setting is stored in the SCO socket info. This patch declares needed
members, modifies getsockopt() and setsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_connect is a super function for connecting hci protocols. But the
voice_setting parameter (introduced in subsequent patches) is only
needed by SCO and security requirements are not needed for SCO channels.
Thus, it makes sense to have a separate function for SCO.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
brcm80211 cannot handle sending frames with CCK rates as part of an
A-MPDU session. Other drivers may have issues too. Set the flag in all
drivers that have been tested with CCK rates.
This fixes a reported brcmsmac regression introduced in
commit ef47a5e4f1aaf1d0e2e6875e34b2c9595897bef6
"mac80211/minstrel_ht: fix cck rate sampling"
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c
The conflict had to do with overlapping changes dealing with
fixing the use of an "s32" to hold the value returned by
NAT_OFFSET().
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next tree.
More specifically, they are:
* Trivial typo fix in xt_addrtype, from Phil Oester.
* Remove net_ratelimit in the conntrack logging for consistency with other
logging subsystem, from Patrick McHardy.
* Remove unneeded includes from the recently added xt_connlabel support, from
Florian Westphal.
* Allow to update conntracks via nfqueue, don't need NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK for
this, from Florian Westphal.
* Remove tproxy core, now that we have socket early demux, from Florian
Westphal.
* A couple of patches to refactor conntrack event reporting to save a good
bunch of lines, from Florian Westphal.
* Fix missing locking in NAT sequence adjustment, it did not manifested in
any known bug so far, from Patrick McHardy.
* Change sequence number adjustment variable to 32 bits, to delay the
possible early overflow in long standing connections, also from Patrick.
* Comestic cleanups for IPVS, from Dragos Foianu.
* Fix possible null dereference in IPVS in the SH scheduler, from Daniel
Borkmann.
* Allow to attach conntrack expectations via nfqueue. Before this patch, you
had to use ctnetlink instead, thus, we save the conntrack lookup.
* Export xt_rpfilter and xt_HMARK header files, from Nicolas Dichtel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch allows more code sharing between vxlan and ovs-vxlan.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch adds data field to vxlan socket and export
vxlan handler api.
vh->data is required to store private data per vxlan handler.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to choose the protocol family by skb->protocol. Otherwise we
call the wrong xfrm{4,6}_local_error handler in case an ipv6 sockets is
used in ipv4 mode, in which case we should call down to xfrm4_local_error
(ip6 sockets are a superset of ip4 ones).
We are called before before ip_output functions, so skb->protocol is
not reset.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after
the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional
APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell
wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying
was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's
not sufficient.
If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about
sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying)
that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for
that.
If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable
the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the
new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()).
If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the
TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new
ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
broke the "linklayer atm" handling.
tc class add ... htb rate X ceil Y linklayer atm
The linklayer setting is implemented by modifying the rate table
which is send to the kernel. No direct parameter were
transferred to the kernel indicating the linklayer setting.
The commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
removed the use of the rate table system.
To keep compatible with older iproute2 utils, this patch detects
the linklayer by parsing the rate table. It also supports future
versions of iproute2 to send this linklayer parameter to the
kernel directly. This is done by using the __reserved field in
struct tc_ratespec, to convey the choosen linklayer option, but
only using the lower 4 bits of this field.
Linklayer detection is limited to speeds below 100Mbit/s, because
at high rates the rtab is gets too inaccurate, so bad that
several fields contain the same values, this resembling the ATM
detect. Fields even start to contain "0" time to send, e.g. at
1000Mbit/s sending a 96 bytes packet cost "0", thus the rtab have
been more broken than we first realized.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->sk socket can be of AF_INET or AF_INET6 address family. Thus we
always have to make sure we a referring to the correct interpretation
of skb->sk.
We only depend on header defines to query the mtu, so we don't introduce
a new dependency to ipv6 by this change.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In xfrm4 and xfrm6 we need to take care about sockets of the other
address family. This could happen because a 6in4 or 4in6 tunnel could
get protected by ipsec.
Because we don't want to have a run-time dependency on ipv6 when only
using ipv4 xfrm we have to embed a pointer to the correct local_error
function in xfrm_state_afinet and look it up when returning an error
depending on the socket address family.
Thanks to vi0ss for the great bug report:
<https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=58691>
v2:
a) fix two more unsafe interpretations of skb->sk as ipv6 socket
(xfrm6_local_dontfrag and __xfrm6_output)
v3:
a) add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(xfrm_local_error) to fix a link error when
building ipv6 as a module (thanks to Steffen Klassert)
Reported-by: <vi0oss@gmail.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Using inner-id for tunnel id is not safe in some rare cases.
E.g. packets coming from multiple sources entering same tunnel
can have same id. Therefore on tunnel packet receive we
could have packets from two different stream but with same
source and dst IP with same ip-id which could confuse ip packet
reassembly.
Following patch reverts optimization from commit
490ab08127 (IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification.)
CC: Jarno Rajahalme <jrajahalme@nicira.com>
CC: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Result is added as an NFC_ATTR_FIRMWARE_DOWNLOAD_STATUS attribute
containing the standard errno positive value of the completion result.
This event will be sent when the firmare download operation is done and
will contain the operation result.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This API must be called by NFC drivers, and its prototype was
incorrectly placed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds the capability to attach expectations via nfnetlink_queue.
This is required by conntrack helpers that trigger expectations based on
the first packet seen like the TFTP and the DHCPv6 user-space helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif
if given and it's valid for the driver.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations
more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one
was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE,
for various reasons (like making those more reliable).
Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new
flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to
let all drivers also apply such logic to other control
port protocols, should they be configured.
Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding paged frags skbs to af_unix sockets introduced a performance
regression on large sends because of additional page allocations, even
if each skb could carry at least 100% more payload than before.
We can instruct sock_alloc_send_pskb() to attempt high order
allocations.
Most of the time, it does a single page allocation instead of 8.
I added an additional parameter to sock_alloc_send_pskb() to
let other users to opt-in for this new feature on followup patches.
Tested:
Before patch :
$ netperf -t STREAM_STREAM
STREAM STREAM TEST
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
2304 212992 212992 10.00 46861.15
After patch :
$ netperf -t STREAM_STREAM
STREAM STREAM TEST
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
2304 212992 212992 10.00 57981.11
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unix_stream_sendmsg() currently uses order-2 allocations,
and we had numerous reports this can fail.
The __GFP_REPEAT flag present in sock_alloc_send_pskb() is
not helping.
This patch extends the work done in commit eb6a24816b
("af_unix: reduce high order page allocations) for
datagram sockets.
This opens the possibility of zero copy IO (splice() and
friends)
The trick is to not use skb_pull() anymore in recvmsg() path,
and instead add a @consumed field in UNIXCB() to track amount
of already read payload in the skb.
There is a performance regression for large sends
because of extra page allocations that will be addressed
in a follow-up patch, allowing sock_alloc_send_pskb()
to attempt high order page allocations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encrypt the cookie with both server and client IPv4 addresses,
such that multi-homed server will grant different cookies
based on both the source and destination IPs. No client change
is needed since cookie is opaque to the client.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename mib counter from "low latency" to "busy poll"
v1 also moved the counter to the ip MIB (suggested by Shawn Bohrer)
Eric Dumazet suggested that the current location is better.
So v2 just renames the counter to fit the new naming convention.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the restructuring of the lksctp.org site, we only allow bug
reports through the SCTP mailing list linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org,
not via SF, as SF is only used for web hosting and nothing more.
While at it, also remove the obvious statement that bugs will be
fixed and incooperated into the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the last module parameter for SCTP and make this
configurable via sysctl for SCTP like all the rest of SCTP's
configuration knobs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let nf_ct_delete handle delivery of the DESTROY event.
Based on earlier patch from Pablo Neira.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
cgroup controller API will be converted to primarily use struct
cgroup_subsys_state instead of struct cgroup. In preparation, make
the internal functions of netprio_cgroup pass around @css instead of
@cgrp.
While at it, kill struct cgroup_netprio_state which only contained
struct cgroup_subsys_state without serving any purpose. All functions
are converted to deal with @css directly.
This patch shouldn't cause any behavior differences.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The names of the two struct cgroup_subsys_state accessors -
cgroup_subsys_state() and task_subsys_state() - are somewhat awkward.
The former clashes with the type name and the latter doesn't even
indicate it's somehow related to cgroup.
We're about to revamp large portion of cgroup API, so, let's rename
them so that they're less awkward. Most per-controller usages of the
accessors are localized in accessor wrappers and given the amount of
scheduled changes, this isn't gonna add any noticeable headache.
Rename cgroup_subsys_state() to cgroup_css() and task_subsys_state()
to task_css(). This patch is pure rename.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
The IP tunnel hash heads can be embedded in the per-net structure
since it is a fixed size. Reduce the size so that the total structure
fits in a page size. The original size was overly large, even NETDEV_HASHBITS
is only 8 bits!
Also, add some white space for readability.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mark argument is read only, so constify it. Also make dummy_mark in
af_key const -- only used as dummy argument for this very function.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When renaming ll_poll to busy poll, I introduced a typo
in the name of the do-nothing placeholder for sk_busy_loop
and called it sk_busy_poll.
This broke compile when busy poll was not configured.
Cong Wang submitted a patch to fixed that.
This patch removes the now redundant, misspelled placeholder.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move refcnt, pref, suppress_ifgroup, suppress_prefixlen out of first
cache line, as they are not used in fast path.
Make sure ctarget & fr_net are in first cache line.
(Assuming 64 bit arches and 64 bytes cache lines)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change brings the suppressor attribute names into line; it also changes
the data types to provide a more consistent interface.
While -1 indicates that the suppressor is not enabled, values >= 0 for
suppress_prefixlen or suppress_ifgroup reject routing decisions violating the
constraint.
This changes the previously presented behaviour of suppress_prefixlen, where a
prefix length _less_ than the attribute value was rejected. After this change,
a prefix length less than *or* equal to the value is considered a violation of
the rule constraint.
It also changes the default values for default and newly added rules (disabling
any suppression for those).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds the ability to suppress a routing decision based upon the
interface group the selected interface belongs to. This allows it to
exclude specific devices from a routing decision.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sctp sits on IPv6, sctp_transport_dst_check pass cookie as ZERO,
as a result ip6_dst_check always fail out. This behaviour makes
transport->dst useless, because every sctp_packet_transmit must look
for valid dst.
Add a dst_cookie into sctp_transport, and set the cookie whenever we
get new dst for sctp_transport. So dst validness could be checked
against it.
Since I have split genid for IPv4 and IPv6, also delete/add IPv6 address
will also bump IPv6 genid. So issues we discussed in:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=137404469219410&w=4
have all been sloved for this patch.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's convenient to have ethernet mac addresses use
ETH_ALEN to be able to grep for them a bit easier and
also to ensure that the addresses are __aligned(2).
Add #include <linux/if_ether.h> as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliezer renames several *ll_poll to *busy_poll, but forgets
CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL, so in case of confusion, rename it too.
Cc: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL is not set, I got:
net/socket.c: In function ‘sock_poll’:
net/socket.c:1165:4: error: implicit declaration of function ‘sk_busy_loop’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Fix this by adding a nop when !CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL.
Cc: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a high-traffic router with many processors and many IPv6 dst
entries, soft lockup in fib6_run_gc() can occur when number of
entries reaches gc_thresh.
This happens because fib6_run_gc() uses fib6_gc_lock to allow
only one thread to run the garbage collector but ip6_dst_gc()
doesn't update net->ipv6.ip6_rt_last_gc until fib6_run_gc()
returns. On a system with many entries, this can take some time
so that in the meantime, other threads pass the tests in
ip6_dst_gc() (ip6_rt_last_gc is still not updated) and wait for
the lock. They then have to run the garbage collector one after
another which blocks them for quite long.
Resolve this by replacing special value ~0UL of expire parameter
to fib6_run_gc() by explicit "force" parameter to choose between
spin_lock_bh() and spin_trylock_bh() and call fib6_run_gc() with
force=false if gc_thresh is reached but not max_size.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon
transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers
using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually
after reaching count == 0.
This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel
switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel
definition of an active channel context.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[small cleanups, catch identical chandef]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow channel switch announcements within beacons, add
the channel switch command to nl80211/cfg80211. This is
implementation is intended for AP and (later) IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a new operation to the fib_rules_ops struct; it allows the
suppression of routing decisions if certain criteria are not met by its
results.
The first implemented constraint is a minimum prefix length added to the
structures of routing rules. If a rule is added with a minimum prefix length
>0, only routes meeting this threshold will be considered. Any other (more
general) routing table entries will be ignored.
When configuring a system with multiple network uplinks and default routes, it
is often convinient to reference the main routing table multiple times - but
omitting the default route. Using this patch and a modified "ip" utility, this
can be achieved by using the following command sequence:
$ ip route add table secuplink default via 10.42.23.1
$ ip rule add pref 100 table main prefixlength 1
$ ip rule add pref 150 fwmark 0xA table secuplink
With this setup, packets marked 0xA will be processed by the additional routing
table "secuplink", but only if no suitable route in the main routing table can
be found. By using a minimal prefixlength of 1, the default route (/0) of the
table "main" is hidden to packets processed by rule 100; packets traveling to
destinations with more specific routing entries are processed as usual.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 547669d483 ("tcp: xps: fix reordering issues") added
unexpected reorders in case netem is used in a MQ setup for high
performance test bed.
ETH=eth0
tc qd del dev $ETH root 2>/dev/null
tc qd add dev $ETH root handle 1: mq
for i in `seq 1 32`
do
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:$i netem delay 100ms
done
As all tcp packets are orphaned by netem, TCP stack believes it can
set skb->ooo_okay on all packets.
In order to allow producers to send more packets, we want to
keep sk_wmem_alloc from reaching sk_sndbuf limit.
We can do that by accounting one byte per skb in netem queues,
so that TCP stack is not fooled too much.
Tested:
With above MQ/netem setup, scaling number of concurrent flows gives
linear results and no reorders/retransmits
lpq83:~# for n in 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
do echo -n "n:$n " ; ./super_netperf $n -H 10.7.7.84; done
n:1 198.46
n:10 2002.69
n:20 4000.98
n:30 6006.35
n:40 8020.93
n:50 10032.3
n:60 12081.9
n:70 13971.3
n:80 16009.7
n:90 17117.3
n:100 17425.5
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current net name space has only one genid for both IPv4 and IPv6, it has below
drawbacks:
- Add/delete an IPv4 address will invalidate all IPv6 routing table entries.
- Insert/remove XFRM policy will also invalidate both IPv4/IPv6 routing table
entries even when the policy is only applied for one address family.
Thus, this patch attempt to split one genid for two to cater for IPv4 and IPv6
separately in a fine granularity.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove declaration, 4 defines and confusing comment that are no longer used
since 1a2c6181c4 ("tcp: Remove TCPCT").
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <dp@highloadlab.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using 16 bits is too small, when many adjustments happen the offsets might
overflow and break the connection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ctnetlink contains copy-paste code from death_by_timeout. In order to
avoid changing both places in upcoming event delivery patch,
export death_by_timeout functionality and use it in the ctnetlink code.
Based on earlier patch from Pablo Neira.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We've removed nf_tproxy_core.ko, so also remove its header.
The lookup helpers are split and then moved to tproxy target/socket match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The module was "permanent", due to the special tproxy skb->destructor.
Nowadays we have tcp early demux and its sock_edemux destructor in
networking core which can be used instead.
Thanks to early demux changes the input path now also handles
"skb->sk is tw socket" correctly, so this no longer needs the special
handling introduced with commit d503b30bd6
(netfilter: tproxy: do not assign timewait sockets to skb->sk).
Thus:
- move assign_sock function to where its needed
- don't prevent timewait sockets from being assigned to the skb
- remove nf_tproxy_core.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Logging of invalid packets has to be explicitly enabled. Rate-limiting these
messages is inconsistent with other netfilter logging features and makes
debugging harder.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Loading a firmware into a target is typically called firmware
download, not firmware upload. So we rename the netlink API to
NFC_CMD_FW_DOWNLOAD in order to avoid any terminology confusion from
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch reverts commit
80b45261a0
which was implementing a 'cancelled' functionality to notify that
a cancelled request will not be replied.
This implementation was not used anywhere and therefore removed.
Signed-off-by: Andi Shyti <andi@etezian.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP checksums are optional, hence pktgen has been omitting them in
favour of performance. The optional flag UDPCSUM enables UDP
checksumming. If the output device supports hardware checksumming
the skb is prepared and marked CHECKSUM_PARTIAL, otherwise the
checksum is generated in software.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is useful for other VSOCK transport implemented outside the
net/vmw_vsock/ directory to use these headers.
Signed-off-by: Asias He <asias@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Andy King <acking@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch consolidates the SCTP checksum calculation code from various
places to a single new function, sctp_compute_cksum(skb, offset).
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joe@wand.net.nz>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add macros for the HCI capabilities as described in the Bluetooth Core
Specification v4.0, Volume 2, part E, section 7.1.29.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Idea of this patch is to add optional limitation of number of
unsent bytes in TCP sockets, to reduce usage of kernel memory.
TCP receiver might announce a big window, and TCP sender autotuning
might allow a large amount of bytes in write queue, but this has little
performance impact if a large part of this buffering is wasted :
Write queue needs to be large only to deal with large BDP, not
necessarily to cope with scheduling delays (incoming ACKS make room
for the application to queue more bytes)
For most workloads, using a value of 128 KB or less is OK to give
applications enough time to react to POLLOUT events in time
(or being awaken in a blocking sendmsg())
This patch adds two ways to set the limit :
1) Per socket option TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT
2) A sysctl (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat) for sockets
not using TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option (or setting a zero value)
Default value being UINT_MAX (0xFFFFFFFF), meaning this has no effect.
This changes poll()/select()/epoll() to report POLLOUT
only if number of unsent bytes is below tp->nosent_lowat
Note this might increase number of sendmsg()/sendfile() calls
when using non blocking sockets,
and increase number of context switches for blocking sockets.
Note this is not related to SO_SNDLOWAT (as SO_SNDLOWAT is
defined as :
Specify the minimum number of bytes in the buffer until
the socket layer will pass the data to the protocol)
Tested:
netperf sessions, and watching /proc/net/protocols "memory" column for TCP
With 200 concurrent netperf -t TCP_STREAM sessions, amount of kernel memory
used by TCP buffers shrinks by ~55 % (20567 pages instead of 45458)
lpq83:~# echo -1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# (super_netperf 200 -t TCP_STREAM -H remote -l 90 &); sleep 60 ; grep TCP /proc/net/protocols
TCPv6 1880 2 45458 no 208 yes ipv6 y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
TCP 1696 508 45458 no 208 yes kernel y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
lpq83:~# echo 131072 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# (super_netperf 200 -t TCP_STREAM -H remote -l 90 &); sleep 60 ; grep TCP /proc/net/protocols
TCPv6 1880 2 20567 no 208 yes ipv6 y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
TCP 1696 508 20567 no 208 yes kernel y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
Using 128KB has no bad effect on the throughput or cpu usage
of a single flow, although there is an increase of context switches.
A bonus is that we hold socket lock for a shorter amount
of time and should improve latencies of ACK processing.
lpq83:~# echo -1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# perf stat -e context-switches ./netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3
OMNI Send TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 7.7.7.84 () port 0 AF_INET : +/-2.500% @ 99% conf.
Local Remote Local Elapsed Throughput Throughput Local Local Remote Remote Local Remote Service
Send Socket Recv Socket Send Time Units CPU CPU CPU CPU Service Service Demand
Size Size Size (sec) Util Util Util Util Demand Demand Units
Final Final % Method % Method
1651584 6291456 16384 20.00 17447.90 10^6bits/s 3.13 S -1.00 U 0.353 -1.000 usec/KB
Performance counter stats for './netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3':
412,514 context-switches
200.034645535 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# echo 131072 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# perf stat -e context-switches ./netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3
OMNI Send TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 7.7.7.84 () port 0 AF_INET : +/-2.500% @ 99% conf.
Local Remote Local Elapsed Throughput Throughput Local Local Remote Remote Local Remote Service
Send Socket Recv Socket Send Time Units CPU CPU CPU CPU Service Service Demand
Size Size Size (sec) Util Util Util Util Demand Demand Units
Final Final % Method % Method
1593240 6291456 16384 20.00 17321.16 10^6bits/s 3.35 S -1.00 U 0.381 -1.000 usec/KB
Performance counter stats for './netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3':
2,675,818 context-switches
200.029651391 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-By: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several call sites use the hardcoded following condition :
sk_stream_wspace(sk) >= sk_stream_min_wspace(sk)
Lets use a helper because TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT support will change this
condition for TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP mailing list address to send patches or questions
to is linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org and not
lksctp-developers@lists.sourceforge.net anymore. Therefore,
update all occurences.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefer packet timings to TS-ecr for RTT measurements when both
sources are available. That's because broken middle-boxes and remote
peer can return packets with corrupted TS ECR fields. Similarly most
congestion controls that require RTT signals favor timing-based
sources as well. Also check for bad TS ECR values to avoid RTT
blow-ups. It has happened on production Web servers.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first patch consolidates SYNACK and other RTT measurement to use a
central function tcp_ack_update_rtt(). A (small) bonus is now SYNACK
RTT measurement happens after PAWS check, potentially reducing the
impact of RTO seeding on bad TCP timestamps values.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the private error queue delivery function from the
af_packet code to the core socket method. In this way, network layers
only needing the error queue for transmit time stamping can share common
code.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission
power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe
side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz)
when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Mandatory rates for 5 and 10 MHz are different from the rates used for
20 MHz in 2.4 GHz mode, as they use OFDM only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so
just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to
allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width,
add the chandef to the rate control API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
To allow scanning and working with 5 MHz and 10 MHz BSS, extend the
inform bss commands and add wrappers to take 5 and 10 MHz bss into
account.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
and power consumption.
Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received
interrupts to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware
for some predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when
one of the following events occur.
a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to
maximum coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
This patch adds set/get configuration support for packet coalesce.
User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
rule.
a) Maximum coalescing delay
b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
Multiple such rules can be created.
This feature needs to be advertised during driver initialization.
Drivers are supposed to do required firmware/hardware settings based
on user configuration.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[fix kernel-doc, change free function, fix copy/paste error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation
lines, replace the few places that use spaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Currently packet patterns and it's enum/structures are used only
for WoWLAN feature. As we intend to reuse them for new feature
packet coalesce, they are renamed in this patch.
Older names are kept for backward compatibility purpose.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Just a bunch of small fixes and tidy ups:
1) Finish the "busy_poll" renames, from Eliezer Tamir.
2) Fix RCU stalls in IFB driver, from Ding Tianhong.
3) Linearize buffers properly in tun/macvtap zerocopy code.
4) Don't crash on rmmod in vxlan, from Pravin B Shelar.
5) Spinlock used before init in alx driver, from Maarten Lankhorst.
6) A sparse warning fix in bnx2x broke TSO checksums, fix from Dmitry
Kravkov.
7) Dummy and ifb driver load failure paths can oops, fixes from Tan
Xiaojun and Ding Tianhong.
8) Correct MTU calculations in IP tunnels, from Alexander Duyck.
9) Account all TCP retransmits in SNMP stats properly, from Yuchung
Cheng.
10) atl1e and via-rhine do not handle DMA mapping failures properly,
from Neil Horman.
11) Various equal-cost multipath route fixes in ipv6 from Hannes
Frederic Sowa"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (36 commits)
ipv6: only static routes qualify for equal cost multipathing
via-rhine: fix dma mapping errors
atl1e: fix dma mapping warnings
tcp: account all retransmit failures
usb/net/r815x: fix cast to restricted __le32
usb/net/r8152: fix integer overflow in expression
net: access page->private by using page_private
net: strict_strtoul is obsolete, use kstrtoul instead
drivers/net/ieee802154: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
drivers/net/can/c_can: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
net/usb: add relative mii functions for r815x
net/tipc: use %*phC to dump small buffers in hex form
qlcnic: Adding Maintainers.
gre: Fix MTU sizing check for gretap tunnels
pkt_sched: sch_qfq: remove forward declaration of qfq_update_agg_ts
pkt_sched: sch_qfq: improve efficiency of make_eligible
gso: Update tunnel segmentation to support Tx checksum offload
inet: fix spacing in assignment
ifb: fix oops when loading the ifb failed
...
Several of these patches were rebased in order to correct style issues.
Only stylistic changes were made versus the patches which were in linux-next
for two weeks. The rebases have been in linux-next for 3 days and have
passed my regressions.
The bulk of these are RDMA fixes and improvements. There's also some
additions on the extended attributes front to support some additional
namespaces and a new option for TCP to force allocation of mount requests
from a priviledged port.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: GPGTools - http://gpgtools.org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=n9rI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-3.11-merge-window-part-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
Pull second round of 9p patches from Eric Van Hensbergen:
"Several of these patches were rebased in order to correct style
issues. Only stylistic changes were made versus the patches which
were in linux-next for two weeks. The rebases have been in linux-next
for 3 days and have passed my regressions.
The bulk of these are RDMA fixes and improvements. There's also some
additions on the extended attributes front to support some additional
namespaces and a new option for TCP to force allocation of mount
requests from a priviledged port"
* tag 'for-linus-3.11-merge-window-part-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: Remove the unused variable "err" in v9fs_vfs_getattr()
9P: Add cancelled() to the transport functions.
9P/RDMA: count posted buffers without a pending request
9P/RDMA: Improve error handling in rdma_request
9P/RDMA: Do not free req->rc in error handling in rdma_request()
9P/RDMA: Use a semaphore to protect the RQ
9P/RDMA: Protect against duplicate replies
9P/RDMA: increase P9_RDMA_MAXSIZE to 1MB
9pnet: refactor struct p9_fcall alloc code
9P/RDMA: rdma_request() needs not allocate req->rc
9P: Fix fcall allocation for rdma
fs/9p: xattr: add trusted and security namespaces
net/9p: add privport option to 9p tcp transport
Rename LL_SO to BUSY_POLL_SO
Rename sysctl_net_ll_{read,poll} to sysctl_busy_{read,poll}
Fix up users of these variables.
Fix documentation for sysctl.
a patch for the socket.7 man page will follow separately,
because of limitations of my mail setup.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ndo_ll_poll to ndo_busy_poll.
Rename sk_mark_ll to sk_mark_napi_id.
Rename skb_mark_ll to skb_mark_napi_id.
Correct all useres of these functions.
Update comments and defines in include/net/busy_poll.h
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the file and correct all the places where it is included.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested by Linus:
Changed time accounting for busy-poll:
- Make it microsecond based.
- Use unsigned longs.
- Revert back to use time_after instead of time_in_range.
Reorder poll/select busy loop conditions:
- Clear busy_flag after one time we can't busy-poll.
- Only init busy_end if we actually are going to busy-poll.
Added one more missing need_resched() test.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename functions in include/net/ll_poll.h to busy wait.
Clarify documentation about expected power use increase.
Rename POLL_LL to POLL_BUSY_LOOP.
Add need_resched() testing to poll/select busy loops.
Note, that in select and poll can_busy_poll is dynamic and is
updated continuously to reflect the existence of supported
sockets with valid queue information.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDMA needs to post a buffer for each incoming reply.
Hence it needs to keep count of these and needs to be
aware of whether a flushed request has received a reply
or not.
This patch adds the cancelled() callback to the transport modules.
It is called when RFLUSH has been received and that the corresponding
request will never receive a reply.
Signed-off-by: Simon Derr <simon.derr@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
If the privport option is specified, the tcp transport binds local
address to a reserved port before connecting to the 9p server.
In some cases when 9P AUTH cannot be implemented, this is better than
nothing.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
commit eea86af6b1 ("net: sock: adapt SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF and
SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF") forgot the sk_buff alignment taken into account
in __alloc_skb() : skb->truesize = SKB_TRUESIZE(size);
While above commit fixed the sender issue, the receiver is still
dropping the second packet (on loopback device), because the receiver
socket can not really hold two skbs :
First packet truesize already is above sk_rcvbuf, so even TCP coalescing
cannot help.
On a typical 64bit build, each tcp skb truesize is 2304, instead of 2272
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to TCP/UDP offloading, move all related GRE functions to
gre_offload.c to make things more explicit and similar to the rest
of the code.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
correct placeholder declarations to prevent build breakage when
!CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Time in range will fail safely if we move to a different cpu with an
extremely large clock skew.
Add time_in_range64() and convert lls to use it.
changelog:
v2
- fixed double call to sched_clock in can_poll_ll
- fixed checkpatchisms
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the fib_update_nh_saddrs() declaration from
include/net/ip_fib.h, as the fib_update_nh_saddrs() method was removed in
coomit 436c3b6 ("ipv4: Invalidate nexthop cache nh_saddr more correctly").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header file checksum.h is missing proper defines that prevents
it from double inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should get rid of all own SCTP debug printk macros and use the ones
that the kernel offers anyway instead. This makes the code more readable
and conform to the kernel code, and offers all the features of dynamic
debbuging that pr_debug() et al has, such as only turning on/off portions
of debug messages at runtime through debugfs. The runtime cost of having
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG enabled, but none of the debug statements printing,
is negligible [1]. If kernel debugging is completly turned off, then these
statements will also compile into "empty" functions.
While we're at it, we also need to change the Kconfig option as it /now/
only refers to the ifdef'ed code portions in outqueue.c that enable further
debugging/tracing of SCTP transaction fields. Also, since SCTP_ASSERT code
was enabled with this Kconfig option and has now been removed, we
transform those code parts into WARNs resp. where appropriate BUG_ONs so
that those bugs can be more easily detected as probably not many people
have SCTP debugging permanently turned on.
To turn on all SCTP debugging, the following steps are needed:
# mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
# echo -n 'module sctp +p' > /sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control
This can be done more fine-grained on a per file, per line basis and others
as described in [2].
[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/ols/2009/ols2009-pages-39-46.pdf
[2] Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change Low Latency Sockets code for select and poll so that
when LLS is disabled sched_clock() is never called.
Also, avoid sending POLL_LL to sockets if disabled.
Reported-by: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our use of sched_clock is OK because we don't mind the side effects
of calling it and occasionally waking up on a different CPU.
When CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT is on, disable preempt before calling
sched_clock() so we don't trigger a debug_smp_processor_id() warning.
Reported-by: Cody P Schafer <devel-lists@codyps.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Yet one more pull request for wireless updates intended for 3.11...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"Here we have a few memory leak fixes related to BSS struct handling
mostly from Ben, including a fix for a more theoretical problem
(associating while a BSS struct times out) from myself, a compilation
warning fix from Arend, mesh fixes from Thomas, tracking the beacon
bitrate (Alex), a bandwidth change event fix (Ilan) and some initial
work for 5/10 MHz channels from Simon."
Regarding the iwlwifi bits, Johannes says:
"Emmanuel removed some unneeded/unsupported module parameters and adds a
Bluetooth 1x1 lookup-table for some upcoming products. From Alex I have
an older patch to add low-power receive support, this depended on a
mac80211 commit that only just came in with the merge from wireless-next
I did. Ilan made beacon timings better, and Eytan added some debug
statements for thermal throttling. I have a few cleanups, a fix for a
long-standing but rare warning, and, arguably the most important patch
here, the firmware API version bump for the 7260/3160 devices."
Also included is a Bluetooth pull -- Gustavo says:
"Here goes a set of patches to 3.11. The biggest work here is from Andre Guedes
on the move of the Discovery to use the new request framework. Other than that
Johan provided a bunch of fixes to the L2CAP code. The rest are just small
fixes and clean ups."
On top of all that, there are a variety of updates and fixes to
brcmfmac, rt2x00, wil6210, ath9k, ath10k, and a few others here and
there. This also includes a pull of the wireless tree, in order to
prevent some merge conflicts.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
they are:
* Enforce policy to several nfnetlink subsystem, from Daniel
Borkmann.
* Use xt_socket to match the third packet (to perform simplistic
socket-based stateful filtering), from Eric Dumazet.
* Avoid large timeout for picked up from the middle TCP flows,
from Florian Westphal.
* Exclude IPVS from struct net if IPVS is disabled and removal
of unnecessary included header file, from JunweiZhang.
* Release SCTP connection immediately under load, to mimic current
TCP behaviour, from Julian Anastasov.
* Replace and enhance SCTP state machine, from Julian Anastasov.
* Add tweak to reduce sync traffic in the presence of persistence,
also from Julian Anastasov.
* Add tweak for the IPVS SH scheduler not to reject connections
directed to a server, choose a new one instead, from Alexander
Frolkin.
* Add support for sloppy TCP and SCTP modes, that creates state
information on any packet, not only initial handshake packets,
from Alexander Frolkin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d2d68ba9 (ipv4: Cache input routes in fib_info nexthops)
assmued that "locally destined, and routed packets, never trigger
PMTU events or redirects that will be processed by us".
However, it seems that tunnel devices do trigger PMTU events in certain
cases. At least ip_gre, ip6_gre, sit, and ipip do use the inner flow's
skb_dst(skb)->ops->update_pmtu to propage mtu information from the
outer flows. These can cause the inner flow mtu to be decreased. If
next hop exceptions are not consulted for pmtu, IP fragmentation will
not be done properly for these routes.
It also seems that we really need to have the PMTU information always
for netfilter TCPMSS clamp-to-pmtu feature to work properly.
So for the time being, cache separate copies of input routes for
each next hop exception.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC3590/RFC3810 specifies we should resend MLD reports as soon as a
valid link-local address is available.
We now use the valid_ll_addr_cnt to check if it is necessary to resend
a new report.
Changes since Flavio Leitner's version:
a) adapt for valid_ll_addr_cnt
b) resend first reports directly in the path and just arm the timer for
mc_qrv-1 resends.
Reported-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reduce the number of unnecessary router solicitations, MLDv2 and IGMPv3
messages we need to track the number of valid (as in non-optimistic,
no-dad-failed and non-tentative) link-local addresses. Therefore, this
patch implements a valid_ll_addr_cnt in struct inet6_dev.
We now only emit router solicitations if the first link-local address
finishes duplicate address detection.
The changes for MLDv2 and IGMPv3 are in a follow-up patch.
While there, also simplify one if statement(one minor nit I made in one
of my previous patches):
if (!...)
do();
else
return;
<<into>>
if (...)
return;
do();
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no real problem is fixed, just save a few bytes in
net_namespace structure.
Signed-off-by: JunweiZhang <junwei.zhang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add sync_persist_mode flag to reduce sync traffic
by syncing only persistent templates.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert the SCTP state table, so that it is more readable.
Change the states to be according to the diagram in RFC 2960
and add more states suitable for middle box. Still, such
change in states adds incompatibility if systems in sync
setup include this change and others do not include it.
With this change we also have proper transitions in INPUT-ONLY
mode (DR/TUN) where we see packets only from client. Now
we should not switch to 10-second CLOSED state at a time
when we should stay in ESTABLISHED state.
The short names for states are because we have 16-char space
in ipvsadm and 11-char limit for the connection list format.
It is a sequence of the TCP implementation where the longest
state name is ESTABLISHED.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This adds support for sloppy TCP and SCTP modes to IPVS.
When enabled (sysctls net.ipv4.vs.sloppy_tcp and
net.ipv4.vs.sloppy_sctp), allows IPVS to create connection state on any
packet, not just a TCP SYN (or SCTP INIT).
This allows connections to fail over from one IPVS director to another
mid-flight.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Frolkin <avf@eldamar.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Before now the schedulers needed access only to IP
addresses and it was easy to get them from skb by
using ip_vs_fill_iph_addr_only.
New changes for the SH scheduler will need the protocol
and ports which is difficult to get from skb for the
IPv6 case. As we have all the data in the iph structure,
to avoid the same slow lookups provide the iph to schedulers.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
select/poll busy-poll support.
Split sysctl value into two separate ones, one for read and one for poll.
updated Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
Add a new poll flag POLL_LL. When this flag is set, sock_poll will call
sk_poll_ll if possible. sock_poll sets this flag in its return value
to indicate to select/poll when a socket that can busy poll is found.
When poll/select have nothing to report, call the low-level
sock_poll again until we are out of time or we find something.
Once the system call finds something, it stops setting POLL_LL, so it can
return the result to the user ASAP.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, SCTP code defines its own timeval functions (since timeval
is rarely used inside the kernel by others), namely tv_lt() and
TIMEVAL_ADD() macros, that operate on SCTP cookie expiration.
We might as well remove all those, and operate directly on ktime
structures for a couple of reasons: ktime is available on all archs;
complexity of ktime calculations depending on the arch is less than
(reduces to a simple arithmetic operations on archs with
BITS_PER_LONG == 64 or CONFIG_KTIME_SCALAR) or equal to timeval
functions (other archs); code becomes more readable; macros can be
thrown out.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do neither ship a test_frame.h, nor will this be compatible with
the 2.5 out-of-tree lksctp kernel test suite anyway. So remove this
artefact.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the timers for duplicate address detection and router
solicitations apart. The router solicitations timer goes into inet6_dev
and the dad timer stays in inet6_ifaddr.
The reason behind this patch is to reduce the number of unneeded router
solicitations send out by the host if additional link-local addresses
are created. Currently we send out RS for every link-local address on
an interface.
If the RS timer fires we pick a source address with ipv6_get_lladdr. This
change could hurt people adding additional link-local addresses and
specifying these addresses in the radvd clients section because we
no longer guarantee that we use every ll address as source address in
router solicitations.
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcp_fastopen_context has a field named tfm, which is a pointer
to a crypto_cipher structure.
It currently has a __rcu annotation, which is not needed at all.
tcp_fastopen_ctx is the pointer fetched by rcu_dereference(), but once
we have a pointer to current tcp_fastopen_context, we do not use/need
rcu_dereference() to access tfm.
This fixes a lot of sparse errors like the following :
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: expected struct crypto_cipher *tfm
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: got struct crypto_cipher [noderef] <asn:4>*tfm
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
I would guess that this is the last big wireless pull request before
the 3.11 merge window...
Regarding the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"I have a number of mesh fixes and improvements from Colleen, Jacob,
Ashok and Thomas, powersave fixes in mac80211 from Alex, improved
management-TX from Antonio, and a few various things, including locking
fixes, from others and myself. Overall though, nothing really stands
out."
As for the iwlwifi bits, Johannes says:
"Emmanuel contributed two AP mode fixes, removed an unused field, fixed a
comment and added a warning for something that shouldn't happen in
practice, and I removed the declaration of a function that doesn't even
exist and cleaned up a small include."
"This time I have a number of cleanups, a small fix from Emmanuel and two
performance improvements that combined reduce our driver's CPU
utilisation as much as 75% in high TX-throughput scenarios."
"These two patches fix two issues with using rfkill randomly during
traffic, which would then cause our driver to stop working and not be
able to recover at all."
Regarding the ath6kl bits, Kalle says:
"Here are few simple patches for ath6kl. We have a suspend crash fix for
USB from Shafi, use of mac_pton(), a compiler warning fix and a fix for
module initialisation error path."
Kalle also sends the biggest single item of note, the new ath10k
driver for Qualcomm Atheros 802.11ac CQA98xx devices.
Included is an NFC pull, of which Samuel says:
"These are the pending NFC patches for the 3.11 merge window.
It contains the pending fixes that were on nfc-fixes (nfc-fixes-3.10-2),
along with a few more for the pn544 and pn533 drivers, the LLCP
disconnection path and an LLCP memory leak.
Highlights for this one are:
- An initial secure element API. NFC chipsets can carry an embedded
secure element or get access to the SIM one. In both cases they
control the secure elements and this API provides a way to discover,
enable and disable the available SEs. It also exports that to
userspace in order for SE focused middleware to actually do something
with them (e.g. payments).
- NCI over SPI support. SPI is the most complex NCI specified transport
layer and we now have support for it in the kernel. The next step will
be to implement drivers for NCI chipsets using this transport like
e.g. bcm2079x.
- NFC p2p hardware simulation driver. We now have an nfcsim driver that
is mostly a loopback device between 2 NFC interfaces. It also
implements the rest of the NFC core API like polling and target
detection. This driver, with neard running on top of it, allows us to
completely test the LLCP, SNEP and Handover implementation without
physical hardware.
- A Firmware update netlink API. Most (All ?) HCI chipsets have a
special firmware update mode where applications can push a new
firmware that will be flashed. We now have a netlink API for providing
that mode to e.g. nfctool."
On top of all that, there are a variety of updates to brcmfmac,
iwlegacy, rtlwifi, wil6210, and the TI wl12xx drivers. As usual,
the bcma and ssb busses get a little love as well, as do a handful
of others here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tunnel constants can be used in generic code but in these cases
the inline functions in ip_tunnels.h cause compilation problems
if CONFIG_INET is not set.
CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove HCI_LINK_KEYS flag since using HCI_MGMT is enough for test that
user space expects the kernel managing link keys.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes hci_do_inquiry and hci_cancel_inquiry helpers. We
now use the HCI request framework in device discovery functionality
and these helpers are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes the LE scan helpers hci_le_scan and hci_cancel_
le_scan and all code related to it. We now use the HCI request
framework in device discovery functionality and these helpers are
no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
mgmt_stop_discovery_failed is now only used in mgmt.c so we can
make it a local function. This patch also moves the mgmt_stop_
discovery_failed definition up in mgmt.c to avoid forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to have a better HCI error handling in interleaved discovery
functionality, we should use the HCI request framework.
This patch updates le_scan_disable_work function so it uses the
HCI request framework instead of the hci_send_cmd helper. A complete
callback is registered (le_scan_disable_work_complete function) so we
are able to trigger the inquiry procedure (if we are running the
interleaved discovery) or to stop the discovery procedure (if we are
running LE-only discovery).
This patch also removes the extra logic in hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable
to trigger the inquiry procedure and the mgmt_interleaved_discovery
function since they become useless.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some of discovery macros will be used in hci_core so we need to
define them in common place such as hci_core.h. Thus, this patch
moves discovery macros to hci_core.h and also adds the DISCOV_
prefix to them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
mgmt_start_discovery_failed is now only used in mgmt.c so we can
make it a local function. This patch also moves the mgmt_start_
discovery_failed definition up in mgmt.c to avoid forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to use HCI request framework in start_discovery, we'll need
to call inquiry_cache_flush in mgmt.c. Therefore, this patch adds the
hci_ prefix to inquiry_cache_flush and makes it non-static.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In future Core Specification versions the ATT CID will be just one of
many possible CIDs that can be used for data transfer. Therefore, it
makes sense to rename the define for the ATT CID to something less
ambigous.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This typedef is unnecessary and should just be removed.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This typedef is unnecessary and should just be removed.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current situation is that SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF is 2048 + sizeof(struct sk_buff))
while SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF is 2048. Since in both cases, skb->truesize is used for
sk_{r,w}mem_alloc accounting, we should have both sizes adjusted via defining a
TCP_SKB_MIN_TRUESIZE.
Further, as Eric Dumazet points out, the minimal skb truesize in transmit path is
SKB_TRUESIZE(2048) after commit f07d960df3 ("tcp: avoid frag allocation for
small frames"), and tcp_sendmsg() tries to limit skb size to half the congestion
window, meaning we try to build two skbs at minimum. Thus, having SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF
as 2048 can hit a small regression for some applications setting to low
SO_SNDBUF / SO_RCVBUF. Note that we define a TCP_SKB_MIN_TRUESIZE, because
SKB_TRUESIZE(2048) adds SKB_DATA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct skb_shared_info)), but in
case of TCP skbs, the skb_shared_info is part of the 2048 bytes allocation for
skb->head.
The minor adaption in sk_stream_moderate_sndbuf() is to silence a warning by
using a typed max macro, as similarly done in SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF occurences, that
would appear otherwise.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Process skb tunnel header before sending packet to protocol handler.
this allows code sharing between gre and ovs gre modules.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor various ip tunnels xmit functions and extend iptunnel_xmit()
so that there is more code sharing.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is only one user is allowed to register for gre
protocol. Following patch adds de-multiplexer. So that multiple
modules can listen on gre protocol e.g. kernel gre devices and ovs.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.
The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().
Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.
The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved. In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported. Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.
However, the dump handlers to not use this logic. Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking. There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so. So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.
To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the
association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and
gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.)
This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release
the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function.
This leak was reported by Ben Greear.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add defines for 5 and 10 MHz channel width and fix channel
handling functions accordingly.
Also check for and report the WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ
capability.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix spelling in comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SCTP_STATIC is just another define for the static keyword. It's use
is inconsistent in the SCTP code anyway and it was introduced in the
initial implementation of SCTP in 2.5. We have a regression suite in
lksctp-tools, but this is for user space only, so noone makes use of
this macro anymore. The kernel test suite for 2.5 is incompatible with
the current SCTP code anyway.
So simply Remove it, to be more consistent with the rest of the kernel
code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t_new rather obfuscates things where everyone else is using actual
function names instead of that macro, so replace it with kzalloc,
which is the function t_new wraps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adds a socket option for low latency polling.
This allows overriding the global sysctl value with a per-socket one.
Unexport sysctl_net_ll_poll since for now it's not needed in modules.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sched_clock() instead of get_cycles().
We can use sched_clock() because we don't care much about accuracy.
Remove the dependency on X86_TSC
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason for sysctl_net_ll_poll to be an unsigned long.
Change it into an unsigned int.
Fix the proc handler.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This API will allow NFC drivers to add and remove the secure elements
they know about or detect. Typically this should be called (asynchronously
or not) from the driver or the host interface stack detect_se hook.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Secure elements need to be discovered after enabling the NFC controller.
This is typically done by the NCI core and the HCI drivers (HCI does not
specify how to discover SEs, it is left to the specific drivers).
Also, the SE enable/disable API explicitely takes a SE index as its
argument.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Supported secure elements are typically found during a discovery process
initiated when the NFC controller is up and running. For a given NFC
chipset there can be many configurations (embedded SE or not, with or
without a SIM card wired to the NFC controller SWP interface, etc...) and
thus driver code will never know before hand which SEs are available.
So we remove this field, it will be replaced by a real SE discovery
mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When using NFC-F we should copy the NFCID2 buffer that we got from
SENSF_RES through the ATR_REQ NFCID3 buffer. Not doing so violates
NFC Forum digital requirement #189.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Before any operation, driver interruption is de-asserted to prevent
race condition between TX and RX.
Transaction starts by emitting "Direct read" and acknowledged mode
bytes. Then packet length is read allowing to allocate correct NCI
socket buffer. After that payload is retrieved.
A delay after the transaction can be added.
This delay is determined by the driver during nci_spi_allocate_device()
call and can be 0.
If acknowledged mode is set:
- CRC of header and payload is checked
- if frame reception fails (CRC error): NACK is sent
- if received frame has ACK or NACK flag: unblock nci_spi_send()
Payload is passed to NCI module.
At the end, driver interruption is re asserted.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Before any operation, driver interruption is de-asserted to prevent
race condition between TX and RX.
The NCI over SPI header is added in front of NCI packet.
If acknowledged mode is set, CRC-16-CCITT is added to the packet.
Then the packet is forwarded to SPI module to be sent.
A delay after the transaction is added.
This delay is determined by the driver during nci_spi_allocate_device()
call and can be 0.
After data has been sent, driver interruption is re-asserted.
If acknowledged mode is set, nci_spi_send will block until
acknowledgment is received.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The NFC Forum defines a transport interface based on
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) for the NFC Controller
Interface (NCI).
This module implements the SPI transport of NCI, calling SPI module
directly to read/write data to NFC controller (NFCC).
NFCC driver should provide functions performing device open and close.
It should also provide functions asserting/de-asserting interruption
to prevent TX/RX race conditions.
NFCC driver can also fix a delay between transactions if needed by
the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is a simple forward to the HCI driver. When driver is done with the
operation, it shall directly notify NFC Core by calling
nfc_fw_upload_done().
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As several NFC chipsets can have their firmwares upgraded and
reflashed, this patchset adds a new netlink command to trigger
that the driver loads or flashes a new firmware. This will allows
userspace triggered firmware upgrade through netlink.
The firmware name or hint is passed as a parameter, and the driver
will eventually fetch the firmware binary through the request_firmware
API.
The cmd can only be executed when the nfc dev is not in use. Actual
firmware loading/flashing is an asynchronous operation. Result of the
operation shall send a new event up to user space through the nfc dev
multicast socket. During operation, the nfc dev is not openable and
thus not usable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
skb->dev is used for carrying a net_device pointer and not
an nci_dev pointer.
Remove usage of skb-dev to carry nci_dev and replace it by parameter
in nci_recv_frame(), nci_send_frame() and driver send() functions.
NfcWilink driver is also updated to use those functions.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If CONFIG_NET_NS is not set then __net_init is the same as __init and
__net_exit is the same as __exit. These functions will be removed from
memory after the module loads or is removed. Functions that are exported
for use by other functions should never be labeled for removal.
Bug introduced by commit c544193214
("GRE: Refactor GRE tunneling code.")
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the
interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate
the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers,
in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Linux sends new unset data during disorder and recovery state if all
(suspected) lost packets have been retransmitted ( RFC5681, section
3.2 step 1 & 2, RFC3517 section 4, NexSeg() Rule 2). One requirement
is to keep the receive window about twice the estimated sender's
congestion window (tcp_rcv_space_adjust()), assuming the fast
retransmits repair the losses in the next round trip.
But currently it's not the case on the first round trip in either
normal or Fast Open connection, beucase the initial receive window
is identical to (expected) sender's initial congestion window. The
fix is to double it.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This pull request is intended for the 3.11 stream...
One big highlight is the cw1200 driver the ST-E CW1100 & CW1200
WLAN chipsets. This one has been lingering for a while, lacking
some review comments. Once started getting pulled into linux-next,
it got a bit more attention and a number of improvements were made
over the initial cut. No doubt there will be more changes ahead,
but I think it is looking alright at this point.
Along with that, there is the usual flurry of updates to the mac80211
core and the iwlwifi, mwifiex, ath9k, rt2x00, wil6210, and other
drivers. A few of the highlights are some rt2x00 refactoring/cleanup
by Gabor Juhos, some rt2800 hardware support enhancements by Stanislaw
Gruszka, some iwlwifi power management updates from Alexander Bondar,
some enhanced bcma SPROM support from Rafał Miłecki, and a variety
of other things here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If hci_dev_open fails we need to ensure that the corresponding
mgmt_set_powered command gets an appropriate response. This patch fixes
the missing response by adding a new mgmt_set_powered_failed function
that's used to indicate a power on failure to mgmt. Since a situation
with the device being rfkilled may require special handling in user
space the patch uses a new dedicated mgmt status code for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit ef722495c8
( [IPV4]: Remove unused ip_options->is_data) removed the unused is_data
member from ip_options struct.
This patch removes is_data also from the documentation of the ip_options struct.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to TCP offloading and UDPv6 offloading, move all related
UDPv4 functions to udp_offload.c to make things more explicit. Also,
by this, we can make those functions static.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before allowing 64bits bytes rates, refactor
psched_ratecfg_precompute() to get better comments
and increased accuracy.
rate_bps field is renamed to rate_bytes_ps, as we only
have to worry about bytes per second.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a STA has a peer that it hasn't seen any tx activity
from for a certain length of time, the peer link is
expired. This means the inactive STA is removed from the
list of peers and that STA is not considered a peer again
unless it re-peers. Previously, this inactivity time was
always 30 minutes. Now, add it to the mesh configuration
and allow it to be configured. Retain 30 minutes as a
default value.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
struct gnet_stats_rate_est contains u32 fields, so the bytes per second
field can wrap at 34360Mbit.
Add a new gnet_stats_rate_est64 structure to get 64bit bps/pps fields,
and switch the kernel to use this structure natively.
This structure is dumped to user space as a new attribute :
TCA_STATS_RATE_EST64
Old tc command will now display the capped bps (to 34360Mbit), instead
of wrapped values, and updated tc command will display correct
information.
Old tc command output, after patch :
eric:~# tc -s -d qd sh dev lo
qdisc pfifo 8001: root refcnt 2 limit 1000p
Sent 80868245400 bytes 1978837 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 34360Mbit 189696pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
This patch carefully reorganizes "struct Qdisc" layout to get optimal
performance on SMP.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds an ndo_ll_poll method and the code that supports it.
This method can be used by low latency applications to busy-poll
Ethernet device queues directly from the socket code.
sysctl_net_ll_poll controls how many microseconds to poll.
Default is zero (disabled).
Individual protocol support will be added by subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Would be good to make things explicit and move those functions to
a new file called tcp_offload.c, thus make this similar to tcpv6_offload.c.
While moving all related functions into tcp_offload.c, we can also
make some of them static, since they are only used there. Also, add
an explicit registration function.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_log.c
The conflict in nf_log.c is that in 'net' we added CONFIG_PROC_FS
protection around foo_proc_entry() calls to fix a build failure,
whereas in Pablo's tree a guard if() test around a call is
remove_proc_entry() was removed. Trivially resolved.
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains the first batch of
Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next tree, they are:
* Three patches with improvements and code refactorization
for nfnetlink_queue, from Florian Westphal.
* FTP helper now parses replies without brackets, as RFC1123
recommends, from Jeff Mahoney.
* Rise a warning to tell everyone about ULOG deprecation,
NFLOG has been already in the kernel tree for long time
and supersedes the old logging over netlink stub, from
myself.
* Don't panic if we fail to load netfilter core framework,
just bail out instead, from myself.
* Add cond_resched_rcu, used by IPVS to allow rescheduling
while walking over big hashtables, from Simon Horman.
* Change type of IPVS sysctl_sync_qlen_max sysctl to avoid
possible overflow, from Zhang Yanfei.
* Use strlcpy instead of strncpy to skip zeroing of already
initialized area to write the extension names in ebtables,
from Chen Gang.
* Use already existing per-cpu notrack object from xt_CT,
from Eric Dumazet.
* Save explicit socket lookup in xt_socket now that we have
early demux, also from Eric Dumazet.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon
flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association
completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after
association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used
for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant
throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon
availability indication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
[fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use a more current code style.
Remove extern from function prototypes.
Align function arguments and reflow to 80 cols.
Use network comment styles.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The format is based on /proc/net/icmp and /proc/net/{udp,raw}6.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Couldn't figure out how to test without CONFIG_PROC_FS enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a ping_seq_afinfo structure (similar to its UDP
equivalent) and use it to make some of the ping /proc functions
address-family independent. Rename the remaining ping /proc
functions from ping_* to ping_v4_*.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udp6_sock_seq_show and raw6_sock_seq_show are identical, except
the UDP version displays ports and the raw version displays the
protocol. Refactor most of the code in these two functions into
a new common ip6_dgram_sock_seq_show function, in preparation
for using it to display ICMPv6 sockets as well.
Also reduce the indentation in parts of include/net/transp_v6.h
to improve readability.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the indentation of most of the functions and make it a
bit more consistent. This allows longer function and arg names
to be consistently indented without wrapping.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current internal SME implementation in cfg80211 is
very mixed up with the MLME handling, which has been
causing issues for a long time. There are three things
that the implementation has to provide:
* a basic SME implementation for nl80211's connect()
call (for drivers implementing auth/assoc, which is
really just mac80211) and wireless extensions
* MLME events for the userspace SME
* SME events (connected, disconnected etc.) for all
different SME implementation possibilities (driver,
cfg80211 and userspace)
To achieve these goals it isn't necessary to track the
software SME's connection status outside of it's state
(which is the part that caused many issues.) Instead,
track it only in the SME data (wdev->conn) and in the
general case only track whether the wdev is connected
or not (via wdev->current_bss.)
Also separate the internal implementation to not have
callbacks from the SME events, but rather call it from
the API functions that the driver (or rather mac80211)
calls. This separates the code better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 13d82bf5 (ipv4: Fix flushing of cached routing informations)
added the support to flush learned pmtu information.
However, using rt_genid is quite heavy as it is bumped on route
add/change and multicast events amongst other places. These can
happen quite often, especially if using dynamic routing protocols.
While this is ok with routes (as they are just recreated locally),
the pmtu information is learned from remote systems and the icmp
notification can come with long delays. It is worthy to have separate
genid to avoid excessive pmtu resets.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
broke the "overhead xxx" handling, as well as the "linklayer atm"
attribute.
tc class add ... htb rate X ceil Y linklayer atm overhead 10
This patch restores the "overhead xxx" handling, for htb, tbf
and act_police
The "linklayer atm" thing needs a separate fix.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Vimalkumar <j.vimal@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases after deleting a policy from the SPD the policy would
remain in the dst/flow/route cache for an extended period of time
which caused problems for SELinux as its dynamic network access
controls key off of the number of XFRM policy and state entries.
This patch corrects this problem by forcing a XFRM garbage collection
whenever a policy is sucessfully removed.
Reported-by: Ondrej Moris <omoris@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch, ip_tunnel_xmit() was using the field protocol from the IP
header passed into argument.
There is no functional change, this patch prepares the support of IPv4 over
IPv4 for module sit.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An active monitor interface is one that is used for communication (via
injection). It is expected to ACK incoming unicast packets. This is
useful for running various 802.11 testing utilities that associate to an
AP via injection and manage the state in user space.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This corrects an regression introduced by "net: Use 16bits for *_headers
fields of struct skbuff" when NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET is not set. In
that case skb->tail will be a pointer whereas skb->transport_header
will be an offset from head. This is corrected by using wrappers that
ensure that comparisons and calculations are always made using pointers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the current WoWLAN configuration available to drivers
at runtime. This isn't really useful for the normal WoWLAN
behaviour and accessing it can also be racy, but drivers
may use it for testing the WoWLAN device behaviour while
the host stays up & running to observe the device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds the ability to send ICMPv6 echo requests without a
raw socket. The equivalent ability for ICMPv4 was added in
2011.
Instead of having separate code paths for IPv4 and IPv6, make
most of the code in net/ipv4/ping.c dual-stack and only add a
few IPv6-specific bits (like the protocol definition) to a new
net/ipv6/ping.c. Hopefully this will reduce divergence and/or
duplication of bugs in the future.
Caveats:
- Setting options via ancillary data (e.g., using IPV6_PKTINFO
to specify the outgoing interface) is not yet supported.
- There are no separate security settings for IPv4 and IPv6;
everything is controlled by /proc/net/ipv4/ping_group_range.
- The proc interface does not yet display IPv6 ping sockets
properly.
Tested with a patched copy of ping6 and using raw socket calls.
Compiles and works with all of CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This member of struct netns_ipvs is calculated from nr_free_buffer_pages
so change its type to unsigned long in case of overflow. Also, type of
its related proc var sync_qlen_max and the return type of function
sysctl_sync_qlen_max() should be changed to unsigned long, too.
Besides, the type of ipvs_master_sync_state->sync_queue_len should be
changed to unsigned long accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yanfei <zhangyanfei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Merge net into net-next because some upcoming net-next changes
build on top of bug fixes that went into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Virtually all code paths in cfg80211 already (need to) hold
the RTNL. As such, there's little point in having another
four mutexes for various parts of the code, they just cause
lock ordering issues (and much of the time, the RTNL and a
few of the others need thus be held.)
Simplify all this by getting rid of the extra four mutexes
and just use the RTNL throughout. Only a few code changes
were needed to do this and we can get rid of a work struct
for bonus points.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can tell us if received frame was
encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available
in user space we can use updated radiotap specification:
http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS
This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss).
The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This target has been superseded by NFLOG. Spot a warning
so we prepare removal in a couple of years.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Quoting https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=812:
[ ip6tables -m addrtype ]
When I tried to use in the nat/PREROUTING it messes up the
routing cache even if the rule didn't matched at all.
[..]
If I remove the --limit-iface-in from the non-working scenario, so just
use the -m addrtype --dst-type LOCAL it works!
This happens when LOCAL type matching is requested with --limit-iface-in,
and the default ipv6 route is via the interface the packet we test
arrived on.
Because xt_addrtype uses ip6_route_output, the ipv6 routing implementation
creates an unwanted cached entry, and the packet won't make it to the
real/expected destination.
Silently ignoring --limit-iface-in makes the routing work but it breaks
rule matching (--dst-type LOCAL with limit-iface-in is supposed to only
match if the dst address is configured on the incoming interface;
without --limit-iface-in it will match if the address is reachable
via lo).
The test should call ipv6_chk_addr() instead. However, this would add
a link-time dependency on ipv6.
There are two possible solutions:
1) Revert the commit that moved ipt_addrtype to xt_addrtype,
and put ipv6 specific code into ip6t_addrtype.
2) add new "nf_ipv6_ops" struct to register pointers to ipv6 functions.
While the former might seem preferable, Pablo pointed out that there
are more xt modules with link-time dependeny issues regarding ipv6,
so lets go for 2).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
TCP md5 code uses per cpu variables but protects access to them with
a shared spinlock, which is a contention point.
[ tcp_md5sig_pool_lock is locked twice per incoming packet ]
Makes things much simpler, by allocating crypto structures once, first
time a socket needs md5 keys, and not deallocating them as they are
really small.
Next step would be to allow crypto allocations being done in a NUMA
aware way.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next pointer within the inet6_dev structure seems not to be used
anywhere. So just remove it. Tested with allmodconfig on x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_timeout_skb() was intended to trigger fast recovery on timeout,
unfortunately in reality it often causes spurious retransmission
storms during fast recovery. The particular sign is a fast retransmit
over the highest sacked sequence (SND.FACK).
Currently the RTO timer re-arming (as in RFC6298) offers a nice cushion
to avoid spurious timeout: when SND.UNA advances the sender re-arms
RTO and extends the timeout by icsk_rto. The sender does not offset
the time elapsed since the packet at SND.UNA was sent.
But if the next (DUP)ACK arrives later than ~RTTVAR and triggers
tcp_fastretrans_alert(), then tcp_timeout_skb() will mark any packet
sent before the icsk_rto interval lost, including one that's above the
highest sacked sequence. Most likely a large part of scorebard will be
marked.
If most packets are not lost then the subsequent DUPACKs with new SACK
blocks will cause the sender to continue to retransmit packets beyond
SND.FACK spuriously. Even if only one packet is lost the sender may
falsely retransmit almost the entire window.
The situation becomes common in the world of bufferbloat: the RTT
continues to grow as the queue builds up but RTTVAR remains small and
close to the minimum 200ms. If a data packet is lost and the DUPACK
triggered by the next data packet is slightly delayed, then a spurious
retransmission storm forms.
As the original comment on tcp_timeout_skb() suggests: the usefulness
of this feature is questionable. It also wastes cycles walking the
sack scoreboard and is actually harmful because of false recovery.
It's time to remove this.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support of peer address for IPv6. For example, it is
possible to specify the remote end of a 6inY tunnel.
This was already possible in IPv4:
ip addr add ip1 peer ip2 dev dev1
The peer address is specified with IFA_ADDRESS and the local address with
IFA_LOCAL (like explained in include/uapi/linux/if_addr.h).
Note that the API is not changed, because before this patch, it was not
possible to specify two different addresses in IFA_LOCAL and IFA_REMOTE.
There is a small change for the dump: if the peer is different from ::,
IFA_ADDRESS will contain the peer address instead of the local address.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains three Netfilter fixes and update
for the MAINTAINER file for your net tree, they are:
* Fix crash if nf_log_packet is called from conntrack, in that case
both interfaces are NULL, from Hans Schillstrom. This bug introduced
with the logging netns support in the previous merge window.
* Fix compilation of nf_log and nf_queue without CONFIG_PROC_FS,
from myself. This bug was introduced in the previous merge window
with the new netns support for the netfilter logging infrastructure.
* Fix possible crash in xt_TCPOPTSTRIP due to missing sanity
checkings to validate that the TCP header is well-formed, from
myself. I can find this bug in 2.6.25, probably it's been there
since the beginning. I'll pass this to -stable.
* Update MAINTAINER file to point to new nf trees at git.kernel.org,
remove Harald and use M: instead of P: (now obsolete tag) to
keep Jozsef in the list of people.
Please, consider pulling this. Thanks!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Authentication takes place in userspace, but the beacon is
generated in the kernel. Allow userspace to inform the
kernel of the authentication method so the appropriate
mesh config IE can be set prior to beacon generation when
joining the MBSS.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make kerneldoc content match header file content, no functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since (69b34fb netfilter: xt_LOG: add net namespace support
for xt_LOG), we hit this:
[ 4224.708977] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000388
[ 4224.709074] IP: [<ffffffff8147f699>] ipt_log_packet+0x29/0x270
when callling log functions from conntrack both in and out
are NULL i.e. the net pointer is invalid.
Adding struct net *net in call to nf_logfn() will secure that
there always is a vaild net ptr.
Reported as netfilter's bugzilla bug 818:
https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=818
Reported-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have seen multiple NULL dereferences in __inet6_lookup_established()
After analysis, I found that inet6_sk() could be NULL while the
check for sk_family == AF_INET6 was true.
Bug was added in linux-2.6.29 when RCU lookups were introduced in UDP
and TCP stacks.
Once an IPv6 socket, using SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is inserted in a hash
table, we no longer can clear pinet6 field.
This patch extends logic used in commit fcbdf09d96
("net: fix nulls list corruptions in sk_prot_alloc")
TCP/UDP/UDPLite IPv6 protocols provide their own .clear_sk() method
to make sure we do not clear pinet6 field.
At socket clone phase, we do not really care, as cloning the parent (non
NULL) pinet6 is not adding a fatal race.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull VFS updates from Al Viro,
Misc cleanups all over the place, mainly wrt /proc interfaces (switch
create_proc_entry to proc_create(), get rid of the deprecated
create_proc_read_entry() in favor of using proc_create_data() and
seq_file etc).
7kloc removed.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (204 commits)
don't bother with deferred freeing of fdtables
proc: Move non-public stuff from linux/proc_fs.h to fs/proc/internal.h
proc: Make the PROC_I() and PDE() macros internal to procfs
proc: Supply a function to remove a proc entry by PDE
take cgroup_open() and cpuset_open() to fs/proc/base.c
ppc: Clean up scanlog
ppc: Clean up rtas_flash driver somewhat
hostap: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use minor->index to label things, not PDE->name
drm: Constify drm_proc_list[]
zoran: Don't print proc_dir_entry data in debug
reiserfs: Don't access the proc_dir_entry in r_open(), r_start() r_show()
proc: Supply an accessor for getting the data from a PDE's parent
airo: Use remove_proc_subtree()
rtl8192u: Don't need to save device proc dir PDE
rtl8187se: Use a dir under /proc/net/r8180/
proc: Add proc_mkdir_data()
proc: Move some bits from linux/proc_fs.h to linux/{of.h,signal.h,tty.h}
proc: Move PDE_NET() to fs/proc/proc_net.c
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights (1721 non-merge commits, this has to be a record of some
sort):
1) Add 'random' mode to team driver, from Jiri Pirko and Eric
Dumazet.
2) Make it so that any driver that supports configuration of multiple
MAC addresses can provide the forwarding database add and del
calls by providing a default implementation and hooking that up if
the driver doesn't have an explicit set of handlers. From Vlad
Yasevich.
3) Support GSO segmentation over tunnels and other encapsulating
devices such as VXLAN, from Pravin B Shelar.
4) Support L2 GRE tunnels in the flow dissector, from Michael Dalton.
5) Implement Tail Loss Probe (TLP) detection in TCP, from Nandita
Dukkipati.
6) In the PHY layer, allow supporting wake-on-lan in situations where
the PHY registers have to be written for it to be configured.
Use it to support wake-on-lan in mv643xx_eth.
From Michael Stapelberg.
7) Significantly improve firewire IPV6 support, from YOSHIFUJI
Hideaki.
8) Allow multiple packets to be sent in a single transmission using
network coding in batman-adv, from Martin Hundebøll.
9) Add support for T5 cxgb4 chips, from Santosh Rastapur.
10) Generalize the VXLAN forwarding tables so that there is more
flexibility in configurating various aspects of the endpoints.
From David Stevens.
11) Support RSS and TSO in hardware over GRE tunnels in bxn2x driver,
from Dmitry Kravkov.
12) Zero copy support in nfnelink_queue, from Eric Dumazet and Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
13) Start adding networking selftests.
14) In situations of overload on the same AF_PACKET fanout socket, or
per-cpu packet receive queue, minimize drop by distributing the
load to other cpus/fanouts. From Willem de Bruijn and Eric
Dumazet.
15) Add support for new payload offset BPF instruction, from Daniel
Borkmann.
16) Convert several drivers over to mdoule_platform_driver(), from
Sachin Kamat.
17) Provide a minimal BPF JIT image disassembler userspace tool, from
Daniel Borkmann.
18) Rewrite F-RTO implementation in TCP to match the final
specification of it in RFC4138 and RFC5682. From Yuchung Cheng.
19) Provide netlink socket diag of netlink sockets ("Yo dawg, I hear
you like netlink, so I implemented netlink dumping of netlink
sockets.") From Andrey Vagin.
20) Remove ugly passing of rtnetlink attributes into rtnl_doit
functions, from Thomas Graf.
21) Allow userspace to be able to see if a configuration change occurs
in the middle of an address or device list dump, from Nicolas
Dichtel.
22) Support RFC3168 ECN protection for ipv6 fragments, from Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
23) Increase accuracy of packet length used by packet scheduler, from
Jason Wang.
24) Beginning set of changes to make ipv4/ipv6 fragment handling more
scalable and less susceptible to overload and locking contention,
from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
25) Get rid of using non-type-safe NLMSG_* macros and use nlmsg_*()
instead. From Hong Zhiguo.
26) Optimize route usage in IPVS by avoiding reference counting where
possible, from Julian Anastasov.
27) Convert IPVS schedulers to RCU, also from Julian Anastasov.
28) Support cpu fanouts in xt_NFQUEUE netfilter target, from Holger
Eitzenberger.
29) Network namespace support for nf_log, ebt_log, xt_LOG, ipt_ULOG,
nfnetlink_log, and nfnetlink_queue. From Gao feng.
30) Implement RFC3168 ECN protection, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
31) Support several new r8169 chips, from Hayes Wang.
32) Support tokenized interface identifiers in ipv6, from Daniel
Borkmann.
33) Use usbnet_link_change() helper in USB net driver, from Ming Lei.
34) Add 802.1ad vlan offload support, from Patrick McHardy.
35) Support mmap() based netlink communication, also from Patrick
McHardy.
36) Support HW timestamping in mlx4 driver, from Amir Vadai.
37) Rationalize AF_PACKET packet timestamping when transmitting, from
Willem de Bruijn and Daniel Borkmann.
38) Bring parity to what's provided by /proc/net/packet socket dumping
and the info provided by netlink socket dumping of AF_PACKET
sockets. From Nicolas Dichtel.
39) Fix peeking beyond zero sized SKBs in AF_UNIX, from Benjamin
Poirier"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
filter: fix va_list build error
af_unix: fix a fatal race with bit fields
bnx2x: Prevent memory leak when cnic is absent
bnx2x: correct reading of speed capabilities
net: sctp: attribute printl with __printf for gcc fmt checks
netlink: kconfig: move mmap i/o into netlink kconfig
netpoll: convert mutex into a semaphore
netlink: Fix skb ref counting.
net_sched: act_ipt forward compat with xtables
mlx4_en: fix a build error on 32bit arches
Revert "bnx2x: allow nvram test to run when device is down"
bridge: avoid OOPS if root port not found
drivers: net: cpsw: fix kernel warn on cpsw irq enable
sh_eth: use random MAC address if no valid one supplied
3c509.c: call SET_NETDEV_DEV for all device types (ISA/ISAPnP/EISA)
tg3: fix to append hardware time stamping flags
unix/stream: fix peeking with an offset larger than data in queue
unix/dgram: fix peeking with an offset larger than data in queue
unix/dgram: peek beyond 0-sized skbs
openvswitch: Remove unneeded ovs_netdev_get_ifindex()
...
Using bit fields is dangerous on ppc64/sparc64, as the compiler [1]
uses 64bit instructions to manipulate them.
If the 64bit word includes any atomic_t or spinlock_t, we can lose
critical concurrent changes.
This is happening in af_unix, where unix_sk(sk)->gc_candidate/
gc_maybe_cycle/lock share the same 64bit word.
This leads to fatal deadlock, as one/several cpus spin forever
on a spinlock that will never be available again.
A safer way would be to use a long to store flags.
This way we are sure compiler/arch wont do bad things.
As we own unix_gc_lock spinlock when clearing or setting bits,
we can use the non atomic __set_bit()/__clear_bit().
recursion_level can share the same 64bit location with the spinlock,
as it is set only with this spinlock held.
[1] bug fixed in gcc-4.8.0 :
http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=52080
Reported-by: Ambrose Feinstein <ambrose@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use create_proc_read_entry() as that is deprecated, but rather use
proc_create_data() and seq_file instead.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
cc: devel@driverdev.osuosl.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Instead of feeding net_secret[] at boot time, defer the init
at the point first socket is created.
This permits some platforms to use better entropy sources than
the ones available at boot time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains relevant updates for the Netfilter
tree, they are:
* Enhancements for ipset: Add the counter extension for sets, this
information can be used from the iptables set match, to change
the matching behaviour. Jozsef required to add the extension
infrastructure and moved the existing timeout support upon it.
This also includes a change in net/sched/em_ipset to adapt it to
the new extension structure.
* Enhancements for performance boosting in nfnetlink_queue: Add new
configuration flags that allows user-space to receive big packets (GRO)
and to disable checksumming calculation. This were proposed by Eric
Dumazet during the Netfilter Workshop 2013 in Copenhagen. Florian
Westphal was kind enough to find the time to materialize the proposal.
* A sparse fix from Simon, he noticed it in the SCTP NAT helper, the fix
required a change in the interface of sctp_end_cksum.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the type of the crc32 parameter of sctp_end_cksum()
from __be32 to __u32 to reflect that fact that it is passed
to cpu_to_le32().
There are five in-tree users of sctp_end_cksum().
The following four had warnings flagged by sparse which are
no longer present with this change.
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_proto_sctp.c:sctp_nat_csum()
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_proto_sctp.c:sctp_csum_check()
net/sctp/input.c:sctp_rcv_checksum()
net/sctp/output.c:sctp_packet_transmit()
The fifth user is net/netfilter/nf_nat_proto_sctp.c:sctp_manip_pkt().
It has been updated to pass a __u32 instead of a __be32,
the value in question was already calculated in cpu byte-order.
net/netfilter/nf_nat_proto_sctp.c:sctp_manip_pkt() has also
been updated to assign the return value of sctp_end_cksum()
directly to a variable of type __le32, matching the
type of the return value. Previously the return value
was assigned to a variable of type __be32 and then that variable
was finally assigned to another variable of type __le32.
Problems flagged by sparse.
Compile and sparse tested only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb_gso_segment is expensive, so it would be nice if we could
avoid it in the future. However, userspace needs to be prepared
to receive larger-than-mtu-packets (which will also have incorrect
l3/l4 checksums), so we cannot simply remove it.
The plan is to add a per-queue feature flag that userspace can
set when binding the queue.
The problem is that in nf_queue, we only have a queue number,
not the queue context/configuration settings.
This patch should have no impact other than the skb_gso_segment
call now being in a function that has access to the queue config
data.
A new size attribute in nf_queue_entry is needed so
nfnetlink_queue can duplicate the entry of the gso skb
when segmenting the skb while also copying the route key.
The follow up patch adds switch to disable skb_gso_segment when
queue config says so.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Increase fragmentation hash bucket size to 1024 from old 64 elems.
After we increased the frag mem limits commit c2a93660 (net: increase
fragment memory usage limits) the hash size of 64 elements is simply
too small. Also considering the mem limit is per netns and the hash
table is shared for all netns.
For the embedded people, note that this increase will change the hash
table/array from using approx 1 Kbytes to 16 Kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All genl callbacks are serialized by genl-mutex. This can become
bottleneck in multi threaded case.
Following patch adds an parameter to genl_family so that a
particular family can get concurrent netlink callback without
genl_lock held.
New rw-sem is used to protect genl callback from genl family unregister.
in case of parallel_ops genl-family read-lock is taken for callbacks and
write lock is taken for register or unregistration for any family.
In case of locked genl family semaphore and gel-mutex is locked for
any openration.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains fixes for recently applied
Netfilter/IPVS updates to the net-next tree, most relevantly
they are:
* Fix sparse warnings introduced in the RCU conversion, from
Julian Anastasov.
* Fix wrong endianness in the size field of IPVS sync messages,
from Simon Horman.
* Fix missing if checking in nf_xfrm_me_harder, from Dan Carpenter.
* Fix off by one access in the IPVS SCTP tracking code, again from
Dan Carpenter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove my soon bouncing email address.
Also remove the "Contact:" line in file header.
The MAINTAINERS file is a better place to find the
contact person anyway.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some service fields are in network order:
- netmask: used once in network order and also as prefix len for IPv6
- port
Other parameters are in host order:
- struct ip_vs_flags: flags and mask moved between user and kernel only
- sync state: moved between user and kernel only
- syncid: sent over network as single octet
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c
include/net/scm.h
net/batman-adv/routing.c
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c
The e{uid,gid} --> {uid,gid} credentials fix conflicted with the
cleanup in net-next to now pass cred structs around.
The be2net driver had a bug fix in 'net' that overlapped with the VLAN
interface changes by Patrick McHardy in net-next.
An IGB conflict existed because in 'net' the build_skb() support was
reverted, and in 'net-next' there was a comment style fix within that
code.
Several batman-adv conflicts were resolved by making sure that all
calls to batadv_is_my_mac() are changed to have a new bat_priv first
argument.
Eric Dumazet's TS ECR fix in TCP in 'net' conflicted with the F-RTO
rewrite in 'net-next', mostly overlapping changes.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell and Antonio Quartulli for help with several
of these merge resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct sctp_packet is currently embedded into sctp_transport or
sits on the stack as 'singleton' in sctp_outq_flush(). Therefore,
its member 'malloced' is always 0, thus a kfree() is never called.
Because of that, we can just remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dl_next member in struct request_sock doesn't need to be first.
We expect to insert a "struct common_sock" or a subset of it,
so this claim had to be verified.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211
and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate
selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows
rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a
step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi.
When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not
fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve
explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then
explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from
info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some protocols need a more reliable connection to complete
successful in reasonable time. This patch adds a user-space
API to indicate the wireless driver that a critical protocol
is about to commence and when it is done, using nl80211 primitives
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START and NL80211_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP.
There can be only on critical protocol session started per
registered cfg80211 device.
The driver can support this by implementing the cfg80211 callbacks
.crit_proto_start() and .crit_proto_stop(). Examples of protocols
that can benefit from this are DHCP, EAPOL, APIPA. Exactly how the
link can/should be made more reliable is up to the driver. Things
to consider are avoid scanning, no multi-channel operations, and
alter coexistence schemes.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory
admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add
a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this.
As there's currently no support for admission control in
mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the
client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 257b5358b3 ("scm: Capture the full credentials of the scm
sender") changed the credentials passing code to pass in the effective
uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid.
Obviously this doesn't matter most of the time (since normally they are
the same), but it results in differences for suid binaries when the wrong
uid/gid ends up being used.
This just undoes that (presumably unintentional) part of the commit.
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "reason" can come from skb->data[] and it hasn't been capped so it
can be from 0-255 instead of just 0-6. For example in irlmp_state_dtr()
the code does:
reason = skb->data[3];
...
irlmp_disconnect_indication(self, reason, skb);
Also LMREASON has a couple other values which don't have entries in the
irlmp_reasons[] array. And 0xff is a valid reason as well which means
"unknown".
So far as I can see we don't actually care about "reason" except for in
the debug code.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the confusing mix of pid and portid and use portid consistently
for all netlink related socket identities.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All HCI command send functions that take a pointer to the command
parameters do not need to modify the content in any way (they merely
copy the data to an skb). Therefore, the parameter type should be
declared const. This also allows passing already const parameters to
these APIs which previously would have generated a compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch renames LE_SCANNING_ENABLED and LE_SCANNING_DISABLED
macros to LE_SCAN_ENABLE and LE_SCAN_DISABLE in order to keep
the same prefix others LE scan macros have.
It also fixes le_scan_enable_req function so it uses the LE_SCAN_
ENABLE macro instead of a magic number.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds macros for filter_duplicates parameter values from
HCI LE Set Scan Enable command. It also fixes le_scan_enable_req
function so it uses the LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE macro instead of
a magic number.
The LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_DISABLE was also defined since it will be
required to properly support the GAP Observer Role.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds macros for active and passive LE scan type values.
The LE_SCAN_PASSIVE was also defined since it will be used in future
by LE connection routine and GAP Observer Role support.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
With the introduction of CSA4 there is now also a features page number 2
available. This patch increments the maximum supported page number to 2
and adds code for reading all available pages (as long as we have
support for them - indicated by HCI_MAX_PAGES).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The local and remote features are organized by page number. Page 0
are the LMP features, page 1 the host features, and any pages beyond 1
features that future core specification versions may define. So far
we've only had the first two pages and two separate variables has been
convenient enough, however with the introduction of Core Specification
Addendum 4 there are features defined on page 2.
Instead of requiring the addition of a new variable each time a new page
number is defined, this patch refactors the code to use a single table
for the features. The patch needs to update both the hci_dev and
hci_conn structures since there are macros that depend on the features
being represented in the same way in both of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since this function is only used by sco, move it from hci_event.c to
sco.c and rename to sco_conn_defer_accept. Make it static.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The structure sctp_ulpq is embedded into sctp_association and never
separately allocated, also ulpq->malloced is always 0, so that
kfree() is never called. Therefore, remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp_bind_addr structure has a 'malloced' member that is
always set to 0, thus in sctp_bind_addr_free() the kfree()
part can never be called. This part is embedded into
sctp_ep_common anyway and never alloced.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_transport's member 'malloced' is set to 1, never evaluated
and the structure is kfreed anyway. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq is embedded into sctp_association, and thus never
kmalloced in any way. Also, malloced is always 0, thus kfree()
is never called. Therefore, remove that dead piece of code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_inq is never kmalloced, since it's integrated into sctp_ep_common
and only initialized from eps and assocs. Therefore, remove the dead
code from there.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_ssnmap_init() can only be called from sctp_ssnmap_new()
where malloced is always set to 1. Thus, when we call
sctp_ssnmap_free() the test for map->malloced evaluates always
to true.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several sub-modules like HIDP, rfcomm, ... need to track l2cap
connections. The l2cap_conn->hcon->dev object is used as parent for sysfs
devices so the sub-modules need to be notified when the hci_conn object is
removed from sysfs.
As submodules normally use the l2cap layer, the l2cap_user objects are
registered there instead of on the underlying hci_conn object. This avoids
any direct dependency on the HCI layer and lets the l2cap core handle any
specifics.
This patch introduces l2cap_user objects which contain a "probe" and
"remove" callback. You can register them on any l2cap_conn object and if
it is active, the "probe" callback will get called. Otherwise, an error is
returned.
The l2cap_conn object will call your "remove" callback directly before it
is removed from user-space. This allows you to remove your submodules
_before_ the parent l2cap_conn and hci_conn object is removed.
At any time you can asynchronously unregister your l2cap_user object if
your submodule vanishes before the l2cap_conn object does.
There is no way around l2cap_user. If we want wire-protocols in the
kernel, we always want the hci_conn object as parent in the sysfs tree. We
cannot use a channel here since we might need multiple channels for a
single protocol.
But the problem is, we _must_ get notified when an l2cap_conn object is
removed. We cannot use reference-counting for object-removal! This is not
how it works. If a hardware is removed, we should immediately remove the
object from sysfs. Any other behavior would be inconsistent with the rest
of the system. Also note that device_del() might sleep, but it doesn't
wait for user-space or block very long. It only _unlinks_ the object from
sysfs and the whole device-tree. Everything else is handled by ref-counts!
This is exactly what the other sub-modules must do: unlink their devices
when the "remove" l2cap_user callback is called. They should not do any
cleanup or synchronous shutdowns.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If we want to use l2cap_conn outside of l2cap_core.c, we need refcounting
for these objects. Otherwise, we cannot synchronize l2cap locks with
outside locks and end up with deadlocks.
Hence, introduce ref-counting for l2cap_conn objects. This doesn't affect
l2cap internals at all, as they use a direct synchronization.
We also keep a reference to the parent hci_conn for locking purposes as
l2cap_conn depends on this. This doesn't affect the connection itself but
only the lifetime of the (dead) object.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no reason to require the source arguments to be writeable so fix
this to allow constant source addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We currently do not allow using hci_conn from outside of HCI-core.
However, several other users could make great use of it. This includes
HIDP, rfcomm and all other sub-protocols that rely on an active
connection.
Hence, we now introduce hci_conn ref-counting. We currently never call
get_device(). put_device() is exclusively used in hci_conn_del_sysfs().
Hence, we currently never have a greater device-refcnt than 1.
Therefore, it is safe to move the put_device() call from
hci_conn_del_sysfs() to hci_conn_del() (it's the only caller). In fact,
this even fixes a "use-after-free" bug as we access hci_conn after calling
hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del().
From now on we can add references to hci_conn objects in other layers
(like l2cap_sock, HIDP, rfcomm, ...) and grab a reference via
hci_conn_get(). This does _not_ guarantee, that the connection is still
alive. But, this isn't what we want. We can simply lock the hci_conn
device and use "device_is_registered(hci_conn->dev)" to test that.
However, this is hardly necessary as outside users should never rely on
the HCI connection to be alive, anyway. Instead, they should solely rely
on the device-object to be available.
But if sub-devices want the hci_conn object as sysfs parent, they need to
be notified when the connection drops. This will be introduced in later
patches with l2cap_users.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_conn_hold/put_device() is used to control when hci_conn->dev is no
longer needed and can be deleted from the system. Lets first look how they
are currently used throughout the code (excluding HIDP!).
All code that uses hci_conn_hold_device() looks like this:
...
hci_conn_hold_device();
hci_conn_add_sysfs();
...
On the other side, hci_conn_put_device() is exclusively used in
hci_conn_del().
So, considering that hci_conn_del() must not be called twice (which would
fail horribly), we know that hci_conn_put_device() is only called _once_
(which is in hci_conn_del()).
On the other hand, hci_conn_add_sysfs() must not be called twice, either
(it would call device_add twice, which breaks the device, see
drivers/base/core.c). So we know that hci_conn_hold_device() is also
called only once (it's only called directly before hci_conn_add_sysfs()).
So hold and put are known to be called only once. That means we can safely
remove them and directly call hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del().
But there is one issue left: HIDP also uses hci_conn_hold/put_device().
However, this case can be ignored and simply removed as it is totally
broken. The issue is, the only thing HIDP delays with
hci_conn_hold_device() is the removal of the hci_conn->dev from sysfs.
But, the hci_conn device has no mechanism to get notified when its own
parent (hci_dev) gets removed from sysfs. hci_dev_hold/put() does _not_
control when it is removed but only when the device object is created
and destroyed.
And hci_dev calls hci_conn_flush_*() when it removes itself from sysfs,
which itself causes hci_conn_del() to be called, but it does _not_ cause
hci_conn_del_sysfs() to be called, which is wrong.
Hence, we fix it to call hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del(). This
guarantees that a hci_conn object is removed from sysfs _before_ its
parent hci_dev is removed.
The changes to HIDP look scary, wrong and broken. However, if you look at
the HIDP session management, you will notice they're already broken in the
exact _same_ way (ever tried "unplugging" HIDP devices? Breaks _all_ the
time).
So this patch only makes HIDP look _scary_ and _obviously broken_. It does
not break HIDP itself, it already is!
See later patches in this series which fix HIDP to use proper
session-management.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been
called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of
retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is
set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out.
Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is
set to default or not.
Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate
mask in txrc instead of using memcpy.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The number of VHT spatial streams (NSS) is found in:
- s8 ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] (tx - filled by rate control)
- u8 ieee80211_rx_status.vht_nss (rx - filled by driver)
Tx discriminates valid rates indexes with the sign bit and encodes NSS
starting from 0 to 7 (note this matches some hw encodings e.g IWLMVM).
Rx does not have the same constraints, and encodes NSS starting from 1
to 8 (note this matches what wireshark expects in the radiotap header).
To handle ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() assume their nss parameter and return value
respectively runs from 0 to 7.
ATM, there are only 2 users of these: cfg.c:sta_set_rate_info_t() and
iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:iwl_mvm_hwrate_to_tx_control(), but both assume nss
runs from 1 to 8.
This patch fixes this inconsistency by making ieee80211_rate_set_vht()
and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() handle an nss running from 1 to 8.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel
switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling
of CSA on HT access points.
For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything
here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The
driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular,
the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since
it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware
API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function converts a (global only!) operating
class to an internal band identifier. This will
be needed for extended channel switch support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since dead only holds two states (0,1), make it a bool instead
of a 'char', which is more appropriate for its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is actually no need to keep this member in the structure, because
after init it's always 1 anyway, thus always kfree called. This seems to
be an ancient leftover from the very initial implementation from 2.5
times. Only in case the initialization of an association fails, we leave
base.malloced as 0, but we nevertheless kfree it in the error path in
sctp_association_new().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, sock_tx_timestamp() always returns 0. The comment that
describes the sock_tx_timestamp() function wrongly says that it
returns an error when an invalid argument is passed (from commit
20d4947353, ``net: socket infrastructure for SO_TIMESTAMPING'').
Make the function void, so that we can also remove all the unneeded
if conditions that check for such a _non-existant_ error case in the
output path.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tomas reported the following build error:
net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_unregister_hw':
(.text+0x10f0e1): undefined reference to `unregister_inet6addr_notifier'
net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_register_hw':
(.text+0x10f610): undefined reference to `register_inet6addr_notifier'
make: *** [vmlinux] Error 1
when built IPv6 as a module.
So we have to statically link these symbols.
Reported-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@iki.fi>
Cc: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@iki.fi>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hidaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed that TSQ (TCP Small queues) was less effective when TSO is
turned off, and GSO is on. If BQL is not enabled, TSQ has then no
effect.
It turns out the GSO engine frees the original gso_skb at the time the
fragments are generated and queued to the NIC.
We should instead call the tcp_wfree() destructor for the last fragment,
to keep the flow control as intended in TSQ. This effectively limits
the number of queued packets on qdisc + NIC layers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All NFC devices will now get proper RFKILL support as long as they provide
some dev_up and dev_down hooks. Rfkilling an NFC device will bring it down
while it is left to userspace to bring it back up when being rfkill unblocked.
This is very similar to what Bluetooth does.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Allow to avoid copying DSCP during encapsulation
by setting a SA flag. From Nicolas Dichtel.
2) Constify the netlink dispatch table, no need to modify it
at runtime. From Mathias Krause.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use _get() and _put() for device ref-counting in the kernel. However,
hci_conn_put() is _not_ used for ref-counting, hence, rename it to
hci_conn_drop() so we can later fix ref-counting and introduce
hci_conn_put().
hci_conn_hold() and hci_conn_put() are currently used to manage how long a
connection should be held alive. When the last user drops the connection,
we spawn a delayed work that performs the disconnect. Obviously, this has
nothing to do with ref-counting for the _object_ but rather for the
keep-alive of the connection.
But we really _need_ proper ref-counting for the _object_ to allow
connection-users like rfcomm-tty, HIDP or others.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided
through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to
do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not
stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality
to also work in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch introduces an UAPI header for the SCTP protocol,
so that we can facilitate the maintenance and development of
user land applications or libraries, in particular in terms
of header synchronization.
To not break compatibility, some fragments from lksctp-tools'
netinet/sctp.h have been carefully included, while taking care
that neither kernel nor user land breaks, so both compile fine
with this change (for lksctp-tools I tested with the old
netinet/sctp.h header and with a newly adapted one that includes
the uapi sctp header). lksctp-tools smoke test run through
successfully as well in both cases.
Suggested-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers always pass current to sock_update_netprio().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers always pass current to sock_update_classid().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of invalidating all IPv6 addresses with global scope
when one decides to use IPv6 tokens, we should only invalidate
previous tokens and leave the rest intact until they expire
eventually (or are intact forever). For doing this less greedy
approach, we're adding a bool at the end of inet6_ifaddr structure
instead, for two reasons: i) per-inet6_ifaddr flag space is
already used up, making it wider might not be a good idea,
since ii) also we do not necessarily need to export this
information into user space.
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving data messages, the "BUG_ON(skb->len < skb->data_len)" in
the skb_pull() function triggers a kernel panic.
Replace the skb_pull logic by a per skb offset as advised by
Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for IPv6 tokenized IIDs, that allow
for administrators to assign well-known host-part addresses
to nodes whilst still obtaining global network prefix from
Router Advertisements. It is currently in draft status.
The primary target for such support is server platforms
where addresses are usually manually configured, rather
than using DHCPv6 or SLAAC. By using tokenised identifiers,
hosts can still determine their network prefix by use of
SLAAC, but more readily be automatically renumbered should
their network prefix change. [...]
The disadvantage with static addresses is that they are
likely to require manual editing should the network prefix
in use change. If instead there were a method to only
manually configure the static identifier part of the IPv6
address, then the address could be automatically updated
when a new prefix was introduced, as described in [RFC4192]
for example. In such cases a DNS server might be
configured with such a tokenised interface identifier of
::53, and SLAAC would use the token in constructing the
interface address, using the advertised prefix. [...]
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02
The implementation is partially based on top of Mark K.
Thompson's proof of concept. However, it uses the Netlink
interface for configuration resp. data retrival, so that
it can be easily extended in future. Successfully tested
by myself.
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for NULL before calling the following operations from "struct
ieee802154_mlme_ops": assoc_req, assoc_resp, disassoc_req, start_req,
and scan_req.
This fixes a current oops where those functions are called but not
implemented. It also updates the documentation to clarify that they
are now optional by design. If a call to an unimplemented function
is attempted, the kernel returns EOPNOTSUPP via netlink.
The following operations are still required: get_phy, get_pan_id,
get_short_addr, and get_dsn.
Note that the places where this patch changes the initialization
of "ret" should not affect the rest of the code since "ret" was
always set (again) before returning its value.
Signed-off-by: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It served no purpose: we never call it from anywhere in the stack
and the only driver that did implement it (fakehard) merely provided
a dummy value.
There is also considerable doubt whether it would make sense to
even attempt beacon processing at this level in the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that uids and gids are completely encapsulated in kuid_t
and kgid_t we no longer need to pass struct cred which allowed
us to test both the uid and the user namespace for equality.
Passing struct cred potentially allows us to pass the entire group
list as BSD does but I don't believe the cost of cache line misses
justifies retaining code for a future potential application.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter and IPVS updates for
your net-next tree, most relevantly they are:
* Add net namespace support to NFLOG, ULOG and ebt_ulog and NFQUEUE.
The LOG and ebt_log target has been also adapted, but they still
depend on the syslog netnamespace that seems to be missing, from
Gao Feng.
* Don't lose indications of congestion in IPv6 fragmentation handling,
from Hannes Frederic Sowa.i
* IPVS conversion to use RCU, including some code consolidation patches
and optimizations, also some from Julian Anastasov.
* cpu fanout support for NFQUEUE, from Holger Eitzenberger.
* Better error reporting to userspace when dropping packets from
all our _*_[xfrm|route]_me_harder functions, from Patrick McHardy.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to verify that the given sockets actually are l2cap sockets. If
they aren't, we are not supposed to access bt_sk(sock) and we shouldn't
start the session if the offsets turn out to be valid local BT addresses.
That is, if someone passes a TCP socket to HIDCONNADD, then we access some
random offset in the TCP socket (which isn't even guaranteed to be valid).
Fix this by checking that the socket is an l2cap socket.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds netns support to nf_log and it prepares netns
support for existing loggers. It is composed of four major
changes.
1) nf_log_register has been split to two functions: nf_log_register
and nf_log_set. The new nf_log_register is used to globally
register the nf_logger and nf_log_set is used for enabling
pernet support from nf_loggers.
Per netns is not yet complete after this patch, it comes in
separate follow up patches.
2) Add net as a parameter of nf_log_bind_pf. Per netns is not
yet complete after this patch, it only allows to bind the
nf_logger to the protocol family from init_net and it skips
other cases.
3) Adapt all nf_log_packet callers to pass netns as parameter.
After this patch, this function only works for init_net.
4) Make the sysctl net/netfilter/nf_log pernet.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch makes this proc dentry pernet. So far only init_net
had a /proc/net/netfilter directory.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch implements per hash bucket locking for the frag queue
hash. This removes two write locks, and the only remaining write
lock is for protecting hash rebuild. This essentially reduce the
readers-writer lock to a rebuild lock.
This patch is part of "net: frag performance followup"
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/263644
of which two patches have already been accepted:
Same test setup as previous:
(http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/257155)
Two 10G interfaces, on seperate NUMA nodes, are under-test, and uses
Ethernet flow-control. A third interface is used for generating the
DoS attack (with trafgen).
Notice, I have changed the frag DoS generator script to be more
efficient/deadly. Before it would only hit one RX queue, now its
sending packets causing multi-queue RX, due to "better" RX hashing.
Test types summary (netperf UDP_STREAM):
Test-20G64K == 2x10G with 65K fragments
Test-20G3F == 2x10G with 3x fragments (3*1472 bytes)
Test-20G64K+DoS == Same as 20G64K with frag DoS
Test-20G3F+DoS == Same as 20G3F with frag DoS
Test-20G64K+MQ == Same as 20G64K with Multi-Queue frag DoS
Test-20G3F+MQ == Same as 20G3F with Multi-Queue frag DoS
When I rebased this-patch(03) (on top of net-next commit a210576c) and
removed the _bh spinlock, I saw a performance regression. BUT this
was caused by some unrelated change in-between. See tests below.
Test (A) is what I reported before for patch-02, accepted in commit 1b5ab0de.
Test (B) verifying-retest of commit 1b5ab0de corrospond to patch-02.
Test (C) is what I reported before for this-patch
Test (D) is net-next master HEAD (commit a210576c), which reveals some
(unknown) performance regression (compared against test (B)).
Test (D) function as a new base-test.
Performance table summary (in Mbit/s):
(#) Test-type: 20G64K 20G3F 20G64K+DoS 20G3F+DoS 20G64K+MQ 20G3F+MQ
---------- ------- ------- ---------- --------- -------- -------
(A) Patch-02 : 18848.7 13230.1 4103.04 5310.36 130.0 440.2
(B) 1b5ab0de : 18841.5 13156.8 4101.08 5314.57 129.0 424.2
(C) Patch-03v1: 18838.0 13490.5 4405.11 6814.72 196.6 461.6
(D) a210576c : 18321.5 11250.4 3635.34 5160.13 119.1 405.2
(E) with _bh : 17247.3 11492.6 3994.74 6405.29 166.7 413.6
(F) without bh: 17471.3 11298.7 3818.05 6102.11 165.7 406.3
Test (E) and (F) is this-patch(03), with(V1) and without(V2) the _bh spinlocks.
I cannot explain the slow down for 20G64K (but its an artificial
"lab-test" so I'm not worried). But the other results does show
improvements. And test (E) "with _bh" version is slightly better.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
----
V2:
- By analysis from Hannes Frederic Sowa and Eric Dumazet, we don't
need the spinlock _bh versions, as Netfilter currently does a
local_bh_disable() before entering inet_fragment.
- Fold-in desc from cover-mail
V3:
- Drop the chain_len counter per hash bucket.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver init queue is no longer needed. This can be all handled
inside the drivers now. So remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some drivers require a special stage for their early init. This is
always specific to the driver or transport. So call back into driver to
allow bringing up the device.
The advantage with this stage is that the Bluetooth core is actually
handling the HCI layer now. This means that command and event processing
is available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a __hci_cmd_sync_ev function, analogous to
__hci_cmd_sync except that it also takes an event parameter to indicate
that the command completes with a special event instead of command
complete. Internally this new function takes advantage of the
hci_req_add_ev function introduced in the previous patch.
The primary expected user of this new function are the setup routines of
HCI drivers which may want to send custom commands and return only when
they have completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for having commands within HCI requests that do
not result in a command complete but some other event. This is at least
needed for some vendor specific commands to be issued in the
hdev->setup() procecure, but might also be useful for other commands.
The way that the support is implemented is by extending the skb control
buffer to have a field to indicate that the command is expected to
terminate with a special event. After sending the command each received
event can then be compared against this field through hdev->sent_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a helper function for sending a single HCI command
waiting for its completion and then returning back the parameters in the
resulting command complete event (if there was one).
The implementation is very similar to that of hci_req_sync() except that
instead of invocing a callback for sending HCI commands the function
constructs and sends one itself and after being woken up picks the last
received event from hdev->recv_evt (if it matches the right criteria)
and returns it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds tracking of received HCI events to the hci_dev struct.
This is necessary so that a subsequent patch can implement a function
for sending a single command synchronously and returning the resulting
command complete parameters in the function return value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the hci_req_cmd_status function since it is not
used anymore. The HCI request framework now considers the HCI command
has complete once the Command Status or Command Complete Event is
received.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Remove a declaration left over from the TCPCT-ectomy. This sysctl is
no longer referenced anywhere since 1a2c6181c4 ("tcp: Remove TCPCT").
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the final step in RCU conversion.
Things that are removed:
- svc->usecnt: now svc is accessed under RCU read lock
- svc->inc: and some unused code
- ip_vs_bind_pe and ip_vs_unbind_pe: no ability to replace PE
- __ip_vs_svc_lock: replaced with RCU
- IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE: now readers lookup svcs and dests under
RCU and work in parallel with configuration
Other changes:
- before now, a RCU read-side critical section included the
calling of the schedule method, now it is extended to include
service lookup
- ip_vs_svc_table and ip_vs_svc_fwm_table are now using hlist
- svc->pe and svc->scheduler remain to the end (of grace period),
the schedulers are prepared for such RCU readers
even after done_service is called but they need
to use synchronize_rcu because last ip_vs_scheduler_put
can happen while RCU read-side critical sections
use an outdated svc->scheduler pointer
- as planned, update_service is removed
- empty services can be freed immediately after grace period.
If dests were present, the services are freed from
the dest trash code
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In previous commits the schedulers started to access
svc->destinations with _rcu list traversal primitives
because the IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE macro still plays the role of
grace period. Now it is time to finish the updating part,
i.e. adding and deleting of dests with _rcu suffix before
removing the IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE in next commit.
We use the same rule for conns as for the
schedulers: dests can be searched in RCU read-side critical
section where ip_vs_dest_hold can be called by ip_vs_bind_dest.
Some things are not perfect, for example, calling
functions like ip_vs_lookup_dest from updating code under
RCU, just because we use some function both from reader
and from updater.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This method releases the scheduler state,
it can not fail. Such change will help to properly
replace the scheduler in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All dests will go to trash, no exceptions.
But we have to use new list node t_list for this, due
to RCU changes in following patches. Dests will wait there
initial grace period and later all conns and schedulers to
put their reference. The dests don't get reference for
staying in dest trash as before.
As result, we do not load ip_vs_dest_put with
extra checks for last refcnt and the schedulers do not
need to play games with atomic_inc_not_zero while
selecting best destination.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_dest_hold will be used under RCU lock
while ip_vs_dest_put can be called even after dest
is removed from service, as it happens for conns and
some schedulers.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Allow schedulers to use rcu_dereference when
returning destination on lookup. The RCU read-side critical
section will allow ip_vs_bind_dest to get dest refcnt as
preparation for the step where destinations will be
deleted without an IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE guard that holds the
packet processing during update.
Add new optional scheduler methods add_dest,
del_dest and upd_dest. For now the methods are called
together with update_service but update_service will be
removed in a following change.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
We have many fields to set and few to reset,
use kmem_cache_alloc instead to save some cycles.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
__ip_vs_conn_in_get and ip_vs_conn_out_get are
hot places. Optimize them, so that ports are matched first.
By moving net and fwmark below, on 32-bit arch we can fit
caddr in 32-byte cache line and all addresses in 64-byte
cache line.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert __ip_vs_conntbl_lock_array as follows:
- readers that do not modify conn lists will use RCU lock
- updaters that modify lists will use spinlock_t
Now for conn lookups we will use RCU read-side
critical section. Without using __ip_vs_conn_get such
places have access to connection fields and can
dereference some pointers like pe and pe_data plus
the ability to update timer expiration. If full access
is required we contend for reference.
We add barrier in __ip_vs_conn_put, so that
other CPUs see the refcnt operation after other writes.
With the introduction of ip_vs_conn_unlink()
we try to reorganize ip_vs_conn_expire(), so that
unhashing of connections that should stay more time is
avoided, even if it is for very short time.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
rs_lock was used to protect rs_table (hash table)
from updaters (under global mutex) and readers (packet handlers).
We can remove rs_lock by using RCU lock for readers. Reclaiming
dest only with kfree_rcu is enough because the readers access
only fields from the ip_vs_dest structure.
Use hlist for rs_table.
As we are now using hlist_del_rcu, introduce in_rs_table
flag as replacement for the list_empty checks which do not
work with RCU. It is needed because only NAT dests are in
the rs_table.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
We use locks like tcp_app_lock, udp_app_lock,
sctp_app_lock to protect access to the protocol hash tables
from readers in packet context while the application
instances (inc) are [un]registered under global mutex.
As the hash tables are mostly read when conns are
created and bound to app, use RCU for readers and reclaim
app instance after grace period.
Simplify ip_vs_app_inc_get because we use usecnt
only for statistics and rely on module refcounting.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently when forwarding requests to real servers
we use dst_lock and atomic operations when cloning the
dst_cache value. As the dst_cache value does not change
most of the time it is better to use RCU and to lock
dst_lock only when we need to replace the obsoleted dst.
For this to work we keep dst_cache in new structure protected
by RCU. For packets to remote real servers we will use noref
version of dst_cache, it will be valid while we are in RCU
read-side critical section because now dst_release for replaced
dsts will be invoked after the grace period. Packets to
local real servers that are passed to local stack with
NF_ACCEPT need a dst clone.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Move and give better names to two functions:
- ip_vs_dst_reset to __ip_vs_dst_cache_reset
- __ip_vs_dev_reset to ip_vs_forget_dev
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid replacing the cached route for real server
on every packet with different TOS. I doubt that routing
by TOS for real server is used at all, so we should be
better with such optimization.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, when a socket receives something on the error queue it only wakes up
the socket on select if it is in the "read" list, that is the socket has
something to read. It is useful also to wake the socket if it is in the error
list, which would enable software to wait on error queue packets without waking
up for regular data on the socket. The main use case is for receiving
timestamped transmit packets which return the timestamp to the socket via the
error queue. This enables an application to select on the socket for the error
queue only instead of for the regular traffic.
-v2-
* Added the SO_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE socket option to every architechture specific file
* Modified every socket poll function that checks error queue
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Jeffrey Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the protection of netns_frags.nqueues updates under the LRU_lock,
instead of the write lock. As they are located on the same cacheline,
and this is also needed when transitioning to use per hash bucket locking.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip-header id needs to be incremented even if IP_DF flag is set.
This behaviour was changed in commit 490ab08127
(IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification).
Following patch fixes it so that identification is always
incremented.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inspection of upper layer protocol is considered harmful, especially
if it is about ARP or other stateful upper layer protocol; driver
cannot (and should not) have full state of them.
IPv4 over Firewire module used to inspect ARP (both in sending path
and in receiving path), and record peer's GUID, max packet size, max
speed and fifo address. This patch removes such inspection by extending
our "hardware address" definition to include other information as well:
max packet size, max speed and fifo. By doing this, The neighbour
module in networking subsystem can cache them.
Note: As we have started ignoring sspd and max_rec in ARP/NDP, those
information will not be used in the driver when sending.
When a packet is being sent, the IP layer fills our pseudo header with
the extended "hardware address", including GUID and fifo. The driver
can look-up node-id (the real but rather volatile low-level address)
by GUID, and then the module can send the packet to the wire using
parameters provided in the extendedn hardware address.
This approach is realistic because IP over IEEE1394 (RFC2734) and IPv6
over IEEE1394 (RFC3146) share same "hardware address" format
in their address resolution protocols.
Here, extended "hardware address" is defined as follows:
union fwnet_hwaddr {
u8 u[16];
struct {
__be64 uniq_id; /* EUI-64 */
u8 max_rec; /* max packet size */
u8 sspd; /* max speed */
__be16 fifo_hi; /* hi 16bits of FIFO addr */
__be32 fifo_lo; /* lo 32bits of FIFO addr */
} __packed uc;
};
Note that Hardware address is declared as union, so that we can map full
IP address into this, when implementing MCAP (Multicast Cannel Allocation
Protocol) for IPv6, but IP and ARP subsystem do not need to know this
format in detail.
One difference between original ARP (RFC826) and 1394 ARP (RFC2734)
is that 1394 ARP Request/Reply do not contain the target hardware address
field (aka ar$tha). This difference is handled in the ARP subsystem.
CC: Stephan Gatzka <stephan.gatzka@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch refactors GRE code into ip tunneling code and GRE
specific code. Common tunneling code is moved to ip_tunnel module.
ip_tunnel module is written as generic library which can be used
by different tunneling implementations.
ip_tunnel module contains following components:
- packet xmit and rcv generic code. xmit flow looks like
(gre_xmit/ipip_xmit)->ip_tunnel_xmit->ip_local_out.
- hash table of all devices.
- lookup for tunnel devices.
- control plane operations like device create, destroy, ioctl, netlink
operations code.
- registration for tunneling modules, like gre, ipip etc.
- define single pcpu_tstats dev->tstats.
- struct tnl_ptk_info added to pass parsed tunnel packet parameters.
ipip.h header is renamed to ip_tunnel.h
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because
they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel,
nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ip-header id needs to be incremented even if IP_DF flag is set.
This behaviour was changed in commit 490ab08127
(IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification).
Following patch fixes it so that identification is always
incremented.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for
your net-next tree, they are:
* Better performance in nfnetlink_queue by avoiding copy from the
packet to netlink message, from Eric Dumazet.
* Remove unnecessary locking in the exit path of ebt_ulog, from Gao Feng.
* Use new function ipv6_iface_scope_id in nf_ct_ipv6, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
* A couple of sparse fixes for IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
* Use xor hashing in nfnetlink_queue, as suggested by Eric Dumazet, from
myself.
* Allow to dump expectations per master conntrack via ctnetlink, from myself.
* A couple of cleanups to use PTR_RET in module init path, from Silviu-Mihai
Popescu.
* Remove nf_conntrack module a bit faster if netns are in use, from
Vladimir Davydov.
* Use checksum_partial in ip6t_NPT, from YOSHIFUJI Hideaki.
* Sparse fix for nf_conntrack, from Stephen Hemminger.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger-
and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length.
Allow drivers to change these default settings since different
uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and
be able to recover from some errors.
Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are
trigger- and delivery-enabled, see
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577.
We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this
bug any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was forgotten from the commit that added support for FT
operations with drivers that implement SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Hello!
After patch 1 got accepted to net-next I will also send a patch to
netfilter-devel to make the corresponding changes to the netfilter
reassembly logic.
Thanks,
Hannes
-- >8 --
[PATCH 2/2] ipv6: implement RFC3168 5.3 (ecn protection) for ipv6 fragmentation handling
This patch also ensures that INET_ECN_CE is propagated if one fragment
had the codepoint set.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch just moves some code arround to make the ip4_frag_ecn_table
and IPFRAG_ECN_* constants accessible from the other reassembly engines. I
also renamed ip4_frag_ecn_table to ip_frag_ecn_table.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a dev_addr_genid for IPv6. The goal is to use it, combined with
dev_base_seq to check if a change occurs during a netlink dump.
If a change is detected, the flag NLM_F_DUMP_INTR is set in the first message
after the dump was interrupted.
Note that only dump of unicast addresses is checked (multicast and anycast are
not checked).
Reported-by: Junwei Zhang <junwei.zhang@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Hongjun Li <hongjun.li@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With decnet converted, we can finally get rid of rta_buf and its
computations around it. It also gets rid of the minimal header
length verification since all message handlers do that explicitly
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
decnet is the only subsystem left that is relying on the global
netlink attribute buffer rta_buf. It's horrible design and we
want to get rid of it.
This converts all of decnet to do implicit attribute parsing. It
also gets rid of the error prone struct dn_kern_rta.
Yes, the fib_magic() stuff is not pretty.
It's compiled tested but I need someone with appropriate hardware
to test the patch since I don't have access to it.
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[fix docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch series refactor the F-RTO feature (RFC4138/5682).
This is to simplify the loss recovery processing. Existing F-RTO
was developed during the experimental stage (RFC4138) and has
many experimental features. It takes a separate code path from
the traditional timeout processing by overloading CA_Disorder
instead of using CA_Loss state. This complicates CA_Disorder state
handling because it's also used for handling dubious ACKs and undos.
While the algorithm in the RFC does not change the congestion control,
the implementation intercepts congestion control in various places
(e.g., frto_cwnd in tcp_ack()).
The new code implements newer F-RTO RFC5682 using CA_Loss processing
path. F-RTO becomes a small extension in the timeout processing
and interfaces with congestion control and Eifel undo modules.
It lets congestion control (module) determines how many to send
independently. F-RTO only chooses what to send in order to detect
spurious retranmission. If timeout is found spurious it invokes
existing Eifel undo algorithms like DSACK or TCP timestamp based
detection.
The first patch removes all F-RTO code except the sysctl_tcp_frto is
left for the new implementation. Since CA_EVENT_FRTO is removed, TCP
westwood now computes ssthresh on regular timeout CA_EVENT_LOSS event.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In skb_flow_dissect(), we perform a dissection of a skbuff. Since we're
doing the work here anyway, also store thoff for a later usage, e.g. in
the BPF filter.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains 7 Netfilter/IPVS fixes for 3.9-rc, they are:
* Restrict IPv6 stateless NPT targets to the mangle table. Many users are
complaining that this target does not work in the nat table, which is the
wrong table for it, from Florian Westphal.
* Fix possible use before initialization in the netns init path of several
conntrack protocol trackers (introduced recently while improving conntrack
netns support), from Gao Feng.
* Fix incorrect initialization of copy_range in nfnetlink_queue, spotted
by Eric Dumazet during the NFWS2013, patch from myself.
* Fix wrong calculation of next SCTP chunk in IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
* Remove rcu_read_lock section in IPVS while calling ipv4_update_pmtu
not required anymore after change introduced in 3.7, again from Julian.
* Fix SYN looping in IPVS state sync if the backup is used a real server
in DR/TUN modes, this required a new /proc entry to disable the director
function when acting as backup, also from Julian.
* Remove leftover IP_NF_QUEUE Kconfig after ip_queue removal, noted by
Paul Bolle.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch introduces nf_conntrack_cleanup_net_list(), which cleanups
nf_conntrack for a list of netns and calls synchronize_net() only once
for them all. This should reduce netns destruction time.
I've measured cleanup time for 1k dummy net ns. Here are the results:
<without the patch>
# modprobe nf_conntrack
# time modprobe -r nf_conntrack
real 0m10.337s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.376s
<with the patch>
# modprobe nf_conntrack
# time modprobe -r nf_conntrack
real 0m5.661s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.216s
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces a constant limit of the fragment queue hash
table bucket list lengths. Currently the limit 128 is choosen somewhat
arbitrary and just ensures that we can fill up the fragment cache with
empty packets up to the default ip_frag_high_thresh limits. It should
just protect from list iteration eating considerable amounts of cpu.
If we reach the maximum length in one hash bucket a warning is printed.
This is implemented on the caller side of inet_frag_find to distinguish
between the different users of inet_fragment.c.
I dropped the out of memory warning in the ipv4 fragment lookup path,
because we already get a warning by the slab allocator.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Akindinov is reporting for a problem where SYNs are looping
between the master and backup server when the backup server is used as
real server in DR mode and has IPVS rules to function as director.
Even when the backup function is enabled we continue to forward
traffic and schedule new connections when the current master is using
the backup server as real server. While this is not a problem for NAT,
for DR and TUN method the backup server can not determine if a request
comes from client or from director.
To avoid such loops add new sysctl flag backup_only. It can be needed
for DR/TUN setups that do not need backup and director function at the
same time. When the backup function is enabled we stop any forwarding
and pass the traffic to the local stack (real server mode). The flag
disables the director function when the backup function is enabled.
For setups that enable backup function for some virtual services and
director function for other virtual services there should be another
more complex solution to support DR/TUN mode, may be to assign
per-virtual service syncid value, so that we can differentiate the
requests.
Reported-by: Dmitry Akindinov <dimak@stalker.com>
Tested-by: German Myzovsky <lawyer@sipnet.ru>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of
operation, which can lead to driver issues.
Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to
avoid transmitting new packets while they are
being flushed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only
really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface,
and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on
other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue
bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f.
Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir
to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is
currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it
is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e.
on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this
problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs()
anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to
add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove
custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These parameters are related to the "fast connectable" mode that can be
changed through the mgmt interface. Not all controllers properly reset
these values with HCI_Reset so they need to be read in order to be able
to verify whether the values are correct or not before enabling page
scan.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to be able to represent fast connectable mode in the mgmt
settings we need to have a HCI dev flag for it. This patch adds the flag
and makes sure its value is changed whenever a mgmt_set_fast_connectable
command completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
For proper control of the AD update and the related HCI commands it's
best to run the AD update through an async request instead of a
standalone HCI command. This patch changes the hci_update_ad() function
to take a request pointer and updates its users appropriately. E.g. the
function is no longer called after the init sequence but during stage 3
of the init sequence.
The TX power is read during the init sequence, so we don't need an
explicit update whenever it is read and the AD update based on the local
name should be done through the local name mgmt handler. The only other
user is the update based on enabling advertising. This part is still
kept as there is no mgmt API to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We'll need to use this mask also when powering off the HCI device
so it's better to have this in a single and visible place.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Now that class related operations are tracked through asynchronous HCI
requests this flag is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
TCPCT uses option-number 253, reserved for experimental use and should
not be used in production environments.
Further, TCPCT does not fully implement RFC 6013.
As a nice side-effect, removing TCPCT increases TCP's performance for
very short flows:
Doing an apache-benchmark with -c 100 -n 100000, sending HTTP-requests
for files of 1KB size.
before this patch:
average (among 7 runs) of 20845.5 Requests/Second
after:
average (among 7 runs) of 21403.6 Requests/Second
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
caif_shm is an old implementation
caif_shm will be replaced by caif_virtio
[ As explained by Linus Walleij: "U5500 used this, but was cancelled
and the silicon did not reach anyone outside ST-Ericsson. Then for
the next platforms, we have gone for the leaner & cleaner approach
of using virtio, rpmesg and rproc." ]
Signed-off-by: Erwan Yvin <erwan.yvin@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Sjur Brendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When neighbour table is full, dst_neigh_lookup/dst_neigh_lookup_skb will return
-ENOBUFS which is absolutely non zero, while all the code in kernel which use
above functions assume failure only on zero return which will cause panic. (for
example: : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=54731).
This patch corrects above error with smallest changes to kernel source code and
also correct two return value check missing bugs in drivers/infiniband/hw/cxgb4/cm.c
Tested on my x86_64 SMP machine
Reported-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a long time ago by the commit
commit 93456b6d77
Author: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Date: Thu Jan 10 03:23:38 2008 -0800
[IPV4]: Unify access to the routing tables.
the defenition of FIB_HASH_TABLE size has obtained wrong dependency:
it should depend upon CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES (as was in the original
code) but it was depended from CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH
This patch returns the situation to the original state.
The problem was spotted by Tingwei Liu.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
CC: Tingwei Liu <tingw.liu@gmail.com>
CC: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch series implement the Tail loss probe (TLP) algorithm described
in http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-dukkipati-tcpm-tcp-loss-probe-01. The
first patch implements the basic algorithm.
TLP's goal is to reduce tail latency of short transactions. It achieves
this by converting retransmission timeouts (RTOs) occuring due
to tail losses (losses at end of transactions) into fast recovery.
TLP transmits one packet in two round-trips when a connection is in
Open state and isn't receiving any ACKs. The transmitted packet, aka
loss probe, can be either new or a retransmission. When there is tail
loss, the ACK from a loss probe triggers FACK/early-retransmit based
fast recovery, thus avoiding a costly RTO. In the absence of loss,
there is no change in the connection state.
PTO stands for probe timeout. It is a timer event indicating
that an ACK is overdue and triggers a loss probe packet. The PTO value
is set to max(2*SRTT, 10ms) and is adjusted to account for delayed
ACK timer when there is only one oustanding packet.
TLP Algorithm
On transmission of new data in Open state:
-> packets_out > 1: schedule PTO in max(2*SRTT, 10ms).
-> packets_out == 1: schedule PTO in max(2*RTT, 1.5*RTT + 200ms)
-> PTO = min(PTO, RTO)
Conditions for scheduling PTO:
-> Connection is in Open state.
-> Connection is either cwnd limited or no new data to send.
-> Number of probes per tail loss episode is limited to one.
-> Connection is SACK enabled.
When PTO fires:
new_segment_exists:
-> transmit new segment.
-> packets_out++. cwnd remains same.
no_new_packet:
-> retransmit the last segment.
Its ACK triggers FACK or early retransmit based recovery.
ACK path:
-> rearm RTO at start of ACK processing.
-> reschedule PTO if need be.
In addition, the patch includes a small variation to the Early Retransmit
(ER) algorithm, such that ER and TLP together can in principle recover any
N-degree of tail loss through fast recovery. TLP is controlled by the same
sysctl as ER, tcp_early_retrans sysctl.
tcp_early_retrans==0; disables TLP and ER.
==1; enables RFC5827 ER.
==2; delayed ER.
==3; TLP and delayed ER. [DEFAULT]
==4; TLP only.
The TLP patch series have been extensively tested on Google Web servers.
It is most effective for short Web trasactions, where it reduced RTOs by 15%
and improved HTTP response time (average by 6%, 99th percentile by 10%).
The transmitted probes account for <0.5% of the overall transmissions.
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual
virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface
specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Similar to iptunnel_xmit(), group these operations into a
helper function.
This by the way fixes the missing u64_stats_update_begin()
and u64_stats_update_end() for 32 bit arch.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With recent patches from Pravin, most tunnels can't use iptunnel_xmit()
any more, due to ip_select_ident() and skb->ip_summed. But we can just
move these operations out of iptunnel_xmit(), so that tunnels can
use it again.
This by the way fixes a bug in vxlan (missing nf_reset()) for net-next.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since no one checks the returning value of hci_req_add and HCI
request errors are now handled in hci_req_run, we can make hci_
req_add returning void.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When we are building a HCI request with more than one HCI command
and one of the hci_req_add calls fail, we should have some cleanup
routine so the HCI commands already queued on HCI request can be
deleted. Otherwise, we will face some memory leaks issues.
This patch implements the HCI request error handling which is the
following: If a hci_req_add fails, we save the error code in hci_
request. Once hci_req_run is called, we verify the error field. If
it is different from zero, we delete all HCI commands already queued
and return the error code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
__ipv6_addr_needs_scope_id checks if an ipv6 address needs to supply
a 'sin6_scope_id != 0'. 'sin6_scope_id != 0' was enforced in case
of link-local addresses. To support interface-local multicast these
checks had to be enhanced and are now consolidated into these new helper
functions.
v2:
a) migrated to struct ipv6_addr_props
v3:
a) reverted changes for ipv6_addr_props
b) test for address type instead of comparing scope
v4:
a) unchanged
Suggested-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This variable is no longer needed (due to async HCI request support and
the conversion of hci_req_sync to use it), so it can be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch converts the hci_req_sync() procedure to internaly use the
asynchronous HCI requests.
The hci_req_sync mechanism relies on hci_req_complete() calls from
hci_event.c into hci_core.c whenever a HCI command completes. This is
very similar to what asynchronous requests do and makes the conversion
fairly straight forward by converting hci_req_complete into a request
complete callback. By this change hci_req_complete (renamed to
hci_req_sync_complete) becomes private to hci_core.c and all calls to it
can be removed from hci_event.c.
The commands in each hci_req_sync procedure are collected into their own
request by passing the hci_request pointer to the request callback
(instead of the hci_dev pointer). The one slight exception is the HCI
init request which has the special handling of HCI driver specific
initialization commands. These commands are run in their own request
prior to the "main" init request.
One other extra change that this patch must contain is the handling of
spontaneous HCI reset complete events that some controllers exhibit.
These were previously handled in the hci_req_complete function but the
right place for them now becomes the hci_req_cmd_complete function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introduces functions to process the HCI request state when
receiving HCI Command Status or Command Complete events. Some HCI
commands, like Inquiry do not result in a Command complete event so
special handling is needed for them. Inquiry is a particularly important
one since it is the only forseeable "non-cmd_complete" command that will
make good use of the request functionality, and its completion is either
indicated by an Inquiry Complete event of a successful Command Complete
for HCI_Inquiry_Cancel.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This function is analogous to hci_send_cmd() but instead of directly
queuing the command to hdev->cmd_q it adds it to the local queue of the
asynchronous HCI request being build (inside struct hci_request).
This is the main function used for building asynchronous requests and
there should be one or more calls to it between calls to hci_req_init
and hci_req_run.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds the initial definitions and functions for asynchronous
HCI requests. Asynchronous requests are essentially a group of HCI
commands together with an optional completion callback. The request is
tracked through the already existing command queue by having the
necessary context information as part of the control buffer of each skb.
The only information needed in the skb control buffer is a flag for
indicating that the skb is the start of a request as well as the
optional complete callback that should be used when the request is
complete (this will be found in the last skb of the request).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Previous commits have improved the handling of the RFCOMM session
timer and the RFCOMM session pointers such that freed RFCOMM
session structures should no longer be erroneously accessed. The
RFCOMM session refcnt now has no purpose and will be deleted by
this commit.
Note that the RFCOMM session is now deleted as soon as the
RFCOMM control channel link is no longer required. This makes the
lifetime of the RFCOMM session deterministic and absolute.
Previously with the refcnt, there was uncertainty about when
the session structure would be deleted because the relative
refcnt prevented the session structure from being deleted at will.
It was noted that the refcnt could malfunction under very heavy
real-time processor loading in embedded SMP environments. This
could cause premature RFCOMM session deletion or double session
deletion that could result in kernel crashes. Removal of the
refcnt prevents this issue.
There are 4 connection / disconnection RFCOMM session scenarios:
host initiated control link ---> host disconnected control link
host initiated ctrl link ---> remote device disconnected ctrl link
remote device initiated ctrl link ---> host disconnected ctrl link
remote device initiated ctrl link ---> remote device disc'ed ctrl link
The control channel connection procedures are independent of the
disconnection procedures. Strangely, the RFCOMM session refcnt was
applying special treatment so erroneously combining connection and
disconnection events. This commit fixes this issue by removing
some session code that used the "initiator" member of the session
structure that was intended for use with the data channels.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Unfortunately, the design retains local copies of the s RFCOMM
session pointer in various code blocks and this invites the erroneous
access to a freed RFCOMM session structure.
Therefore, return the RFCOMM session pointer back up the call stack
to avoid accessing a freed RFCOMM session structure. When the RFCOMM
session is deleted, NULL is passed up the call stack.
If active DLCs exist when the rfcomm session is terminating,
avoid a memory leak of rfcomm_dlc structures by ensuring that
rfcomm_session_close() is used instead of rfcomm_session_del().
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no reason a caller ever wants to check the return type of this
call. _Iff_ a user successfully called bt_sock_register(), they're allowed
to call bt_sock_unregister().
All other calls in the kernel (device_del, device_unregister, kfree(), ..)
that are logically equivalent return void. Lets not make callers think
they have to check the return type of this call and instead simply return
void.
We guarantee that after bt_sock_unregister() is called, the socket type
_is_ unregistered. If that is not what the caller wants, they're using the
wrong function, anyway.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
As hci_acl_disconn function basically sends the HCI Disconnect Command
and it is used to disconnect ACL, SCO and LE links, renaming it to
hci_disconnect is more suitable.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Commit 18367681a1 (ipv6 flowlabel: Convert np->ipv6_fl_list to RCU.)
omitted proper __rcu annotations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but
drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function.
Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface,
use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe
version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe()
version, remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Secure mesh had the implicit requirement that the Mesh
Peering Management entity be in userspace. However
userspace might want to implement an open MPM as well, so
specify a mesh setup parameter to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own
capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more
than one device and the devices have different capabilities
(often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but
in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to
work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise,
due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still
use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no driver using this flag, so it seems
that all drivers support HW crypto with WMM or
don't support it at all. Remove the flag and
code setting it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN
driver and NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT events from the WLAN driver.
This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant
Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs
(MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). These changes allow FT to be supported
with drivers that use an internal SME instead of user space option (like
FT implementation in wpa_supplicant with mac80211-based drivers).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently
based on the request type/priority. Add support to
differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that
the ROC is required for sending managment frames.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For testing it's sometimes useful to be able to
override certain VHT capability advertisement,
add the ability to do that in cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.
In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.
While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.
To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All the pointers point right into the skb data and
not to anything that would be useful to change, so
make them const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By default, DSCP is copying during encapsulation.
Copying the DSCP in IPsec tunneling may be a bit dangerous because packets with
different DSCP may get reordered relative to each other in the network and then
dropped by the remote IPsec GW if the reordering becomes too big compared to the
replay window.
It is possible to avoid this copy with netfilter rules, but it's very convenient
to be able to configure it for each SA directly.
This patch adds a toogle for this purpose. By default, it's not set to maintain
backward compatibility.
Field flags in struct xfrm_usersa_info is full, hence I add a new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A moderately sized pile of fixes, some specifically for merge window
introduced regressions although others are for longer standing items
and have been queued up for -stable.
I'm kind of tired of all the RDS protocol bugs over the years, to be
honest, it's way out of proportion to the number of people who
actually use it.
1) Fix missing range initialization in netfilter IPSET, from Jozsef
Kadlecsik.
2) ieee80211_local->tim_lock needs to use BH disabling, from Johannes
Berg.
3) Fix DMA syncing in SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
4) Fix regression in BOND device MAC address setting, from Jiri
Pirko.
5) Missing usb_free_urb in ISDN Hisax driver, from Marina Makienko.
6) Fix UDP checksumming in bnx2x driver for 57710 and 57711 chips,
fix from Dmitry Kravkov.
7) Missing cfgspace_lock initialization in BCMA driver.
8) Validate parameter size for SCTP assoc stats getsockopt(), from
Guenter Roeck.
9) Fix SCTP association hangs, from Lee A Roberts.
10) Fix jumbo frame handling in r8169, from Francois Romieu.
11) Fix phy_device memory leak, from Petr Malat.
12) Omit trailing FCS from frames received in BGMAC driver, from Hauke
Mehrtens.
13) Missing socket refcount release in L2TP, from Guillaume Nault.
14) sctp_endpoint_init should respect passed in gfp_t, rather than use
GFP_KERNEL unconditionally. From Dan Carpenter.
15) Add AISX AX88179 USB driver, from Freddy Xin.
16) Remove MAINTAINERS entries for drivers deleted during the merge
window, from Cesar Eduardo Barros.
17) RDS protocol can try to allocate huge amounts of memory, check
that the user's request length makes sense, from Cong Wang.
18) SCTP should use the provided KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of it's own,
bogus, definition. From Cong Wang.
19) Fix deadlocks in FEC driver by moving TX reclaim into NAPI poll,
from Frank Li. Also, fix a build error introduced in the merge
window.
20) Fix bogus purging of default routes in ipv6, from Lorenzo Colitti.
21) Don't double count RTT measurements when we leave the TCP receive
fast path, from Neal Cardwell."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (61 commits)
tcp: fix double-counted receiver RTT when leaving receiver fast path
CAIF: fix sparse warning for caif_usb
rds: simplify a warning message
net: fec: fix build error in no MXC platform
net: ipv6: Don't purge default router if accept_ra=2
net: fec: put tx to napi poll function to fix dead lock
sctp: use KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of its own MAX_KMALLOC_SIZE
rds: limit the size allocated by rds_message_alloc()
MAINTAINERS: remove eexpress
MAINTAINERS: remove drivers/net/wan/cycx*
MAINTAINERS: remove 3c505
caif_dev: fix sparse warnings for caif_flow_cb
ax88179_178a: ASIX AX88179_178A USB 3.0/2.0 to gigabit ethernet adapter driver
sctp: use the passed in gfp flags instead GFP_KERNEL
ipv[4|6]: correct dropwatch false positive in local_deliver_finish
l2tp: Restore socket refcount when sendmsg succeeds
net/phy: micrel: Disable asymmetric pause for KSZ9021
bgmac: omit the fcs
phy: Fix phy_device_free memory leak
bnx2x: Fix KR2 work-around condition
...
Pull more VFS bits from Al Viro:
"Unfortunately, it looks like xattr series will have to wait until the
next cycle ;-/
This pile contains 9p cleanups and fixes (races in v9fs_fid_add()
etc), fixup for nommu breakage in shmem.c, several cleanups and a bit
more file_inode() work"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
constify path_get/path_put and fs_struct.c stuff
fix nommu breakage in shmem.c
cache the value of file_inode() in struct file
9p: if v9fs_fid_lookup() gets to asking server, it'd better have hashed dentry
9p: make sure ->lookup() adds fid to the right dentry
9p: untangle ->lookup() a bit
9p: double iput() in ->lookup() if d_materialise_unique() fails
9p: v9fs_fid_add() can't fail now
v9fs: get rid of v9fs_dentry
9p: turn fid->dlist into hlist
9p: don't bother with private lock in ->d_fsdata; dentry->d_lock will do just fine
more file_inode() open-coded instances
selinux: opened file can't have NULL or negative ->f_path.dentry
(In the meantime, the hlist traversal macros have changed, so this
required a semantic conflict fixup for the newly hlistified fid->dlist)
TCP prequeue mechanism purpose is to let incoming packets
being processed by the thread currently blocked in tcp_recvmsg(),
instead of behalf of the softirq handler, to better adapt flow
control on receiver host capacity to schedule the consumer.
But in typical request/answer workloads, we send request, then
block to receive the answer. And before the actual answer, TCP
stack receives the ACK packets acknowledging the request.
Processing pure ACK on behalf of the thread blocked in tcp_recvmsg()
is a waste of resources, as thread has to immediately sleep again
because it got no payload.
This patch avoids the extra context switches and scheduler overhead.
Before patch :
a:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_low_latency
a:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k
231676
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k':
116251.501765 task-clock # 11.369 CPUs utilized
5,025,463 context-switches # 0.043 M/sec
1,074,511 CPU-migrations # 0.009 M/sec
216,923 page-faults # 0.002 M/sec
311,636,972,396 cycles # 2.681 GHz
260,507,138,069 stalled-cycles-frontend # 83.59% frontend cycles idle
155,590,092,840 stalled-cycles-backend # 49.93% backend cycles idle
100,101,255,411 instructions # 0.32 insns per cycle
# 2.60 stalled cycles per insn
16,535,930,999 branches # 142.243 M/sec
646,483,591 branch-misses # 3.91% of all branches
10.225482774 seconds time elapsed
After patch :
a:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_low_latency
a:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k
233297
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k':
91084.870855 task-clock # 8.887 CPUs utilized
2,485,916 context-switches # 0.027 M/sec
815,520 CPU-migrations # 0.009 M/sec
216,932 page-faults # 0.002 M/sec
245,195,022,629 cycles # 2.692 GHz
202,635,777,041 stalled-cycles-frontend # 82.64% frontend cycles idle
124,280,372,407 stalled-cycles-backend # 50.69% backend cycles idle
83,457,289,618 instructions # 0.34 insns per cycle
# 2.43 stalled cycles per insn
13,431,472,361 branches # 147.461 M/sec
504,470,665 branch-misses # 3.76% of all branches
10.249594448 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived
list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)
The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:
hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)
Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.
Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:
- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.
The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:
@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;
type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@
-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) ping_err() ICMP error handler looks at wrong ICMP header, from Li
Wei.
2) TCP socket hash function on ipv6 is too weak, from Eric Dumazet.
3) netif_set_xps_queue() forgets to drop mutex on errors, fix from
Alexander Duyck.
4) sum_frag_mem_limit() can deadlock due to lack of BH disabling, fix
from Eric Dumazet.
5) TCP SYN data is miscalculated in tcp_send_syn_data(), because the
amount of TCP option space was not taken into account properly in
this code path. Fix from yuchung Cheng.
6) MLX4 driver allocates device queues with the wrong size, from Kleber
Sacilotto.
7) sock_diag can access past the end of the sock_diag_handlers[] array,
from Mathias Krause.
8) vlan_set_encap_proto() makes incorrect assumptions about where
skb->data points, rework the logic so that it works regardless of
where skb->data happens to be. From Jesse Gross.
9) Fix gianfar build failure with NET_POLL enabled, from Paul
Gortmaker.
10) Fix Ipv4 ID setting and checksum calculations in GRE driver, from
Pravin B Shelar.
11) bgmac driver does:
int i;
for (i = 0; ...; ...) {
...
for (i = 0; ...; ...) {
effectively corrupting the outer loop index, use a seperate
variable for the inner loops. From Rafał Miłecki.
12) Fix suspend bugs in smsc95xx driver, from Ming Lei.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (35 commits)
usbnet: smsc95xx: rename FEATURE_AUTOSUSPEND
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix broken runtime suspend
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix suspend failure
bgmac: fix indexing of 2nd level loops
b43: Fix lockdep splat on module unload
Revert "ip_gre: propogate target device GSO capability to the tunnel device"
IP_GRE: Fix GRE_CSUM case.
VXLAN: Use tunnel_ip_select_ident() for tunnel IP-Identification.
IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification.
net/pasemi: Fix missing coding style
vmxnet3: fix ethtool ring buffer size setting
vmxnet3: make local function static
bnx2x: remove dead code and make local funcs static
gianfar: fix compile fail for NET_POLL=y due to struct packing
vlan: adjust vlan_set_encap_proto() for its callers
sock_diag: Simplify sock_diag_handlers[] handling in __sock_diag_rcv_msg
sock_diag: Fix out-of-bounds access to sock_diag_handlers[]
vxlan: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
mlx4_en: fix allocation of CPU affinity reverse-map
mlx4_en: fix allocation of device tx_cq
...
Pull user namespace and namespace infrastructure changes from Eric W Biederman:
"This set of changes starts with a few small enhnacements to the user
namespace. reboot support, allowing more arbitrary mappings, and
support for mounting devpts, ramfs, tmpfs, and mqueuefs as just the
user namespace root.
I do my best to document that if you care about limiting your
unprivileged users that when you have the user namespace support
enabled you will need to enable memory control groups.
There is a minor bug fix to prevent overflowing the stack if someone
creates way too many user namespaces.
The bulk of the changes are a continuation of the kuid/kgid push down
work through the filesystems. These changes make using uids and gids
typesafe which ensures that these filesystems are safe to use when
multiple user namespaces are in use. The filesystems converted for
3.9 are ceph, 9p, afs, ocfs2, gfs2, ncpfs, nfs, nfsd, and cifs. The
changes for these filesystems were a little more involved so I split
the changes into smaller hopefully obviously correct changes.
XFS is the only filesystem that remains. I was hoping I could get
that in this release so that user namespace support would be enabled
with an allyesconfig or an allmodconfig but it looks like the xfs
changes need another couple of days before it they are ready."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (93 commits)
cifs: Enable building with user namespaces enabled.
cifs: Convert struct cifs_ses to use a kuid_t and a kgid_t
cifs: Convert struct cifs_sb_info to use kuids and kgids
cifs: Modify struct smb_vol to use kuids and kgids
cifs: Convert struct cifsFileInfo to use a kuid
cifs: Convert struct cifs_fattr to use kuid and kgids
cifs: Convert struct tcon_link to use a kuid.
cifs: Modify struct cifs_unix_set_info_args to hold a kuid_t and a kgid_t
cifs: Convert from a kuid before printing current_fsuid
cifs: Use kuids and kgids SID to uid/gid mapping
cifs: Pass GLOBAL_ROOT_UID and GLOBAL_ROOT_GID to keyring_alloc
cifs: Use BUILD_BUG_ON to validate uids and gids are the same size
cifs: Override unmappable incoming uids and gids
nfsd: Enable building with user namespaces enabled.
nfsd: Properly compare and initialize kuids and kgids
nfsd: Store ex_anon_uid and ex_anon_gid as kuids and kgids
nfsd: Modify nfsd4_cb_sec to use kuids and kgids
nfsd: Handle kuids and kgids in the nfs4acl to posix_acl conversion
nfsd: Convert nfsxdr to use kuids and kgids
nfsd: Convert nfs3xdr to use kuids and kgids
...
GRE-GSO generates ip fragments with id 0,2,3,4... for every
GSO packet, which is not correct. Following patch fixes it
by setting ip-header id unique id of fragments are allowed.
As Eric Dumazet suggested it is optimized by using inner ip-header
whenever inner packet is ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dave Jones reported a lockdep splat occurring in IP defrag code.
commit 6d7b857d54 (net: use lib/percpu_counter API for
fragmentation mem accounting) added a possible deadlock.
Because percpu_counter_sum_positive() needs to acquire
a lock that can be used from softirq, we need to disable BH
in sum_frag_mem_limit()
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we handle icmp errors in each transport protocol's err_handler,
for icmp protocols, that is ping_err. Since this handler only care
of those icmp errors triggered by echo request, errors triggered
by echo reply(which sent by kernel) are sliently ignored.
So wrap ping_err() with icmp_err() to deal with those icmp errors.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial tree from Jiri Kosina:
"Assorted tiny fixes queued in trivial tree"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (22 commits)
DocBook: update EXPORT_SYMBOL entry to point at export.h
Documentation: update top level 00-INDEX file with new additions
ARM: at91/ide: remove unsused at91-ide Kconfig entry
percpu_counter.h: comment code for better readability
x86, efi: fix comment typo in head_32.S
IB: cxgb3: delay freeing mem untill entirely done with it
net: mvneta: remove unneeded version.h include
time: x86: report_lost_ticks doesn't exist any more
pcmcia: avoid static analysis complaint about use-after-free
fs/jfs: Fix typo in comment : 'how may' -> 'how many'
of: add missing documentation for of_platform_populate()
btrfs: remove unnecessary cur_trans set before goto loop in join_transaction
sound: soc: Fix typo in sound/codecs
treewide: Fix typo in various drivers
btrfs: fix comment typos
Update ibmvscsi module name in Kconfig.
powerpc: fix typo (utilties -> utilities)
of: fix spelling mistake in comment
h8300: Fix home page URL in h8300/README
xtensa: Fix home page URL in Kconfig
...
It looks like its possible to open thousands of TCP IPv6
sessions on a server, all landing in a single slot of TCP hash
table. Incoming packets have to lookup sockets in a very
long list.
We should hash all bits from foreign IPv6 addresses, using
a salt and hash mix, not a simple XOR.
inet6_ehashfn() can also separately use the ports, instead
of xoring them.
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet wrote:
| Some strange crashes happen in rt6_check_expired(), with access
| to random addresses.
|
| At first glance, it looks like the RTF_EXPIRES and
| stuff added in commit 1716a96101
| (ipv6: fix problem with expired dst cache)
| are racy : same dst could be manipulated at the same time
| on different cpus.
|
| At some point, our stack believes rt->dst.from contains a dst pointer,
| while its really a jiffie value (as rt->dst.expires shares the same area
| of memory)
|
| rt6_update_expires() should be fixed, or am I missing something ?
|
| CC Neil because of https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=892060
Because we do not have any locks for dst_entry, we cannot change
essential structure in the entry; e.g., we cannot change reference
to other entity.
To fix this issue, split 'from' and 'expires' field in dst_entry
out of union. Once it is 'from' is assigned in the constructor,
keep the reference until the very last stage of the life time of
the object.
Of course, it is unsafe to change 'from', so make rt6_set_from simple
just for fresh entries.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Gao Feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sesse@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contain updates for your net-next tree, they are:
* Fix (for just added) connlabel dependencies, from Florian Westphal.
* Add aliasing support for conntrack, thus users can either use -m state
or -m conntrack from iptables while using the same kernel module, from
Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Some code refactoring for the CT target to merge common code in
revision 0 and 1, from myself.
* Add aliasing support for CT, based on patch from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Add one mutex per nfnetlink subsystem, from myself.
* Improved logging for packets that are dropped by helpers, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull in 'net' to take in the bug fixes that didn't make it into
3.8-final.
Also, deal with the semantic conflict of the change made to
net/ipv6/xfrm6_policy.c A missing rt6->n neighbour release
was added to 'net', but in 'net-next' we no longer cache the
neighbour entries in the ipv6 routes so that change is not
appropriate there.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Connection tracking helpers have to drop packets under exceptional
situations. Currently, the user gets the following logging message
in case that happens:
nf_ct_%s: dropping packet ...
However, depending on the helper, there are different reasons why a
packet can be dropped.
This patch modifies the existing code to provide more specific
error message in the scope of each helper to help users to debug
the reason why the packet has been dropped, ie:
nf_ct_%s: dropping packet: reason ...
Thanks to Joe Perches for many formatting suggestions.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When SOCK_REFCNT_DEBUG is enabled, below build error is met:
kernel/sysctl_binary.o: In function `sk_refcnt_debug_release':
include/net/sock.h:1025: multiple definition of `sk_refcnt_debug_release'
kernel/sysctl.o:include/net/sock.h:1025: first defined here
kernel/audit.o: In function `sk_refcnt_debug_release':
include/net/sock.h:1025: multiple definition of `sk_refcnt_debug_release'
kernel/sysctl.o:include/net/sock.h:1025: first defined here
make[1]: *** [kernel/built-in.o] Error 1
make: *** [kernel] Error 2
So we decide to make sk_refcnt_debug_release static to eliminate
the error.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The information of the peer's capabilities and extended capabilities are
required for the driver to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations and off
channel operations. This information of the peer is passed from user space
using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This commit enhances
the function nl80211_set_station to pass the capability information of
the peer to the driver.
Similarly, there may be need for capability information for other modes,
so allow this to be provided with both add_station and change_station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, userspace may need to know which of the
802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities
element") are implemented in the driver or device, to
include them e.g. in beacons, assoc request/response
or other frames. Add a new nl80211 attribute to hold
the extended capabilities bitmap for this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field
for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a
new field in the station struct and use it in the
drivers that care about it. This simplifies the
code using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers might support 80 or 160 MHz only on some
channels for whatever reason, so allow them to disable
these channel widths. Also maintain the new flags when
regulatory bandwidth limitations would disable these
wide channels.
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change,
add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth()
to take care of this. It returns a failure if the
new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing
channel context, the caller has to handle that.
When it happens, also inform the driver that the
bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no
drivers would actually care today though.)
Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the operating mode notification action frame.
When the supported streams or the bandwidth change
let the driver and rate control algorithm know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial
streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial
multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the
maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when
the connection is established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first
step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag
in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field
indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the
station. Of course, make all drivers use it.
To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get
the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities,
so it can set up the new bandwidth field.
If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use,
also set the bandwidth accordingly.
Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as
the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of
the current setting.
While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not
ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it
really happens...)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW.
Once radar detection is started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel active.
If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar
detected' event.
Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled
while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add new NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, which starts the Channel
Availability Check (CAC). This command will also notify the
usermode about events (CAC finished, CAC aborted, radar
detected, NOP finished).
Once radar detection has started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel is active.
This patch enables DFS for AP mode in nl80211/cfg80211.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
[remove WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_RADAR_DETECT again -- my mistake]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Remove a duplicated call to skb_orphan() in pf_key, from Cong Wang.
2) Prepare xfrm and pf_key for algorithms without pf_key support,
from Jussi Kivilinna.
3) Fix an unbalanced lock in xfrm_output_one(), from Li RongQing.
4) Add an IPsec state resolution packet queue to handle
packets that are send before the states are resolved.
5) xfrm4_policy_fini() is unused since 2.6.11, time to remove it.
From Michal Kubecek.
6) The xfrm gc threshold was configurable just in the initial
namespace, make it configurable in all namespaces. From
Michal Kubecek.
7) We currently can not insert policies with mark and mask
such that some flows would be matched from both policies.
Allow this if the priorities of these policies are different,
the one with the higher priority is used in this case.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Intel Wireless devices are able to make a TCP connection
after suspending, sending some data and waking up when
the connection receives wakeup data (or breaks). Add the
WoWLAN configuration and feature advertising API for it.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If user knows the location of a wowlan pattern to be matched in
Rx packet, he can provide an offset with the pattern. This will
help drivers to ignore initial bytes and match the pattern
efficiently.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[refactor pattern sending]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's not used anywhere else, so move it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tbf will need to schedule watchdog in ns. No need to convert it twice.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it is going to be used in tbf as well, push these to generic code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vlad says: The whole multiple cookie keys code is completely unused
and has been all this time. Noone uses anything other then the
secret_key[0] since there is no changeover support anywhere.
Thus, for now clean up its left-over fragments.
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change struct 9p_fid and it's associated functions to
use kuid_t's instead of uid_t.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
9p has thre strucrtures that can encode inode stat information. Modify
all of those structures to contain kuid_t and kgid_t values. Modify
he wire encoders and decoders of those structures to use 'u' and 'g' instead of
'd' in the format string where uids and gids are present.
This results in all kuid and kgid conversion to and from on the wire values
being performed by the same code in protocol.c where the client is known
at the time of the conversion.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Modify the p9_client_rpc format specifiers of every function that
directly transmits a uid or a gid from 'd' to 'u' or 'g' as
appropriate.
Modify those same functions to take kuid_t and kgid_t parameters
instead of uid_t and gid_t parameters.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the
mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while
still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to
facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211
queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues.
To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason,
IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx
queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from
waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues.
This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to
be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag,
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted
when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update
all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and
all of those don't need a non-idle transition before
starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle
at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it.
The only driver that really actually needed this is
wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan
callback -- implement that.
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The functions were added for some sort of Bluetooth
coexistence, but aren't used, so remove them again.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT
in the driver, add the ability to use timing data
from beacons only with the new hardware flag
IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info
value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the
timing data came from a beacon. The data can only
come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received
before association it is updated later together
with the DTIM count notification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.
To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no way scan BSS IEs can be NULL as even
if the allocation fails the frame is discarded.
Remove some code checking for this and document
that it is always non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add debugfs driver callbacks so drivers can add
debugfs entries for interfaces. Note that they
_must_ remove the entries again as add/remove in
the driver doesn't correspond to add/remove in
debugfs; the former is up/down while the latter
is netdev create/destroy.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, cfg80211 will copy beacon IEs from a previously
received hidden SSID beacon to a probe response entry, if
that entry is created after the beacon entry. However, if
it is the other way around, or if the beacon is updated,
such changes aren't propagated.
Fix this by tracking the relation between the probe
response and beacon BSS structs in this case.
In case drivers have private data stored in a BSS struct
and need access to such data from a beacon entry, cfg80211
now provides the hidden_beacon_bss pointer from the probe
response entry to the beacon entry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix most kernel-doc warnings, for some reason it
seems to have issues with __aligned, don't remove
the documentation entries it considers to be in
excess due to that.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs
which is needed in the next patch to track the refs
of combined BSSes correctly.
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow both of protocol-specific data and device-specific data
attached with neighbour entry, and to eliminate size calculation
cost when allocating entry, sizeof protocol-speicic data must be
multiple of NEIGH_PRIV_ALIGN. On 64bit archs,
sizeof(struct dn_neigh) is multiple of NEIGH_PRIV_ALIGN, but on
32bit archs, it was not.
Introduce NEIGH_ENTRY_SPACE() macro to ensure that protocol-specific
entry-size meets our requirement.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial implementation of the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP)
from IEEE 802.1Q-2011, based on the existing implementation of the
Generic Attribute Registration Protocol (GARP).
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed-up drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/mvm/mac80211.c to change change
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD to IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC
as requested by Johannes Berg. -- JWL
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The xfrm gc threshold can be configured via xfrm{4,6}_gc_thresh
sysctl but currently only in init_net, other namespaces always
use the default value. This can substantially limit the number
of IPsec tunnels that can be effectively used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
As the default, we blackhole packets until the key manager resolves
the states. This patch implements a packet queue where IPsec packets
are queued until the states are resolved. We generate a dummy xfrm
bundle, the output routine of the returned route enqueues the packet
to a per policy queue and arms a timer that checks for state resolution
when dst_output() is called. Once the states are resolved, the packets
are sent out of the queue. If the states are not resolved after some
time, the queue is flushed.
This patch keeps the defaut behaviour to blackhole packets as long
as we have no states. To enable the packet queue the sysctl
xfrm_larval_drop must be switched off.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
TCP Appropriate Byte Count was added by me, but later disabled.
There is no point in maintaining it since it is a potential source
of bugs and Linux already implements other better window protection
heuristics.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/ethtool.c
drivers/net/vmxnet3/vmxnet3_drv.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c
net/ipv6/route.c
The ipv6 route.c conflict is simple, just ignore the 'net' side change
as we fixed the same problem in 'net-next' by eliminating cached
neighbours from ipv6 routes.
The e1000e conflict is an addition of a new statistic in the ethtool
code, trivial.
The vmxnet3 conflict is about one change in 'net' removing a guarding
conditional, whilst in 'net-next' we had a netdev_info() conversion.
The iwlwifi conflict is dealing with a WARN_ON() conversion in
'net-next' vs. a revert happening in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Thomas pointed out, cfg80211_get_mesh() is
unused and can be removed.
Cc: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In per-station statistics, present 32bit counters are too small
for practical purposes - with gigabit speeds, it get overlapped
every few seconds.
Expand counters in the struct station_info to be 64-bit.
Driver can still fill only 32-bit and indicate in @filled
only bits like STATION_INFO_[TR]X_BYTES; in case driver provides
full 64-bit counter, it should also set in @filled
bit STATION_INFO_[TR]RX_BYTES64
Netlink sends both 32-bit and 64-bit counters, if present, to not
break userspace.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[change to also have 32-bit counters if driver advertises 64-bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver
doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync
its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery
(after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow
calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To
make that possible, modify the work function to not rely
on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new
state kept in the interface instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The primary purpose of the UUIDs is to enable generation of EIR and AD
data. In these data formats the UUIDs are split into separate fields
based on whether they're 16, 32 or 128 bit UUIDs. To make the generation
of these data fields simpler this patch adds a type member to the
bt_uuid struct and assigns a value to it as soon as the UUID is added to
the kernel. This way the type doesn't need to be calculated each time
the UUID list is later iterated.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Mark existing algorithms as pfkey supported and make pfkey only use algorithms
that have pfkey_supported set.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The datagram_*_ctl functions in net/ipv6/datagram.c are IPv6-specific. Since
datagram_send_ctl is publicly exported it should be appropriately named to
reflect the fact that it's for IPv6 only.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending authentication/association frames they
might take a bit of time to go out because we may
have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in
the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case
the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too
short if the beacon interval is relatively large.
For drivers that report TX status we can do better.
Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it
only when the frame status arrives. Since then the
frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the
typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait
100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted
try again right away instead of waiting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 no longer uses this API, remove
it completely. If anyone needs it again, we can
revert this patch of course, but mac80211 was the
only user right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period,
mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association.
This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be
able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the
association, if they get it at all.
To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed
with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM
becomes known. This might be when changing to associated,
or later when the entire association was done with only
probe response information.
Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately
reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is
no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period
now, just not before association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All users of xfrm_addr_cmp() use its result as boolean.
Introduce xfrm_addr_equal() (which is equal to !xfrm_addr_cmp())
and convert all users.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring in the 'net' tree so that we can get some ipv4/ipv6 bug
fixes that some net-next work will build upon.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some usecase when lifetime of ipv4 addresses might be helpful.
For example:
1) initramfs networkmanager uses a DHCP daemon to learn network
configuration parameters
2) initramfs networkmanager addresses, routes and DNS configuration
3) initramfs networkmanager is requested to stop
4) initramfs networkmanager stops all daemons including dhclient
5) there are addresses and routes configured but no daemon running. If
the system doesn't start networkmanager for some reason, addresses and
routes will be used forever, which violates RFC 2131.
This patch is essentially a backport of ivp6 address lifetime mechanism
for ipv4 addresses.
Current "ip" tool supports this without any patch (since it does not
distinguish between ipv4 and ipv6 addresses in this perspective.
Also, this should be back-compatible with all current netlink users.
Reported-by: Pavel Šimerda <psimerda@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updating the fragmentation queues LRU (Least-Recently-Used) list,
required taking the hash writer lock. However, the LRU list isn't
tied to the hash at all, so we can use a separate lock for it.
Original-idea-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the per network namespace shared atomic "mem" accounting
variable, in the fragmentation code, with a lib/percpu_counter.
Getting percpu_counter to scale to the fragmentation code usage
requires some tweaks.
At first view, percpu_counter looks superfast, but it does not
scale on multi-CPU/NUMA machines, because the default batch size
is too small, for frag code usage. Thus, I have adjusted the
batch size by using __percpu_counter_add() directly, instead of
percpu_counter_sub() and percpu_counter_add().
The batch size is increased to 130.000, based on the largest 64K
fragment memory usage. This does introduce some imprecise
memory accounting, but its does not need to be strict for this
use-case.
It is also essential, that the percpu_counter, does not
share cacheline with other writers, to make this scale.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is primarily a preparation to ease the extension of memory
limit tracking.
The change does reduce the number atomic operation, during freeing of
a frag queue. This does introduce a some performance improvement, as
these atomic operations are at the core of the performance problems
seen on NUMA systems.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmentation code cacheline adjusting of struct inet_frag_queue.
Take advantage of the size of struct timer_list, and move all but
spinlock_t lock, below the timer struct. On 64-bit 'lru_list',
'list' and 'refcnt', fits exactly into the next cacheline, and a
new cacheline starts at 'fragments'.
The netns_frags *net pointer is moved to the end of the struct,
because its used in a compare, with "next/close-by" elements of
which this struct is embedded into.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The globally shared rwlock, of struct inet_frags, shares
cacheline with the 'rnd' number, which is used by the hash
calculations. Fix this, as this obviously is a bad idea, as
unnecessary cache-misses will occur when accessing the 'rnd'
number.
Also small note that, moving function ptr (*match) up in struct,
is to avoid it lands on the next cacheline (on 64-bit).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This small cacheline adjustment of struct netns_frags improves
performance significantly for the fragmentation code.
Struct members 'lru_list' and 'mem' are both hot elements, and it
hurts performance, due to cacheline bouncing at every call point,
when they share a cacheline. Also notice, how mem is placed
together with 'high_thresh' and 'low_thresh', as they are used in
the compare operations together.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is basically a revert of:
commit 5b632fe85e
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Dec 3 12:56:33 2012 +0100
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL
We do not need this flag any longer, rt2x00 BAR/BA problem was fixed
correctly by wireless-testing commit:
commit 84e9e8ebd3
Author: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Date: Thu Jan 17 17:34:32 2013 +0100
rt2x00: Improve TX status handling for BlockAckReq frames
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When allocating memory for neighbour cache entry, if
tbl->entry_size is not set, we always calculate
sizeof(struct neighbour) + tbl->key_len, which is common
in the same table.
With this change, set tbl->entry_size during the table
initialization phase, if it was not set, and use it in
neigh_alloc() and neighbour_priv().
This change also allow us to have both of protocol private
data and device priate data at tha same time.
Note that the only user of prototcol private is DECnet
and the only user of device private is ATM CLIP.
Since those are exclusive, we have not been facing issues
here.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_dst_cache is protected by RCU.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_dst_cache is protected by RCU, therefore we should
use __sk_dst_get() to deref it once we lock the sock.
This fixes several sparse warnings.
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
This batch contains netfilter updates for you net-next tree, they are:
* The new connlabel extension for x_tables, that allows us to attach
labels to each conntrack flow. The kernel implementation uses a
bitmask and there's a file in user-space that maps the bits with the
corresponding string for each existing label. By now, you can attach
up to 128 overlapping labels. From Florian Westphal.
* A new round of improvements for the netns support for conntrack.
Gao feng has moved many of the initialization code of each module
of the netns init path. He also made several code refactoring, that
code looks cleaner to me now.
* Added documentation for all possible tweaks for nf_conntrack via
sysctl, from Jiri Pirko.
* Cisco 7941/7945 IP phone support for our SIP conntrack helper,
from Kevin Cernekee.
* Missing header file in the snmp helper, from Stephen Hemminger.
* Finally, a couple of fixes to resolve minor issues with these
changes, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add API to enable drivers to implement MAC address based
access control in AP/P2P GO mode. Capable drivers advertise
this capability by setting the maximum number of MAC
addresses in such a list in wiphy->max_acl_mac_addrs.
An initial ACL may be given to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP
command and/or changed later with NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL.
Black- and whitelists are supported, but not simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
[rewrite commit log, many cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
struct mac_address will be used by ACL related configuration ops.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client
interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver
about the interface teh rssi event relates to.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Add a statistic counter for invalid output states and
remove a superfluous state valid check, from Li RongQing.
2) Probe for asynchronous block ciphers instead of synchronous block
ciphers to make the asynchronous variants available even if no
synchronous block ciphers are found, from Jussi Kivilinna.
3) Make rfc3686 asynchronous block cipher and make use of
the new asynchronous variant, from Jussi Kivilinna.
4) Replace some rwlocks by rcu, from Cong Wang.
5) Remove some unused defines.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Motivation for soreuseport would be something like a web server
binding to port 80 running with multiple threads, where each thread
might have it's own listener socket. This could be done as an
alternative to other models: 1) have one listener thread which
dispatches completed connections to workers. 2) accept on a single
listener socket from multiple threads. In case #1 the listener thread
can easily become the bottleneck with high connection turn-over rate.
In case #2, the proportion of connections accepted per thread tends
to be uneven under high connection load (assuming simple event loop:
while (1) { accept(); process() }, wakeup does not promote fairness
among the sockets. We have seen the disproportion to be as high
as 3:1 ratio between thread accepting most connections and the one
accepting the fewest. With so_reusport the distribution is
uniform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow multiple listener sockets to bind to the same port.
Motivation for soresuseport would be something like a web server
binding to port 80 running with multiple threads, where each thread
might have it's own listener socket. This could be done as an
alternative to other models: 1) have one listener thread which
dispatches completed connections to workers. 2) accept on a single
listener socket from multiple threads. In case #1 the listener thread
can easily become the bottleneck with high connection turn-over rate.
In case #2, the proportion of connections accepted per thread tends
to be uneven under high connection load (assuming simple event loop:
while (1) { accept(); process() }, wakeup does not promote fairness
among the sockets. We have seen the disproportion to be as high
as 3:1 ratio between thread accepting most connections and the one
accepting the fewest. With so_reusport the distribution is
uniform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Definitions and macros for implementing soreusport.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code that register/unregister l4proto to the
module_init/exit context.
Given that we have to modify some interfaces to accomodate
these changes, it is a good time to use shorter function names
for this using the nf_ct_* prefix instead of nf_conntrack_*,
that is:
nf_ct_l4proto_register
nf_ct_l4proto_pernet_register
nf_ct_l4proto_unregister
nf_ct_l4proto_pernet_unregister
We same many line breaks with it.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the code that register/unregister l3proto to the
module_init/exit context.
Given that we have to modify some interfaces to accomodate
these changes, it is a good time to use shorter function names
for this using the nf_ct_* prefix instead of nf_conntrack_*,
that is:
nf_ct_l3proto_register
nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_register
nf_ct_l3proto_unregister
nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_unregister
We same many line breaks with it.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack initialization and cleanup codes happens in pernet
operations function. This task should be done in module_init/exit.
We can't use init_net to identify if it's the right time to initialize
or cleanup since we cannot make assumption on the order netns are
created/destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The LE supported states indicate the states and state combinations that
the link layer supports. This is important information for knowing what
operations are possible when dealing with multiple connected devices.
This patch adds reading of the supported states to the HCI init
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The LE White List Size is necessary to be known before attempting to
feed the controller with any addresses intended for the white list. This
patch adds the necessary HCI command sending to the HCI init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
To be able to make the appropriate decisions for some LE procedures we
need to know the LE features that the local controller supports.
Therefore, it's important to have the LE Read Local Supported Features
HCI comand as part of the HCI init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds two helper functions to test for valid bdaddr type
values. These will be particularely useful in the mgmt code to check
that user space has passed valid values to the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This implements a socket release callback function to check
if the socket cached route got invalid during the time
we owned the socket. The function is used from udp, raw
and ping sockets.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- move ip6_nd_hdr() to its users' source files.
In net/ipv6/mcast.c, it will be called ip6_mc_hdr().
- make return type to void since this function never fails.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also makes ndisc_opt_addr_data() and ndisc_fill_addr_option()
use ndisc_opt_addr_space().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XFRM_REPLAY_SEQ, XFRM_REPLAY_OSEQ and XFRM_REPLAY_SEQ_MASK
were introduced years ago but actually never used.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
ipv6_addr_is_{multicast,ll_all_nodes,ll_all_routers,isatap}()
return boolean.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to implement NS response offloading (in
regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need
to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces.
Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the
driver when addresses change.
Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather
than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is
more flexible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for
some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic
that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not
and give the driver the total number of addresses
instead of the length of the list so it can make
its own decision.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because of rt->n removal, we do not need neigh argument any more.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are hardwares which support offload of data packets
for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send
the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is
configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order
to encrypt the packets correctly.
When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP,
the driver should get the default key index from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
[cleanups, fixes, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The hci_request function is blocking and cannot be called through the
usual per-HCI device workqueue (hdev->workqueue). While hci_request is
in progress any other work from the queue, including sending HCI
commands to the controller would be blocked and eventually cause the
hci_request call to time out.
This patch adds a second workqueue to be used by operations needing
hci_request and thereby avoiding issues with blocking other workqueue
users.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
CC: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For RTF_GATEWAY route, return rt->rt6i_gateway.
Otherwise, return 2nd argument (destination address).
This will be used by following patches which remove rt->n
dependency patches in ip6_dst_lookup_tail() and ip6_finish_output2().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function, which looks up neighbour entry for an IPv6 address
without touching refcnt, will be used for patches to remove
dependency on rt->n (neighbour entry in rt6_info).
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to set/clear labels assigned to a conntrack
via ctnetlink.
To allow userspace to only alter specific bits, Pablo suggested to add
a new CTA_LABELS_MASK attribute:
The new set of active labels is then determined via
active = (active & ~mask) ^ changeset
i.e., the mask selects those bits in the existing set that should be
changed.
This follows the same method already used by MARK and CONNMARK targets.
Omitting CTA_LABELS_MASK is the same as setting all bits in CTA_LABELS_MASK
to 1: The existing set is replaced by the one from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
similar to connmarks, except labels are bit-based; i.e.
all labels may be attached to a flow at the same time.
Up to 128 labels are supported. Supporting more labels
is possible, but requires increasing the ct offset delta
from u8 to u16 type due to increased extension sizes.
Mapping of bit-identifier to label name is done in userspace.
The extension is enabled at run-time once "-m connlabel" netfilter
rules are added.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fix the 64bit optimized version of ipv6_prefix_equal to convert the
bitmask to network byte order only after the bit-shift.
The bug was introduced in:
3867517 ipv6: 64bit version of ipv6_prefix_equal().
Signed-off-by: Fabio Baltieri <fabio.baltieri@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase the amount of memory usage limits for incomplete
IP fragments.
Arguing for new thresh high/low values:
High threshold = 4 MBytes
Low threshold = 3 MBytes
The fragmentation memory accounting code, tries to account for the
real memory usage, by measuring both the size of frag queue struct
(inet_frag_queue (ipv4:ipq/ipv6:frag_queue)) and the SKB's truesize.
We want to be able to handle/hold-on-to enough fragments, to ensure
good performance, without causing incomplete fragments to hurt
scalability, by causing the number of inet_frag_queue to grow too much
(resulting longer searches for frag queues).
For IPv4, how much memory does the largest frag consume.
Maximum size fragment is 64K, which is approx 44 fragments with
MTU(1500) sized packets. Sizeof(struct ipq) is 200. A 1500 byte
packet results in a truesize of 2944 (not 2048 as I first assumed)
(44*2944)+200 = 129736 bytes
The current default high thresh of 262144 bytes, is obviously
problematic, as only two 64K fragments can fit in the queue at the
same time.
How many 64K fragment can we fit into 4 MBytes:
4*2^20/((44*2944)+200) = 32.34 fragment in queues
An attacker could send a separate/distinct fake fragment packets per
queue, causing us to allocate one inet_frag_queue per packet, and thus
attacking the hash table and its lists.
How many frag queue do we need to store, and given a current hash size
of 64, what is the average list length.
Using one MTU sized fragment per inet_frag_queue, each consuming
(2944+200) 3144 bytes.
4*2^20/(2944+200) = 1334 frag queues -> 21 avg list length
An attack could send small fragments, the smallest packet I could send
resulted in a truesize of 896 bytes (I'm a little surprised by this).
4*2^20/(896+200) = 3827 frag queues -> 59 avg list length
When increasing these number, we also need to followup with
improvements, that is going to help scalability. Simply increasing
the hash size, is not enough as the current implementation does not
have a per hash bucket locking.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While a privileged program can open a raw socket, attach some
restrictive filter and drop its privileges (or send the socket to an
unprivileged program through some Unix socket), the filter can still
be removed or modified by the unprivileged program. This commit adds a
socket option to lock the filter (SO_LOCK_FILTER) preventing any
modification of a socket filter program.
This is similar to OpenBSD BIOCLOCK ioctl on bpf sockets, except even
root is not allowed change/drop the filter.
The state of the lock can be read with getsockopt(). No error is
triggered if the state is not changed. -EPERM is returned when a user
tries to remove the lock or to change/remove the filter while the lock
is active. The check is done directly in sk_attach_filter() and
sk_detach_filter() and does not affect only setsockopt() syscall.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <bernat@luffy.cx>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3e4e4c1f ("ipv6: Introduce ip6_flow_hdr() to fill version,
tclass and flowlabel.) uses ntohl(), which should be htonl().
Found by Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ease further DFS development regarding interface combinations, use
the interface combinations structure to test for radar capabilities.
Drivers can specify which channel widths they support, and in which
modes. Right now only a single AP interface is allowed, but as the
DFS code evolves other combinations can be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute was originally added for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it is actually as useful (if not even more
useful) with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, so process that attribute with the
connect command, too.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As per email discussion Jouni Malinen pointed out that:
"P2P message exchanges can be executed on the current operating channel
of any operation (both P2P and non-P2P station). These can be on 5 GHz
and even on 60 GHz (so yes, you _can_ do GO Negotiation on 60 GHz).
As an example, it would be possible to receive a GO Negotiation Request
frame on a 5 GHz only radio and then to complete GO Negotiation on that
band. This can happen both when connected to a P2P group (through client
discoverability mechanism) and when connected to a legacy AP (assuming
the station receive Probe Request frame from full scan in the beginning
of P2P device discovery)."
This means that P2P messages can be sent over different radio devices.
However, these should use the same P2P device address so it should be
able to provision this from user-space. This patch adds a parameter for
this to struct vif_params which should only be used during creation of
the P2P device interface.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Greg Goldman <ggoldman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[add error checking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the nl80211_mesh_power_mode enumeration which holds possible
values for the mesh power mode. These modes are unknown, active,
light sleep and deep sleep.
Add power_mode entry to the mesh config structure to hold the
user-configured default mesh power mode. This value will be used
for new peer links.
Add the dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration value to the mesh config.
The awake window is a duration in TU describing how long the STA
will stay awake after transmitting its beacon in PS mode.
Add access routines to:
- get/set local link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's non-peer power mode (STA)
- get/set default mesh power mode (mesh config)
- get/set mesh awake window duration (mesh config)
All config changes may be done at mesh runtime and take effect
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
[fix commit message line length, error handling in set station]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211
and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both
values when joining an MBSS.
Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the
driver's default value was used.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver's resume function can't completely
restore the configuration in the device, it returns
1 from the callback which will be treated like a HW
restart request, but done directly.
In this case, also call the driver's restart_complete()
function so it can finish the reconfiguration there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports
the following type of warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type'
These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc
runs in verbose mode.
To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values.
Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com>
[adjust for freq_reg_info() change]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c
Both conflicts were simply overlapping context.
A build fix for qlcnic is in here too, simply removing the added
devinit annotations which no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet pointed out that act_mirred needs to find the current net_ns,
and struct net pointer is not provided in the call chain. His original
patch made use of current->nsproxy->net_ns to find the network namespace,
but this fails to work correctly for userspace code that makes use of
netlink sockets in different network namespaces. Instead, pass the
"struct net *" down along the call chain to where it is needed.
This version removes the ifb changes as Eric has submitted that patch
separately, but is otherwise identical to the previous version.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user is cxgb3 driver.
old_neigh is used to check device change, but it must not happen
on redirect. In this sense, we can remove old_neigh argument.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_prefix_equal() just casts its arguments and it is the only
user of __ipv6_prefix_equal().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce __ipv6_addr_diff64() to to find the first different
bit between two addresses on 64bit architectures.
32bit version is still available as __ipv6_addr_diff32(),
and __ipv6_addr_diff() automatically selects appropriate
version.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reg_notifier()'s return value need not be checked
as it is only supposed to do post regulatory work and
that should never fail. Any behaviour to regulatory
that needs to be considered before cfg80211 does work
to a driver should be specified by using the already
existing flags, the reg_notifier() just does post
processing should it find it needs to.
Also make lbs_reg_notifier static.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[move lbs_reg_notifier to not break compile]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move generalized version of ipv6_is_mld() to header,
and use it from ip6_mc_input().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is not only for readability but also for optimization.
What we do here is to build the 32bit word at the beginning of the ipv6
header (the "ip6_flow" virtual member of struct ip6_hdr in RFC3542) and
we do not need to read the tclass portion of the target buffer.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
canqun zhang reported that we're hitting BUG_ON in the
nf_conntrack_destroy path when calling kfree_skb while
rmmod'ing the nf_conntrack module.
Currently, the nf_ct_destroy hook is being set to NULL in the
destroy path of conntrack.init_net. However, this is a problem
since init_net may be destroyed before any other existing netns
(we cannot assume any specific ordering while releasing existing
netns according to what I read in recent emails).
Thanks to Gao feng for initial patch to address this issue.
Reported-by: canqun zhang <canqunzhang@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Do not convert endian back and forth.
If the caller uses contant "mask" argument (and most callers do),
we can omit runtime endian conversion here.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each NFC adapter can have several links to different secure elements and
that property needs to be exported by the drivers.
A secure element link can be enabled and disabled, and card emulation will
be handled by the currently active one. Otherwise card emulation will be
host implemented.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some chips diverge from the HCI spec in their implementation of standard
features. This adds a new quirks parameter to
nfc_hci_allocate_device() to let the driver indicate its divergence.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an adapter is removed, it will unregister itself from hci and/or
nfc core. In order to do that safely, work tasks must first be canceled
and prevented to be scheduled again, before the hci or nfc device can be
destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Using bit operations solves problems with multiple requests
and clearing state.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes srej_queue_next from include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h as it
is not used.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
As suggested by David, udp6_csum_init() is too big to be inlined,
move it to ipv6 static library, net/ipv6/ip6_checksum.c.
And the generic csum_ipv6_magic() too.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per suggestion from Eric Dumazet this patch makes tcp_ecn sysctl
namespace aware. The reason behind this patch is to ease the testing
of ecn problems on the internet and allows applications to tune their
own use of ecn.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few
different cases:
- connection with the peer was dropped
- session stop was requested locally
- session stop was requested by the peer
- connection was dropped while a session is stopping
The behaviour in these cases should be different, if
the connection is dropped then the driver should drop
all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be
transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally
requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of
the peer requesting session stop.
Split these different cases so that the driver can
act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop
the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as
aggregated packets any more.
In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the
driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer
required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During suspend/resume channel contexts might be
iterated even if they haven't been re-added to
the driver, keep track of this and skip them in
iteration. Also use the new status for sanity
checks.
Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all
contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of returning an error and filling a pointer
return the pointer and an ERR_PTR value in error cases.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow making freq_reg_info() lock-free.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To simplify the locking and not require cfg80211_mutex
(which nl80211 uses to access the global regdomain) and
also to make it possible for drivers to access their
wiphy->regd safely, use RCU to protect these pointers.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel bandwidth handling isn't really quite right,
it assumes that a 40 MHz channel is really two 20 MHz
channels, which isn't strictly true. This is the way the
regulatory database handling is defined right now though
so remove the logic to handle other channel widths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter fixes for 3.8-rc1. They are
a mixture of old bugs that have passed unnoticed (I'll pass these to
stable) and more fresh ones from the previous merge window, they are:
* Fix for MAC address in 6in4 tunnels via NFLOG that results in ulogd
showing up wrong address, from Bob Hockney.
* Fix a comment in nf_conntrack_ipv6, from Florent Fourcot.
* Fix a leak an error path in ctnetlink while creating an expectation,
from Jesper Juhl.
* Fix missing ICMP time exceeded in the IPv6 defragmentation code, from
Haibo Xi.
* Fix inconsistent handling of routing changes in MASQUERADE for the
new connections case, from Andrew Collins.
* Fix a missing skb_reset_transport in ip[6]t_REJECT that leads to
crashes in the ixgbe driver (since it seems to access the transport
header with TSO enabled), from Mukund Jampala.
* Recover obsoleted NOTRACK target by including it into the CT and spot
a warning via printk about being obsoleted. Many people don't check the
scheduled to be removal file under Documentation, so we follow some
less agressive approach to kill this in a year or so. Spotted by Florian
Westphal, patch from myself.
* Fix race condition in xt_hashlimit that allows to create two or more
entries, from myself.
* Fix crash if the CT is used due to the recently added facilities to
consult the dying and unconfirmed conntrack lists, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_cgrp_prioidx won't be used at all if CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP=n.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian Westphal reported that the removal of the NOTRACK target
(9655050 netfilter: remove xt_NOTRACK) is breaking some existing
setups.
That removal was scheduled for removal since long time ago as
described in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
What: xt_NOTRACK
Files: net/netfilter/xt_NOTRACK.c
When: April 2011
Why: Superseded by xt_CT
Still, people may have not notice / may have decided to stick to an
old iptables version. I agree with him in that some more conservative
approach by spotting some printk to warn users for some time is less
agressive.
Current iptables 1.4.16.3 already contains the aliasing support
that makes it point to the CT target, so upgrading would fix it.
Still, the policy so far has been to avoid pushing our users to
upgrade.
As a solution, this patch recovers the NOTRACK target inside the CT
target and it now spots a warning.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Really fix tuntap SKB use after free bug, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Adjust SKB data pointer to point past the transport header before
calling icmpv6_notify() so that the headers are in the state which
that function expects. From Duan Jiong.
3) Fix ambiguities in the new tuntap multi-queue APIs. From Jason
Wang.
4) mISDN needs to use del_timer_sync(), from Konstantin Khlebnikov.
5) Don't destroy mutex after freeing up device private in mac802154,
fix also from Konstantin Khlebnikov.
6) Fix INET request socket leak in TCP and DCCP, from Christoph Paasch.
7) SCTP HMAC kconfig rework, from Neil Horman.
8) Fix SCTP jprobes function signature, otherwise things explode, from
Daniel Borkmann.
9) Fix typo in ipv6-offload Makefile variable reference, from Simon
Arlott.
10) Don't fail USBNET open just because remote wakeup isn't supported,
from Oliver Neukum.
11) be2net driver bug fixes from Sathya Perla.
12) SOLOS PCI ATM driver bug fixes from Nathan Williams and David
Woodhouse.
13) Fix MTU changing regression in 8139cp driver, from John Greene.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (45 commits)
solos-pci: ensure all TX packets are aligned to 4 bytes
solos-pci: add firmware upgrade support for new models
solos-pci: remove superfluous debug output
solos-pci: add GPIO support for newer versions on Geos board
8139cp: Prevent dev_close/cp_interrupt race on MTU change
net: qmi_wwan: add ZTE MF880
drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smsc911x.c
drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smc91x.c
ipv6: addrconf.c: remove unnecessary "if"
bridge: Correctly encode addresses when dumping mdb entries
bridge: Do not unregister all PF_BRIDGE rtnl operations
use generic usbnet_manage_power()
usbnet: generic manage_power()
usbnet: handle PM failure gracefully
ksz884x: fix receive polling race condition
qlcnic: update driver version
qlcnic: fix unused variable warnings
net: fec: forbid FEC_PTP on SoCs that do not support
be2net: fix wrong frag_idx reported by RX CQ
be2net: fix be_close() to ensure all events are ack'ed
...
Pull user namespace changes from Eric Biederman:
"While small this set of changes is very significant with respect to
containers in general and user namespaces in particular. The user
space interface is now complete.
This set of changes adds support for unprivileged users to create user
namespaces and as a user namespace root to create other namespaces.
The tyranny of supporting suid root preventing unprivileged users from
using cool new kernel features is broken.
This set of changes completes the work on setns, adding support for
the pid, user, mount namespaces.
This set of changes includes a bunch of basic pid namespace
cleanups/simplifications. Of particular significance is the rework of
the pid namespace cleanup so it no longer requires sending out
tendrils into all kinds of unexpected cleanup paths for operation. At
least one case of broken error handling is fixed by this cleanup.
The files under /proc/<pid>/ns/ have been converted from regular files
to magic symlinks which prevents incorrect caching by the VFS,
ensuring the files always refer to the namespace the process is
currently using and ensuring that the ptrace_mayaccess permission
checks are always applied.
The files under /proc/<pid>/ns/ have been given stable inode numbers
so it is now possible to see if different processes share the same
namespaces.
Through the David Miller's net tree are changes to relax many of the
permission checks in the networking stack to allowing the user
namespace root to usefully use the networking stack. Similar changes
for the mount namespace and the pid namespace are coming through my
tree.
Two small changes to add user namespace support were commited here adn
in David Miller's -net tree so that I could complete the work on the
/proc/<pid>/ns/ files in this tree.
Work remains to make it safe to build user namespaces and 9p, afs,
ceph, cifs, coda, gfs2, ncpfs, nfs, nfsd, ocfs2, and xfs so the
Kconfig guard remains in place preventing that user namespaces from
being built when any of those filesystems are enabled.
Future design work remains to allow root users outside of the initial
user namespace to mount more than just /proc and /sys."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (38 commits)
proc: Usable inode numbers for the namespace file descriptors.
proc: Fix the namespace inode permission checks.
proc: Generalize proc inode allocation
userns: Allow unprivilged mounts of proc and sysfs
userns: For /proc/self/{uid,gid}_map derive the lower userns from the struct file
procfs: Print task uids and gids in the userns that opened the proc file
userns: Implement unshare of the user namespace
userns: Implent proc namespace operations
userns: Kill task_user_ns
userns: Make create_new_namespaces take a user_ns parameter
userns: Allow unprivileged use of setns.
userns: Allow unprivileged users to create new namespaces
userns: Allow setting a userns mapping to your current uid.
userns: Allow chown and setgid preservation
userns: Allow unprivileged users to create user namespaces.
userns: Ignore suid and sgid on binaries if the uid or gid can not be mapped
userns: fix return value on mntns_install() failure
vfs: Allow unprivileged manipulation of the mount namespace.
vfs: Only support slave subtrees across different user namespaces
vfs: Add a user namespace reference from struct mnt_namespace
...
In (d871bef netfilter: ctnetlink: dump entries from the dying and
unconfirmed lists), we assume that all conntrack objects are
inserted in any of the existing lists. However, template conntrack
objects were not. This results in hitting BUG_ON in the
destroy_conntrack path while removing a rule that uses the CT target.
This patch fixes the situation by adding the template lists, which
is where template conntrack objects reside now.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If in either of the above functions inet_csk_route_child_sock() or
__inet_inherit_port() fails, the newsk will not be freed:
unreferenced object 0xffff88022e8a92c0 (size 1592):
comm "softirq", pid 0, jiffies 4294946244 (age 726.160s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
0a 01 01 01 0a 01 01 02 00 00 00 00 a7 cc 16 00 ................
02 00 03 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<ffffffff8153d190>] kmemleak_alloc+0x21/0x3e
[<ffffffff810ab3e7>] kmem_cache_alloc+0xb5/0xc5
[<ffffffff8149b65b>] sk_prot_alloc.isra.53+0x2b/0xcd
[<ffffffff8149b784>] sk_clone_lock+0x16/0x21e
[<ffffffff814d711a>] inet_csk_clone_lock+0x10/0x7b
[<ffffffff814ebbc3>] tcp_create_openreq_child+0x21/0x481
[<ffffffff814e8fa5>] tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock+0x3a/0x23b
[<ffffffff814ec5ba>] tcp_check_req+0x29f/0x416
[<ffffffff814e8e10>] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x161/0x2bc
[<ffffffff814eb917>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x6c9/0x701
[<ffffffff814cea9f>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x70/0xc4
[<ffffffff814cec20>] ip_local_deliver+0x4e/0x7f
[<ffffffff814ce9f8>] ip_rcv_finish+0x1fc/0x233
[<ffffffff814cee68>] ip_rcv+0x217/0x267
[<ffffffff814a7bbe>] __netif_receive_skb+0x49e/0x553
[<ffffffff814a7cc3>] netif_receive_skb+0x50/0x82
This happens, because sk_clone_lock initializes sk_refcnt to 2, and thus
a single sock_put() is not enough to free the memory. Additionally, things
like xfrm, memcg, cookie_values,... may have been initialized.
We have to free them properly.
This is fixed by forcing a call to tcp_done(), ending up in
inet_csk_destroy_sock, doing the final sock_put(). tcp_done() is necessary,
because it ends up doing all the cleanup on xfrm, memcg, cookie_values,
xfrm,...
Before calling tcp_done, we have to set the socket to SOCK_DEAD, to
force it entering inet_csk_destroy_sock. To avoid the warning in
inet_csk_destroy_sock, inet_num has to be set to 0.
As inet_csk_destroy_sock does a dec on orphan_count, we first have to
increase it.
Calling tcp_done() allows us to remove the calls to
tcp_clear_xmit_timer() and tcp_cleanup_congestion_control().
A similar approach is taken for dccp by calling dccp_done().
This is in the kernel since 093d282321 (tproxy: fix hash locking issue
when using port redirection in __inet_inherit_port()), thus since
version >= 2.6.37.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function ndisc_redirect_rcv(), the skb->data points to the transport
header, but function icmpv6_notify() need the skb->data points to the
inner IP packet. So before using icmpv6_notify() to propagate redirect,
change skb->data to point the inner IP packet that triggered the sending
of the Redirect, and introduce struct rd_msg to make it easy.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <djduanjiong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial branch from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual stuff -- comment/printk typo fixes, documentation updates, dead
code elimination."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
HOWTO: fix double words typo
x86 mtrr: fix comment typo in mtrr_bp_init
propagate name change to comments in kernel source
doc: Update the name of profiling based on sysfs
treewide: Fix typos in various drivers
treewide: Fix typos in various Kconfig
wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
messages: i2o: Fix typo in messages/i2o
scripts/kernel-doc: check that non-void fcts describe their return value
Kernel-doc: Convention: Use a "Return" section to describe return values
radeon: Fix typo and copy/paste error in comments
doc: Remove unnecessary declarations from Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
various: Fix spelling of "asynchronous" in comments.
Fix misspellings of "whether" in comments.
eisa: Fix spelling of "asynchronous".
various: Fix spelling of "registered" in comments.
doc: fix quite a few typos within Documentation
target: iscsi: fix comment typos in target/iscsi drivers
treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig
treewide: fix typo of "suppport" in various comments
...
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) Allow to dump, monitor, and change the bridge multicast database
using netlink. From Cong Wang.
2) RFC 5961 TCP blind data injection attack mitigation, from Eric
Dumazet.
3) Networking user namespace support from Eric W. Biederman.
4) tuntap/virtio-net multiqueue support by Jason Wang.
5) Support for checksum offload of encapsulated packets (basically,
tunneled traffic can still be checksummed by HW). From Joseph
Gasparakis.
6) Allow BPF filter access to VLAN tags, from Eric Dumazet and
Daniel Borkmann.
7) Bridge port parameters over netlink and BPDU blocking support
from Stephen Hemminger.
8) Improve data access patterns during inet socket demux by rearranging
socket layout, from Eric Dumazet.
9) TIPC protocol updates and cleanups from Ying Xue, Paul Gortmaker, and
Jon Maloy.
10) Update TCP socket hash sizing to be more in line with current day
realities. The existing heurstics were choosen a decade ago.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix races, queue bloat, and excessive wakeups in ATM and
associated drivers, from Krzysztof Mazur and David Woodhouse.
12) Support DOVE (Distributed Overlay Virtual Ethernet) extensions
in VXLAN driver, from David Stevens.
13) Add "oops_only" mode to netconsole, from Amerigo Wang.
14) Support set and query of VEB/VEPA bridge mode via PF_BRIDGE, also
allow DCB netlink to work on namespaces other than the initial
namespace. From John Fastabend.
15) Support PTP in the Tigon3 driver, from Matt Carlson.
16) tun/vhost zero copy fixes and improvements, plus turn it on
by default, from Michael S. Tsirkin.
17) Support per-association statistics in SCTP, from Michele
Baldessari.
And many, many, driver updates, cleanups, and improvements. Too
numerous to mention individually.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
net/mlx4_en: Add support for destination MAC in steering rules
net/mlx4_en: Use generic etherdevice.h functions.
net: ethtool: Add destination MAC address to flow steering API
bridge: add support of adding and deleting mdb entries
bridge: notify mdb changes via netlink
ndisc: Unexport ndisc_{build,send}_skb().
uapi: add missing netconf.h to export list
pkt_sched: avoid requeues if possible
solos-pci: fix double-free of TX skb in DMA mode
bnx2: Fix accidental reversions.
bna: Driver Version Updated to 3.1.2.1
bna: Firmware update
bna: Add RX State
bna: Rx Page Based Allocation
bna: TX Intr Coalescing Fix
bna: Tx and Rx Optimizations
bna: Code Cleanup and Enhancements
ath9k: check pdata variable before dereferencing it
ath5k: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
ath9k_htc: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
...
These symbols were exported for bonding device by commit 305d552a
("bonding: send IPv6 neighbor advertisement on failover").
It bacame obsolete by commit 7c899432 ("bonding, ipv4, ipv6, vlan: Handle
NETDEV_BONDING_FAILOVER like NETDEV_NOTIFY_PEERS") and removed by
commit 4f5762ec ("bonding: Remove obsolete source file 'bond_ipv6.c'").
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on cgroup side. The big changes are focused on
making cgroup hierarchy handling saner.
- cgroup_rmdir() had peculiar semantics - it allowed cgroup
destruction to be vetoed by individual controllers and tried to
drain refcnt synchronously. The vetoing never worked properly and
caused good deal of contortions in cgroup. memcg was the last
reamining user. Michal Hocko removed the usage and cgroup_rmdir()
path has been simplified significantly. This was done in a
separate branch so that the memcg people can base further memcg
changes on top.
- The above allowed cleaning up cgroup lifecycle management and
implementation of generic cgroup iterators which are used to
improve hierarchy support.
- cgroup_freezer updated to allow migration in and out of a frozen
cgroup and handle hierarchy. If a cgroup is frozen, all descendant
cgroups are frozen.
- netcls_cgroup and netprio_cgroup updated to handle hierarchy
properly.
- Various fixes and cleanups.
- Two merge commits. One to pull in memcg and rmdir cleanups (needed
to build iterators). The other pulled in cgroup/for-3.7-fixes for
device_cgroup fixes so that further device_cgroup patches can be
stacked on top."
Fixed up a trivial conflict in mm/memcontrol.c as per Tejun (due to
commit bea8c150a7 ("memcg: fix hotplugged memory zone oops") in master
touching code close to commit 2ef37d3fe4 ("memcg: Simplify
mem_cgroup_force_empty_list error handling") in for-3.8)
* 'for-3.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (65 commits)
cgroup: update Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
cgroup_rm_file: don't delete the uncreated files
cgroup: remove subsystem files when remounting cgroup
cgroup: use cgroup_addrm_files() in cgroup_clear_directory()
cgroup: warn about broken hierarchies only after css_online
cgroup: list_del_init() on removed events
cgroup: fix lockdep warning for event_control
cgroup: move list add after list head initilization
netprio_cgroup: allow nesting and inherit config on cgroup creation
netprio_cgroup: implement netprio[_set]_prio() helpers
netprio_cgroup: use cgroup->id instead of cgroup_netprio_state->prioidx
netprio_cgroup: reimplement priomap expansion
netprio_cgroup: shorten variable names in extend_netdev_table()
netprio_cgroup: simplify write_priomap()
netcls_cgroup: move config inheritance to ->css_online() and remove .broken_hierarchy marking
cgroup: remove obsolete guarantee from cgroup_task_migrate.
cgroup: add cgroup->id
cgroup, cpuset: remove cgroup_subsys->post_clone()
cgroup: s/CGRP_CLONE_CHILDREN/CGRP_CPUSET_CLONE_CHILDREN/
cgroup: rename ->create/post_create/pre_destroy/destroy() to ->css_alloc/online/offline/free()
...
With BQL being deployed, we can more likely have following behavior :
We dequeue a packet from qdisc in dequeue_skb(), then we realize target
tx queue is in XOFF state in sch_direct_xmit(), and we have to hold the
skb into gso_skb for later.
This shows in stats (tc -s qdisc dev eth0) as requeues.
Problem of these requeues is that high priority packets can not be
dequeued as long as this (possibly low prio and big TSO packet) is not
removed from gso_skb.
At 1Gbps speed, a full size TSO packet is 500 us of extra latency.
In some cases, we know that all packets dequeued from a qdisc are
for a particular and known txq :
- If device is non multi queue
- For all MQ/MQPRIO slave qdiscs
This patch introduces a new qdisc flag, TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE to mark
this capability, so that dequeue_skb() is allowed to dequeue a packet
only if the associated txq is not stopped.
This indeed reduce latencies for high prio packets (or improve fairness
with sfq/fq_codel), and almost remove qdisc 'requeues'.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Kravkov reported packet drops for GRE packets since GRO support
was added.
There is a race in gro_cell_poll() because we call napi_complete()
without any synchronization with a concurrent gro_cells_receive()
Once bug was triggered, we queued packets but did not schedule NAPI
poll.
We can fix this issue using the spinlock protected the napi_skbs queue,
as we have to hold it to perform skb dequeue anyway.
As we open-code skb_dequeue(), we no longer need to mask IRQS, as both
producer and consumer run under BH context.
Bug added in commit c9e6bc644e (net: add gro_cells infrastructure)
Reported-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SYN-ACK partially acks SYN-data, the client retransmits the
remaining data by tcp_retransmit_skb(). This increments lost recovery
state variables like tp->retrans_out in Open state. If loss recovery
happens before the retransmission is acked, it triggers the WARN_ON
check in tcp_fastretrans_alert(). For example: the client sends
SYN-data, gets SYN-ACK acking only ISN, retransmits data, sends
another 4 data packets and get 3 dupacks.
Since the retransmission is not caused by network drop it should not
update the recovery state variables. Further the server may return a
smaller MSS than the cached MSS used for SYN-data, so the retranmission
needs a loop. Otherwise some data will not be retransmitted until timeout
or other loss recovery events.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
peer.transport_addr_list is currently only protected by sk_sock
which is inpractical to acquire for procfs dumping purposes.
This patch adds RCU protection allowing for the procfs readers to
enter RCU read-side critical sections.
Modification of the list continues to be serialized via sk_lock.
V2: Use list_del_rcu() in sctp_association_free() to be safe
Skip transports marked dead when dumping for procfs
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f0425beda4 "mac80211: retry sending
failed BAR frames later instead of tearing down aggr" caused regression
on rt2x00 hardware (connection hangs). This regression was fixed by
commit be03d4a45c "rt2x00: Don't let
mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails". But the latter
commit caused yet another problem reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828#c22
After long discussion in this thread:
http://mid.gmane.org/20121018075615.GA18212@redhat.com
and testing various alternative solutions, which failed on one or other
setup, we have no other good fix for the issues like just revert both
mentioned earlier commits.
To do not affect other hardware which benefit from commit
f0425beda4, instead of reverting it,
introduce flag that when used will restore mac80211 behaviour before
the commit.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[replaced link with mid.gmane.org that has message-id]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch advertise the MC_FORWARDING status for IPv4 and IPv6.
This field is readonly, only multicast engine in the kernel updates it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
* Remove limitation in the maximum number of supported sets in ipset.
Now ipset automagically increments the number of slots in the array
of sets by 64 new spare slots, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Partially remove the generic queue infrastructure now that ip_queue
is gone. Its only client is nfnetlink_queue now, from Florian
Westphal.
* Add missing attribute policy checkings in ctnetlink, from Florian
Westphal.
* Automagically kill conntrack entries that use the wrong output
interface for the masquerading case in case of routing changes,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Two patches two improve ct object traceability. Now ct objects are
always placed in any of the existing lists. This allows us to dump
the content of unconfirmed and dying conntracks via ctnetlink as
a way to provide more instrumentation in case you suspect leaks,
from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current SCTP stack is lacking a mechanism to have per association
statistics. This is an implementation modeled after OpenSolaris'
SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS.
Userspace part will follow on lksctp if/when there is a general ACK on
this.
V4:
- Move ipackets++ before q->immediate.func() for consistency reasons
- Move sctp_max_rto() at the end of sctp_transport_update_rto() to avoid
returning bogus RTO values
- return asoc->rto_min when max_obs_rto value has not changed
V3:
- Increase ictrlchunks in sctp_assoc_bh_rcv() as well
- Move ipackets++ to sctp_inq_push()
- return 0 when no rto updates took place since the last call
V2:
- Implement partial retrieval of stat struct to cope for future expansion
- Kill the rtxpackets counter as it cannot be precise anyway
- Rename outseqtsns to outofseqtsns to make it clearer that these are out
of sequence unexpected TSNs
- Move asoc->ipackets++ under a lock to avoid potential miscounts
- Fold asoc->opackets++ into the already existing asoc check
- Kill unneeded (q->asoc) test when increasing rtxchunks
- Do not count octrlchunks if sending failed (SCTP_XMIT_OK != 0)
- Don't count SHUTDOWNs as SACKs
- Move SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS to the private space API
- Adjust the len check in sctp_getsockopt_assoc_stats() to allow for
future struct growth
- Move association statistics in their own struct
- Update idupchunks when we send a SACK with dup TSNs
- return min_rto in max_rto when RTO has not changed. Also return the
transport when max_rto last changed.
Signed-off: Michele Baldessari <michele@acksyn.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make code more readable by changing CONF_NO_FCS_RECV which is read
as "No L2CAP FCS option received" to CONF_RECV_NO_FCS which means
"Received L2CAP option NO_FCS". This flag really means that we have
received L2CAP FRAME CHECK SEQUENCE (FCS) OPTION with value "No FCS".
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Before starting quering remote AMP controllers make sure
that there is local active AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some comparisons needs to double negation(!!) in order to make the value
of the field boolean. Add it to the macro makes the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to authenticate and configure an incoming SCO connection, the
BT_DEFER_SETUP option was added. This option is intended to defer reply
to Connect Request on SCO sockets.
When a connection is requested, the listening socket is unblocked but
the effective connection setup happens only on first recv. Any send
between accept and recv fails with -ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When the route changes (backup default route, VPNs) which affect a
masqueraded target, the packets were sent out with the outdated source
address. The patch addresses the issue by comparing the outgoing interface
directly with the masqueraded interface in the nat table.
Events are inefficient in this case, because it'd require adding route
events to the network core and then scanning the whole conntrack table
and re-checking the route for all entry.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We used to have several queueing backends, but nowadays only
nfnetlink_queue remains.
In light of this there doesn't seem to be a good reason to
support per-af registering -- just hook up nfnetlink_queue on module
load and remove it on unload.
This means that the userspace BIND/UNBIND_PF commands are now obsolete;
the kernel will ignore them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch modifies the conntrack subsystem so that all existing
allocated conntrack objects can be found in any of the following
places:
* the hash table, this is the typical place for alive conntrack objects.
* the unconfirmed list, this is the place for newly created conntrack objects
that are still traversing the stack.
* the dying list, this is where you can find conntrack objects that are dying
or that should die anytime soon (eg. once the destroy event is delivered to
the conntrackd daemon).
Thus, we make sure that we follow the track for all existing conntrack
objects. This patch, together with some extension of the ctnetlink interface
to dump the content of the dying and unconfirmed lists, will help in case
to debug suspected nf_conn object leaks.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
# make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.o
...
net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:242:7: warning: restricted __portpair degrades to integer
net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:242:7: warning: restricted __addrpair degrades to integer
...
Move __portpair/__addrpair from include/net/inet_hashtables.h
to include/net/sock.h where we need them in struct sock_common
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ling Ma <ling.ma.program@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of 026359b [ipv6: Send ICMPv6 RSes only when RAs are accepted], the
logic determining whether to send Router Solicitations is identical
to the logic determining whether kernel accepts Router Advertisements.
However the condition itself is repeated in several code locations.
Unify it by introducing 'ipv6_accept_ra()' accessor.
Also, simplify the condition expression, making it more readable.
No semantic change.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 68835aba4d (net: optimize INET input path further)
moved some fields used for tcp/udp sockets lookup in the first cache
line of struct sock_common.
This patch moves inet_dport/inet_num as well, filling a 32bit hole
on 64 bit arches and reducing number of cache line misses in lookups.
Also change INET_MATCH()/INET_TW_MATCH() to perform the ports match
before addresses match, as this check is more discriminant.
Remove the hash check from MATCH() macros because we dont need to
re validate the hash value after taking a refcount on socket, and
use likely/unlikely compiler hints, as the sk_hash/hash check
makes the following conditional tests 100% predicted by cpu.
Introduce skc_addrpair/skc_portpair pair values to better
document the alignment requirements of the port/addr pairs
used in the various MATCH() macros, and remove some casts.
The namespace check can also be done at last.
This slightly improves TCP/UDP lookup times.
IP/TCP early demux needs inet->rx_dst_ifindex and
TCP needs inet->min_ttl, lets group them together in same cache line.
With help from Ben Hutchings & Joe Perches.
Idea of this patch came after Ling Ma proposal to move skc_hash
to the beginning of struct sock_common, and should allow him
to submit a final version of his patch. My tests show an improvement
doing so.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Ling Ma <ling.ma.program@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (src_net) from rtnl_create_link()
method and from the method single invocation, in veth.
This parameter was used in the past when calling
ops->get_tx_queues(src_net, tb) in rtnl_create_link().
The get_tx_queues() member of rtnl_link_ops was replaced by two methods,
get_num_tx_queues() and get_num_rx_queues(), which do not get any
parameter. This was done in commit d40156aa5e by
Jiri Pirko ("rtnl: allow to specify different num for rx and tx queue count").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/exthdrs_core.c
Jesse Gross says:
====================
This series of improvements for 3.8/net-next contains four components:
* Support for modifying IPv6 headers
* Support for matching and setting skb->mark for better integration with
things like iptables
* Ability to recognize the EtherType for RARP packets
* Two small performance enhancements
The movement of ipv6_find_hdr() into exthdrs_core.c causes two small merge
conflicts. I left it as is but can do the merge if you want. The conflicts
are:
* ipv6_find_hdr() and ipv6_find_tlv() were both moved to the bottom of
exthdrs_core.c. Both should stay.
* A new use of ipv6_find_hdr() was added to net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_core.c
after this patch. The IPVS user has two instances of the old constant
name IP6T_FH_F_FRAG which has been renamed to IP6_FH_F_FRAG.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a driver supports P2P GO powersave, allow it to
set the new feature flags for it and allow userspace
to configure the parameters for it. This can be done
at GO startup and later changed with SET_BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap.
This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some of the chandef checking that we do in cfg80211
to check if a channel is supported or not is also
needed in mac80211, so rework that a bit and export
the functions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To achieve this, limit the number of retries to
31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that
are then free for VHT flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for reporting and calculating VHT MCSes.
Note that I'm not completely sure that the bitrate
calculations are correct, nor that they can't be
simplified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.
This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.
Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)
This also adds new helper functions:
- cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
struct given the control channel and channel type,
- cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
definitions are identical
- cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
channel definitions are compatible, and return the
wider of the two
This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
- regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
even makes sense)
- regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
- a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
new channel types
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.
Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function cfg80211_get_p2p_attr() can fail and returns
a negative error code. However, the return type is unsigned
int. The largest positive number is determined by desired_len
variable in the function, which is u16. So changing the return
type to int to allow easy error checking. Also change the type
for the attribute to enum for improved type checking.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[fix indentation, don't use u8 attr variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/tx.c
Minor iwlwifi conflict in TX queue disabling between 'net', which
removed a bogus warning, and 'net-next' which added some status
register poking code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With priomap expansion no longer depending on knowing max id
allocated, netprio_cgroup can use cgroup->id insted of cs->prioidx.
Drop prioidx alloc/free logic and convert all uses to cgroup->id.
* In cgrp_css_alloc(), parent->id test is moved above @cs allocation
to simplify error path.
* In cgrp_css_free(), @cs assignment is made initialization.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-and-Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when
a new station is added. This would help drivers to take
advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain
tedious station management code internally.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[ifdef inline wrapper functions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the event that an association exceeds its max_retrans attempts, we should
send an ABORT chunk indicating that we are closing the assocation as a result.
Because of the nature of the error, its unlikely to be received, but its a nice
clean way to close the association if it does make it through, and it will give
anyone watching via tcpdump a clue as to what happened.
Change notes:
v2)
* Removed erroneous changes from sctp_make_violation_parmlen
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign a unique proc inode to each namespace, and use that
inode number to ensure we only allocate at most one proc
inode for every namespace in proc.
A single proc inode per namespace allows userspace to test
to see if two processes are in the same namespace.
This has been a long requested feature and only blocked because
a naive implementation would put the id in a global space and
would ultimately require having a namespace for the names of
namespaces, making migration and certain virtualization tricks
impossible.
We still don't have per superblock inode numbers for proc, which
appears necessary for application unaware checkpoint/restart and
migrations (if the application is using namespace file descriptors)
but that is now allowd by the design if it becomes important.
I have preallocated the ipc and uts initial proc inode numbers so
their structures can be statically initialized.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Read Local OOB Data command can take more than 1 second on some chips.
e.g. on CSR 0a12:0001 first call to Read Local OOB Data after reset
takes about 1300ms resulting in tx timeout error.
[27698.368655] Bluetooth: hci0 command 0x0c57 tx timeout
2012-10-31 15:53:36.178585 < HCI Command: Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) plen 0
2012-10-31 15:53:37.496996 > HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 36
Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) ncmd 1
status 0x00
hash 0x92219d9b447f2aa9dc12dda2ae7bae6a
randomizer 0xb1948d0febe4ea38ce85c4e66313beba
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif
to roc on (mainly in order to configure the
rx filters correctly).
Add the vif to the op params, and update the current
users (iwlwifi) to use the new api.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[fix hwsim]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command was previously used only for userspace
request for the kernel code to perform TDLS operations. However, there
are also cases where the driver may need to request operations from
userspace, e.g., when using security on the AP path. Add a new cfg80211
function for generating a TDLS operation event for drivers to request a
new link to be set up (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP) or an existing link to be
torn down (NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). Drivers can optionally use these
events, e.g., based on noticing data traffic being sent to a peer
station that is seen with good signal strength.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.
Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.
Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
"Whether" is misspelled in various comments across the tree; this
fixes them. No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Some comments misspell "registered"; this fixes them. No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The user namespace which creates a new network namespace owns that
namespace and all resources created in it. This way we can target
capability checks for privileged operations against network resources to
the user_ns which created the network namespace in which the resource
lives. Privilege to the user namespace which owns the network
namespace, or any parent user namespace thereof, provides the same
privilege to the network resource.
This patch is reworked from a version originally by
Serge E. Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
The copy of copy_net_ns used when the network stack is not
built is broken as it does not return -EINVAL when attempting
to create a new network namespace. We don't even have
a previous network namespace.
Since we need a copy of copy_net_ns in net/net_namespace.h that is
available when the networking stack is not built at all move the
correct version of copy_net_ns from net_namespace.c into net_namespace.h
Leaving us with just 2 versions of copy_net_ns. One version for when
we compile in network namespace suport and another stub for all other
occasions.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
The user namespace which creates a new network namespace owns that
namespace and all resources created in it. This way we can target
capability checks for privileged operations against network resources to
the user_ns which created the network namespace in which the resource
lives. Privilege to the user namespace which owns the network
namespace, or any parent user namespace thereof, provides the same
privilege to the network resource.
This patch is reworked from a version originally by
Serge E. Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The copy of copy_net_ns used when the network stack is not
built is broken as it does not return -EINVAL when attempting
to create a new network namespace. We don't even have
a previous network namespace.
Since we need a copy of copy_net_ns in net/net_namespace.h that is
available when the networking stack is not built at all move the
correct version of copy_net_ns from net_namespace.c into net_namespace.h
Leaving us with just 2 versions of copy_net_ns. One version for when
we compile in network namespace suport and another stub for all other
occasions.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a callback for the HCI_LE_Set_Advertise_Enable command.
The callback is responsible for updating the HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL flag
updating as well as updating the advertising data flags field to
indicate undirected connectable advertising.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for setting basing LE advertising data. The
three elements supported for now are the advertising flags, the TX power
and the friendly name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The core specification defines 127 as the "not available" value (well,
"reserved" for BR/EDR and "not available" for LE - but essentially the
same). Therefore, instead of testing for 0 (which is in fact a valid
value) we should be using this invalid value to test if the tx_power is
available.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The kernel uses some default metric when routes are managed. For example, a
static route added with a metric set to 0 is inserted in the kernel with
metric 1024 (IP6_RT_PRIO_USER).
It is useful for routing daemons to know these values, to be able to set routes
without interfering with what the kernel does.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the offload callbacks into its own structure.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sing GSO support is now separate, pull it out of the module
and make it its own init call.
Remove the cleanup functions as they are no longer called.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull TCPv6 offload functionality into its won file in preparation
for moving it out of the module.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch IPv6 protocol to using the new GRO/GSO calls and data.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch IPv4 code base to using the new GRO/GSO calls and data.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new data structure for IPv6 protocols that holds GRO/GSO
callbacks and a new array to track the protocols that register GRO/GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new data structure for IPv4 protocols that holds GRO/GSO
callbacks and a new array to track the protocols that register GRO/GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Included is a Bluetooth pull -- Gustavo says:
"These are the Bluetooth bits for inclusion in 3.8, there is basically one big
thing here which is the High Speed patches from Andrei, he did a lot of work on
A2MP and management of AMP devices. The rest are mostly clean up and bug
fixes."
Also included is an NFC pull -- Samuel says:
"With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code."
There are a couple of mac80211 pulls as well -- Johannes says:
"Please pull my mac80211-next tree to get the first round of new features
for 3.8. We have:
* finally, the mac80211 multi-channel work
* scan improvements:
- bg scan
- scan flush
- forced AP scan
* cfg80211 tracing
* a bit of new code to allow implementing SAE (secure authentication of
equals) in managed mode
Along with a few random improvements, features and fixes."
and...
"Please pull from mac80211-next (per below pull request) to get a few
updates. Most important is probably the fix for the WDS regression that
my previous pull request introduced. Other than that, I have some
tracing code, two mesh updates and a change to allow drivers to
calculate the AES CMAC subkeys without having to implement the GF_mulx
operation themselves."
On top of that are the usual updates to iwlwifi, ath9k, rt2x00,
brcmfmac, mwifiex, and a few others here and there. Of note is the
addition of the ar5523 driver, ported from an original FreeBSD driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is an ugly macro, convert it to a static
inline function, so make it more readable.
IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is unused, just remove it.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust
for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by
Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix docs, atheros drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The xfrm gc threshold value depends on ip_rt_max_size. This
value was set to INT_MAX with the routing cache removal patch,
so we start doing garbage collecting when we have INT_MAX/2
IPsec routes cached. Fix this by going back to the static
threshold of 1024 routes.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch prepares ipv6_find_hdr() function so that it could be
able to skip routing headers, where segements_left is 0. This is
required to handle multiple routing header case correctly when
changing IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c
Minor conflict between the BCM_CNIC define removal in net-next
and a bug fix added to net. Based upon a conflict resolution
patch posted by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Open vSwitch will soon also use ipv6_find_hdr() so this moves it
out of Netfilter-specific code into a more common location.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even
though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document
this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which
is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were
previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so
drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it,
but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable
it.
Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics
except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it
gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell
why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op
in the driver when the restart completes, so it could
keep its own state about the restart and clear it there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
6431cbc25f(Create a mechanism for upward inetpeer propagation into routes)
introduces these codes, but this mechanism is never enabled since
rt6i_peer_genid always is zero whether it is not assigned or assigned by
rt6_peer_genid(). After 5943634fc5 (ipv4: Maintain redirect and PMTU info
in struct rtable again), the ipv4 related codes of this mechanism has been
removed, I think we maybe able to remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute
and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave
parameters to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parsing the P2P attributes can be tricky as their
contents can be split across multiple (vendor) IEs.
Thus, it's not possible to parse them like IEs (by
returning a pointer to the data.) Instead, provide
a function that copies the attribute data into a
caller-provided buffer and returns the size needed
(useful in case the buffer was too small.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit:
commit 5e760230e4
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.
This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This command triggers a new callback: set_mcast_rate(). It enables
the user to change the rate used to send multicast frames for vif
configured as IBSS or MESH_POINT
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As suggested by Eric, we could introduce a helper function
for ipv6 too, to avoid checking if rt is NULL before
dst_release().
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can save a test in ip_rt_put(), considering dst_release() accepts
a NULL parameter, and dst is first element in rtable.
Add a BUILD_BUG_ON() to catch any change that could break this
assertion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of points in the sctp_cmd_interpreter function treat the sctp_cmd_t arg as
a void pointer, even though they are written as various other types. Theres no
need for this as doing so just leads to possible type-punning issues that could
cause crashes, and if we remain type-consistent we can actually just remove the
void * member of the union entirely.
Change Notes:
v2)
* Dropped chunk that modified SCTP_NULL to create a marker pattern
should anyone try to use a SCTP_NULL() assigned sctp_arg_t, Assigning
to .zero provides the same effect and should be faster, per Vlad Y.
v3)
* Reverted part of V2, opting to use memset instead of .zero, so that
the entire union is initalized thus avoiding the i164 speculative load
problems previously encountered, per Dave M.. Also rewrote
SCTP_[NO]FORCE so as to use common infrastructure a little more
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For passive TCP connections using TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT facility,
we incorrectly increment req->retrans each time timeout triggers
while no SYNACK is sent.
SYNACK are not sent for TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT that were established (for
which we received the ACK from client). Only the last SYNACK is sent
so that we can receive again an ACK from client, to move the req into
accept queue. We plan to change this later to avoid the useless
retransmit (and potential problem as this SYNACK could be lost)
TCP_INFO later gives wrong information to user, claiming imaginary
retransmits.
Decouple req->retrans field into two independent fields :
num_retrans : number of retransmit
num_timeout : number of timeouts
num_timeout is the counter that is incremented at each timeout,
regardless of actual SYNACK being sent or not, and used to
compute the exponential timeout.
Introduce inet_rtx_syn_ack() helper to increment num_retrans
only if ->rtx_syn_ack() succeeded.
Use inet_rtx_syn_ack() from tcp_check_req() to increment num_retrans
when we re-send a SYNACK in answer to a (retransmitted) SYN.
Prior to this patch, we were not counting these retransmits.
Change tcp_v[46]_rtx_synack() to increment TCP_MIB_RETRANSSEGS
only if a synack packet was successfully queued.
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Cc: Elliott Hughes <enh@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The actual parameter order of hci_get_route is (dst, src) and not (src,
dst). All current callers use the right order but the header file shows
the parameters in the wrong order.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since we have started to use local_amp_id for local AMP
Controller Id it makes sense to rename ctrl_id to remote_amp_id
since it represents remote AMP controller Id.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Phylink Complete event run amp_physical_cfm
which initialize BR/EDR L2CAP channel associated with High Speed
link and run l2cap_physical_cfm which shall send L2CAP Create
Chan Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Disconnect logical link for high speed channel hs_hchan
associated with L2CAP channel chan.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
After physical link is created logical link needs to be created.
The process starts after L2CAP channel is created and L2CAP
Configuration Response with result PENDING is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch fixes sending an unnecessary HCI_Write_SSP_Mode command if
the command has already been sent as part of the default HCI init
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds a flag to be used for LE GAP Peripheral role. In this
role undirected advertising will be enabled and operations not allowed
in Peripheral role (such as scanning and initiating connections) will be
disallowed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds missing feature test macros needed for various use cases
and also sorts the macros according to the feature bit location in the
feature mask (for easy lookup).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a
single global TX power limit was already problematic,
in particular if two managed interfaces connected to
two APs with different power constraints. The channel
context introduction completely broke this though and
in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there
for drivers using channel contexts.
Change everything to track TX power per interface so
that different user settings and different channel
maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking
the global TX power though for compatibility with
applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's
TX power globally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.
Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=OC0R
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.8-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-3.0
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.8
With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code.
A number of places in the mesh code don't check that
the frame data is present and in the skb header when
trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary
pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data
that doesn't actually exist.
To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be
able to use it in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following changeset contains updates for IPVS from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer that did not reach the previous merge window in time.
More specifically, updates to improve IPv6 support in IPVS. More
relevantly, some of the existing code performed wrong handling of the
extensions headers and better fragmentation handling.
Jesper promised more follow-up patches to refine this after this batch
hits net-next. Yet to come.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a consequence the NFC device IDs won't be increasing all the time,
as IDR provides the first available ID.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The driver now has all HCI stuff isolated in one file, and all the
hardware link specifics in another. Writing a pn544 driver on top of
another hardware link is now just a matter of adding a new file for that
new hardware specifics.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Set the local general bytes and default value for NFCIP1
Target/Initiator registries if the protocol is NFC-DEP
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be
necessary to start operating as an AP, some of
which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver
method to make such failures easier to handle,
and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sock_update_classid() assumes that the update operation always are
applied on the current task. sock_update_classid() needs to know on
which tasks to work on in order to be able to migrate task between
cgroups using the struct cgroup_subsys attach() callback.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classid type used throughout the kernel is u32.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently sctp allows for the optional use of md5 of sha1 hmac algorithms to
generate cookie values when establishing new connections via two build time
config options. Theres no real reason to make this a static selection. We can
add a sysctl that allows for the dynamic selection of these algorithms at run
time, with the default value determined by the corresponding crypto library
availability.
This comes in handy when, for example running a system in FIPS mode, where use
of md5 is disallowed, but SHA1 is permitted.
Note: This new sysctl has no corresponding socket option to select the cookie
hmac algorithm. I chose not to implement that intentionally, as RFC 6458
contains no option for this value, and I opted not to pollute the socket option
namespace.
Change notes:
v2)
* Updated subject to have the proper sctp prefix as per Dave M.
* Replaced deafult selection options with new options that allow
developers to explicitly select available hmac algs at build time
as per suggestion by Vlad Y.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the reading of the LE advertising channel TX power to
the HCI init sequence of LE-capable controllers. This data will be used
e.g. for inclusion in the advertising data packets when advertising is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Channel moves are triggered by changes to the BT_CHANNEL_POLICY
sockopt when an ERTM or streaming-mode channel is connected.
Moves are only started if enable_hs is true.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The move response command includes a result code indicating
"pending", "success", or "failure" status. A pending result is
received when the remote address is still setting up a physical link,
and will be followed by success or failure. On success, logical link
setup will proceed. On failure, the move is stopped. The receiver of
a move channel response must always follow up by sending a move
channel confirm command.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
On an AMP controller, hci_chan maps to a logical link. When a channel
is being moved, the logical link may or may not be connected already.
The hci_chan->state is used to determine the existance of a useable
logical link so the link can be either used or requested.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
An L2CAP channel using high speed continues to be associated with a
BR/EDR l2cap_conn, while also tracking an additional hci_conn
(representing a physical link on a high speed controller) and hci_chan
(representing a logical link). There may only be one physical link
between two high speed controllers. Each physical link may contain
several logical links, with each logical link representing a channel
with specific quality of service.
During a channel move, the destination channel id, current move state,
and role (initiator vs. responder) are tracked and used by the channel
move state machine. The ident value associated with a move request
must also be stored in order to use it in later move responses.
The active channel is stored in local_amp_id.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Expose a function for the AES-CMAC subkey calculation
to drivers. This is the first step of the AES-CMAC
cipher key setup and may be required for CMAC hardware
offloading.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Each nexthop is added like a single route in the routing table. All routes
that have the same metric/weight and destination but not the same gateway
are considering as ECMP routes. They are linked together, through a list called
rt6i_siblings.
ECMP routes can be added in one shot, with RTA_MULTIPATH attribute or one after
the other (in both case, the flag NLM_F_EXCL should not be set).
The patch is based on a previous work from
Luc Saillard <luc.saillard@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix two build error introduced by commit 63dca2c0:
"ipvs: Fix faulty IPv6 extension header handling in IPVS"
First build error was fairly trivial and can occur, when
CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 is disabled.
The second build error was tricky, and can occur when deselecting
both all Netfilter and IPVS, but selecting CONFIG_IPV6. This is
caused by "kernel/sysctl_binary.c" including "net/ip_vs.h", which
includes "linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h" causing include
of "include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h" which then cannot find
the typedef nf_hookfn.
Fix this by only including "linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h" in
case of CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 as its already used to guard the usage
of ipv6_find_hdr().
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Pull updates from Jesper Dangaard Brouer for IPVS mostly targeted
to improve IPv6 support (7 commits):
ipvs: Trivial changes, use compressed IPv6 address in output
ipvs: IPv6 extend ICMPv6 handling for future types
ipvs: Use config macro IS_ENABLED()
ipvs: Fix faulty IPv6 extension header handling in IPVS
ipvs: Complete IPv6 fragment handling for IPVS
ipvs: API change to avoid rescan of IPv6 exthdr
ipvs: SIP fragment handling
The struct sock *other one seem to be unused. Grep and make do not object.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When assigning amp_mgr in hci_conn (type AMP_LINK) get also reference.
In hci_conn_del those references would be put for both conn types
AMP_LINK and ACL_LINK associated with amp_mgr.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends
on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining
an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after
a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4.
Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to
indicate creator/joiner mode.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add an NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH flag that causes old bss cache
entries to be flushed on scan completion. This is useful for
collecting guaranteed fresh scan/survey result (e.g. on resume).
For normal scan, flushing only happens on successful completion
of a scan; i.e. it does not happen if the scan is aborted.
For scheduled scan, previous scan results are flushed everytime
when we get new scan results.
This feature is enabled by default. Drivers can disable it by
unsetting the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH flag.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[invert polarity of feature flag to account for old kernels]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flags word to direct and scheduled scan requests; it will
be used for control of optional behaviours such as flushing the
bss cache prior to doing a scan.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed
mode) and make them available to the driver
in the station information.
Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted
to the common capabilities, so drivers must be
aware of their own capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[fix endian conversion bug ...]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SAE extends Authentication frames with fields that are not information
elements. NL80211_ATTR_IE is not suitable for these, so introduce a new
attribute that can be used to specify the fields needed for SAE in
station mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[change to verify that SAE is only used with authenticate command]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers may need to iterate the active channel
contexts, export an iterator function to allow
that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list
functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On each channel that the device is operating on, it
may need to listen using one or more chains depending
on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The
previous channel context changes completely removed
this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS
mode).
Add per-context tracking of the required static and
dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes.
To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used
on each virtual interface and update the channel
context whenever this changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel
on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type
and other properties can change.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel
operation. They are are immutable and are re-created
(or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain
channel and a compatible channel type) on channel
switching.
This is an initial implementation and more features
will come in separate patches.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[some changes including RCU protection]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and
on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash
during modules unload (like showed on this thread:
http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other
problems.
Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check flags type in switch statement and handle new frame
type ACL_COMPLETE used for High Speed data over AMP.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When DEFER_SETUP is set defer() will trigger an authorization
request to the userspace.
l2cap_chan_no_defer() is meant to be used when one does not want to
support DEFER_SETUP (A2MP for example).
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Handle AMP link when setting up disconnect timeout.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_chan will be identified by handle used in logical link creation
process. This handle is used in AMP ACL-U packet handle field.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When AMP_LINK timeouts execute HCI_OP_DISCONN_PHY_LINK as analog to
HCI_OP_DISCONNECT for ACL_LINK.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add flag to request that output route should be
returned with known rt_gateway, in case we want to use
it as nexthop for neighbour resolving.
The returned route can be cached as follows:
- in NH exception: because the cached routes are not shared
with other destinations
- in FIB NH: when using gateway because all destinations for
NH share same gateway
As last option, to return rt_gateway!=0 we have to
set DST_NOCACHE.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new flag to remember when route is via gateway.
We will use it to allow rt_gateway to contain address of
directly connected host for the cases when DST_NOCACHE is
used or when the NH exception caches per-destination route
without DST_NOCACHE flag, i.e. when routes are not used for
other destinations. By this way we force the neighbour
resolving to work with the routed destination but we
can use different address in the packet, feature needed
for IPVS-DR where original packet for virtual IP is routed
via route to real IP.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two Flush Timeouts: one is old Flush Timeot Option
which is 2 octets and the second is Flush Timeout inside EFS
which is 4 octets long.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Maximum PDU size is defined by new BT Spec as 1492 octets.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add direction parameter to phylink_add since it is anyway set later.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add ctrl_id parameter to amp_ctrl_add since we always set it
after function ctrl is created.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"The most important bit in here is the fix for input route caching from
Eric Dumazet, it's a shame we couldn't fully analyze this in time for
3.6 as it's a 3.6 regression introduced by the routing cache removal.
Anyways, will send quickly to -stable after you pull this in.
Other changes of note:
1) Fix lockdep splats in team and bonding, from Eric Dumazet.
2) IPV6 adds link local route even when there is no link local
address, from Nicolas Dichtel.
3) Fix ixgbe PTP implementation, from Jacob Keller.
4) Fix excessive stack usage in cxgb4 driver, from Vipul Pandya.
5) MAC length computed improperly in VLAN demux, from Antonio
Quartulli."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
ipv6: release reference of ip6_null_entry's dst entry in __ip6_del_rt
Remove noisy printks from llcp_sock_connect
tipc: prevent dropped connections due to rcvbuf overflow
silence some noisy printks in irda
team: set qdisc_tx_busylock to avoid LOCKDEP splat
bonding: set qdisc_tx_busylock to avoid LOCKDEP splat
sctp: check src addr when processing SACK to update transport state
sctp: fix a typo in prototype of __sctp_rcv_lookup()
ipv4: add a fib_type to fib_info
can: mpc5xxx_can: fix section type conflict
can: peak_pcmcia: fix error return code
can: peak_pci: fix error return code
cxgb4: Fix build error due to missing linux/vmalloc.h include.
bnx2x: fix ring size for 10G functions
cxgb4: Dynamically allocate memory in t4_memory_rw() and get_vpd_params()
ixgbe: add support for X540-AT1
ixgbe: fix poll loop for FDIRCTRL.INIT_DONE bit
ixgbe: fix PTP ethtool timestamping function
ixgbe: (PTP) Fix PPS interrupt code
ixgbe: Fix PTP X540 SDP alignment code for PPS signal
...
Suppose we have an SCTP connection with two paths. After connection is
established, path1 is not available, thus this path is marked as inactive. Then
traffic goes through path2, but for some reasons packets are delayed (after
rto.max). Because packets are delayed, the retransmit mechanism will switch
again to path1. At this time, we receive a delayed SACK from path2. When we
update the state of the path in sctp_check_transmitted(), we do not take into
account the source address of the SACK, hence we update the wrong path.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d2d68ba9fe (ipv4: Cache input routes in fib_info nexthops.)
introduced a regression for forwarding.
This was hard to reproduce but the symptom was that packets were
delivered to local host instead of being forwarded.
David suggested to add fib_type to fib_info so that we dont
inadvertently share same fib_info for different purposes.
With help from Julian Anastasov who provided very helpful
hints, reproduced here :
<quote>
Can it be a problem related to fib_info reuse
from different routes. For example, when local IP address
is created for subnet we have:
broadcast 192.168.0.255 dev DEV proto kernel scope link src
192.168.0.1
192.168.0.0/24 dev DEV proto kernel scope link src 192.168.0.1
local 192.168.0.1 dev DEV proto kernel scope host src 192.168.0.1
The "dev DEV proto kernel scope link src 192.168.0.1" is
a reused fib_info structure where we put cached routes.
The result can be same fib_info for 192.168.0.255 and
192.168.0.0/24. RTN_BROADCAST is cached only for input
routes. Incoming broadcast to 192.168.0.255 can be cached
and can cause problems for traffic forwarded to 192.168.0.0/24.
So, this patch should solve the problem because it
separates the broadcast from unicast traffic.
And the ip_route_input_slow caching will work for
local and broadcast input routes (above routes 1 and 3) just
because they differ in scope and use different fib_info.
</quote>
Many thanks to Chris Clayton for his patience and help.
Reported-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Bisected-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) GRE now works over ipv6, from Dmitry Kozlov.
2) Make SCTP more network namespace aware, from Eric Biederman.
3) TEAM driver now works with non-ethernet devices, from Jiri Pirko.
4) Make openvswitch network namespace aware, from Pravin B Shelar.
5) IPV6 NAT implementation, from Patrick McHardy.
6) Server side support for TCP Fast Open, from Jerry Chu and others.
7) Packet BPF filter supports MOD and XOR, from Eric Dumazet and Daniel
Borkmann.
8) Increate the loopback default MTU to 64K, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Use a per-task rather than per-socket page fragment allocator for
outgoing networking traffic. This benefits processes that have very
many mostly idle sockets, which is quite common.
From Eric Dumazet.
10) Use up to 32K for page fragment allocations, with fallbacks to
smaller sizes when higher order page allocations fail. Benefits are
a) less segments for driver to process b) less calls to page
allocator c) less waste of space.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Allow GRO to be used on GRE tunnels, from Eric Dumazet.
12) VXLAN device driver, one way to handle VLAN issues such as the
limitation of 4096 VLAN IDs yet still have some level of isolation.
From Stephen Hemminger.
13) As usual there is a large boatload of driver changes, with the scale
perhaps tilted towards the wireless side this time around.
Fix up various fairly trivial conflicts, mostly caused by the user
namespace changes.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1012 commits)
hyperv: Add buffer for extended info after the RNDIS response message.
hyperv: Report actual status in receive completion packet
hyperv: Remove extra allocated space for recv_pkt_list elements
hyperv: Fix page buffer handling in rndis_filter_send_request()
hyperv: Fix the missing return value in rndis_filter_set_packet_filter()
hyperv: Fix the max_xfer_size in RNDIS initialization
vxlan: put UDP socket in correct namespace
vxlan: Depend on CONFIG_INET
sfc: Fix the reported priorities of different filter types
sfc: Remove EFX_FILTER_FLAG_RX_OVERRIDE_IP
sfc: Fix loopback self-test with separate_tx_channels=1
sfc: Fix MCDI structure field lookup
sfc: Add parentheses around use of bitfield macro arguments
sfc: Fix null function pointer in efx_sriov_channel_type
vxlan: virtual extensible lan
igmp: export symbol ip_mc_leave_group
netlink: add attributes to fdb interface
tg3: unconditionally select HWMON support when tg3 is enabled.
Revert "net: ti cpsw ethernet: allow reading phy interface mode from DT"
gre: fix sparse warning
...
Pull user namespace changes from Eric Biederman:
"This is a mostly modest set of changes to enable basic user namespace
support. This allows the code to code to compile with user namespaces
enabled and removes the assumption there is only the initial user
namespace. Everything is converted except for the most complex of the
filesystems: autofs4, 9p, afs, ceph, cifs, coda, fuse, gfs2, ncpfs,
nfs, ocfs2 and xfs as those patches need a bit more review.
The strategy is to push kuid_t and kgid_t values are far down into
subsystems and filesystems as reasonable. Leaving the make_kuid and
from_kuid operations to happen at the edge of userspace, as the values
come off the disk, and as the values come in from the network.
Letting compile type incompatible compile errors (present when user
namespaces are enabled) guide me to find the issues.
The most tricky areas have been the places where we had an implicit
union of uid and gid values and were storing them in an unsigned int.
Those places were converted into explicit unions. I made certain to
handle those places with simple trivial patches.
Out of that work I discovered we have generic interfaces for storing
quota by projid. I had never heard of the project identifiers before.
Adding full user namespace support for project identifiers accounts
for most of the code size growth in my git tree.
Ultimately there will be work to relax privlige checks from
"capable(FOO)" to "ns_capable(user_ns, FOO)" where it is safe allowing
root in a user names to do those things that today we only forbid to
non-root users because it will confuse suid root applications.
While I was pushing kuid_t and kgid_t changes deep into the audit code
I made a few other cleanups. I capitalized on the fact we process
netlink messages in the context of the message sender. I removed
usage of NETLINK_CRED, and started directly using current->tty.
Some of these patches have also made it into maintainer trees, with no
problems from identical code from different trees showing up in
linux-next.
After reading through all of this code I feel like I might be able to
win a game of kernel trivial pursuit."
Fix up some fairly trivial conflicts in netfilter uid/git logging code.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (107 commits)
userns: Convert the ufs filesystem to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert the udf filesystem to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert ubifs to use kuid/kgid
userns: Convert squashfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert reiserfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert jfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert jffs2 to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert hpfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert btrfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert bfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert affs to use kuid/kgid wherwe appropriate
userns: On alpha modify linux_to_osf_stat to use convert from kuids and kgids
userns: On ia64 deal with current_uid and current_gid being kuid and kgid
userns: On ppc convert current_uid from a kuid before printing.
userns: Convert s390 getting uid and gid system calls to use kuid and kgid
userns: Convert s390 hypfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert binder ipc to use kuids
userns: Teach security_path_chown to take kuids and kgids
userns: Add user namespace support to IMA
userns: Convert EVM to deal with kuids and kgids in it's hmac computation
...
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
- xattr support added. The implementation is shared with tmpfs. The
usage is restricted and intended to be used to manage per-cgroup
metadata by system software. tmpfs changes are routed through this
branch with Hugh's permission.
- cgroup subsystem ID handling simplified.
* 'for-3.7' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: Define CGROUP_SUBSYS_COUNT according the configuration
cgroup: Assign subsystem IDs during compile time
cgroup: Do not depend on a given order when populating the subsys array
cgroup: Wrap subsystem selection macro
cgroup: Remove CGROUP_BUILTIN_SUBSYS_COUNT
cgroup: net_prio: Do not define task_netpioidx() when not selected
cgroup: net_cls: Do not define task_cls_classid() when not selected
cgroup: net_cls: Move sock_update_classid() declaration to cls_cgroup.h
cgroup: trivial fixes for Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
xattr: mark variable as uninitialized to make both gcc and smatch happy
fs: add missing documentation to simple_xattr functions
cgroup: add documentation on extended attributes usage
cgroup: rename subsys_bits to subsys_mask
cgroup: add xattr support
cgroup: revise how we re-populate root directory
xattr: extract simple_xattr code from tmpfs
Add GRO capability to IPv4 GRE tunnels, using the gro_cells
infrastructure.
Tested using IPv4 and IPv6 TCP traffic inside this tunnel, and
checking GRO is building large packets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a new include file (include/net/gro_cells.h), to bring GRO
(Generic Receive Offload) capability to tunnels, in a modular way.
Because tunnels receive path is lockless, and GRO adds a serialization
using a napi_struct, I chose to add an array of up to
DEFAULT_MAX_NUM_RSS_QUEUES cells, so that multi queue devices wont be
slowed down because of GRO layer.
skb_get_rx_queue() is used as selector.
In the future, we might add optional fanout capabilities, using rxhash
for example.
With help from Ben Hutchings who reminded me
netif_get_num_default_rss_queues() function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we skipped the merge window for 3.6-rc1 for the tty tree, everything
is now settled down and working properly, so we are ready for 3.7-rc1.
Here's the patchset, it's big, but the large changes are removing a
firmware file and adding a staging tty driver (it depended on the tty
core changes, so it's going through this tree instead of the staging
tree.)
All of these patches have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlBp36oACgkQMUfUDdst+yk4WgCdEy13hot8fI2Lqnc7W0LKu7GX
4p8AoLTjzrXhLosxdijskDQ9X1OtjrxU
=S5Ng
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-3.6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull TTY changes from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"As we skipped the merge window for 3.6-rc1 for the tty tree,
everything is now settled down and working properly, so we are ready
for 3.7-rc1. Here's the patchset, it's big, but the large changes are
removing a firmware file and adding a staging tty driver (it depended
on the tty core changes, so it's going through this tree instead of
the staging tree.)
All of these patches have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
Fix up more-or-less trivial conflicts in
- drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c:
tty NULL dereference fix vs tty_port_cts_enabled() helper function
- drivers/staging/{Kconfig,Makefile}:
add-add conflict (dgrp driver added close to other staging drivers)
- drivers/staging/ipack/devices/ipoctal.c:
"split ipoctal_channel from iopctal" vs "TTY: use tty_port_register_device"
* tag 'tty-3.6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (235 commits)
tty/serial: Add kgdb_nmi driver
tty/serial/amba-pl011: Quiesce interrupts in poll_get_char
tty/serial/amba-pl011: Implement poll_init callback
tty/serial/core: Introduce poll_init callback
kdb: Turn KGDB_KDB=n stubs into static inlines
kdb: Implement disable_nmi command
kernel/debug: Mask KGDB NMI upon entry
serial: pl011: handle corruption at high clock speeds
serial: sccnxp: Make 'default' choice in switch last
serial: sccnxp: Remove mask termios caps for SW flow control
serial: sccnxp: Report actual baudrate back to core
serial: samsung: Add poll_get_char & poll_put_char
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART setting MAXIDL register proportionaly to baud rate
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART maxidl should not depend on fifo size
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART too many interrupts
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART desynchronisation
serial: set correct baud_base for EXSYS EX-41092 Dual 16950
serial: omap: fix the reciever line error case
8250: blacklist Winbond CIR port
8250_pnp: do pnp probe before legacy probe
...
This patch removes core_data member from hci_dev struct as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Here is another batch of updates intended for 3.7...
Highlights include an hci_connect re-write in Bluetooth, HCI/LLC
layer separation in NFC, removal of the raw pn544 NFC driver, NFC LLCP
raw sockets support, improved IBSS auth frame handling in mac80211,
full-MAC AP mode notification support in mac80211, a lot of attention
paid to brcmfmac, and the usual level of updates to iwlwifi, ath9k,
mwifiex, and rt2x00, and various other updates.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/team/team.c
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
net/ipv4/route.c
net/l2tp/l2tp_netlink.c
The team, fib_frontend, route, and l2tp_netlink conflicts were simply
overlapping changes.
qmi_wwan and bat_iv_ogm were of the "use HEAD" variety.
With help from Antonio Quartulli.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the number of times we scan/skip the IPv6 exthdrs.
This patch contains a lot of API changes. This is done, to avoid
repeating the scan of finding the IPv6 headers, via ipv6_find_hdr(),
which is called by ip_vs_fill_iph_skb().
Finding the IPv6 headers is done as early as possible, and passed on
as a pointer "struct ip_vs_iphdr *" to the affected functions.
This patch reduce/removes 19 calls to ip_vs_fill_iph_skb().
Notice, I have choosen, not to change the API of function
pointer "(*schedule)" (in struct ip_vs_scheduler) as it can be
used by external schedulers, via {un,}register_ip_vs_scheduler.
Only 4 out of 10 schedulers use info from ip_vs_iphdr*, and when
they do, they are only interested in iph->{s,d}addr.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPVS now supports fragmented packets, with support from nf_conntrack_reasm.c
Based on patch from: Hans Schillstrom.
IPVS do like conntrack i.e. use the skb->nfct_reasm
(i.e. when all fragments is collected, nf_ct_frag6_output()
starts a "re-play" of all fragments into the interrupted
PREROUTING chain at prio -399 (NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK_DEFRAG+1)
with nfct_reasm pointing to the assembled packet.)
Notice, module nf_defrag_ipv6 must be loaded for this to work.
Report unhandled fragments, and recommend user to load nf_defrag_ipv6.
To handle fw-mark for fragments. Add a new IPVS hook into prerouting
chain at prio -99 (NF_IP6_PRI_NAT_DST+1) to catch fragments, and copy
fw-mark info from the first packet with an upper layer header.
IPv6 fragment handling should be the last thing on the IPVS IPv6
missing support list.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPv6 packets can contain extension headers, thus its wrong to assume
that the transport/upper-layer header, starts right after (struct
ipv6hdr) the IPv6 header. IPVS uses this false assumption, and will
write SNAT & DNAT modifications at a fixed pos which will corrupt the
message.
To fix this, proper header position must be found before modifying
packets. Introducing ip_vs_fill_iph_skb(), which uses ipv6_find_hdr()
to skip the exthdrs. It finds (1) the transport header offset, (2) the
protocol, and (3) detects if the packet is a fragment.
Note, that fragments in IPv6 is represented via an exthdr. Thus, this
is detected while skipping through the exthdrs.
This patch depends on commit 84018f55a:
"netfilter: ip6_tables: add flags parameter to ipv6_find_hdr()"
This also adds a dependency to ip6_tables.
Originally based on patch from: Hans Schillstrom
kABI notes:
Changing struct ip_vs_iphdr is a potential minor kABI breaker,
because external modules can be compiled with another version of
this struct. This should not matter, as they would most-likely
be using a compiled-in version of ip_vs_fill_iphdr(). When
recompiled, they will notice ip_vs_fill_iphdr() no longer exists,
and they have to used ip_vs_fill_iph_skb() instead.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cleanup patch.
Use the IS_ENABLED macro, instead of having to check
both the build and the module CONFIG_ option.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Have not converted the proc file output to compressed IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
It seems sk_init() has no value today and even does strange things :
# grep . /proc/sys/net/core/?mem_*
/proc/sys/net/core/rmem_default:212992
/proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max:131071
/proc/sys/net/core/wmem_default:212992
/proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max:131071
We can remove it completely.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Shan Wei <davidshan@tencent.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux tunnels were written before RFC6040 and therefore never
implemented the corner case of ECN getting set in the outer header
and the inner header not being ready for it.
Section 4.2. Default Tunnel Egress Behaviour.
o If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT, the decapsulator MUST NOT
propagate any other ECN codepoint onwards. This is because the
inner Not-ECT marking is set by transports that rely on dropped
packets as an indication of congestion and would not understand or
respond to any other ECN codepoint [RFC4774]. Specifically:
* If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT and the outer ECN field is
CE, the decapsulator MUST drop the packet.
* If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT and the outer ECN field is
Not-ECT, ECT(0), or ECT(1), the decapsulator MUST forward the
outgoing packet with the ECN field cleared to Not-ECT.
This patch moves the ECN decap logic out of the individual tunnels
into a common place.
It also adds logging to allow detecting broken systems that
set ECN bits incorrectly when tunneling (or an intermediate
router might be changing the header).
Overloads rx_frame_error to keep track of ECN related error.
Thanks to Chris Wright who caught this while reviewing the new VXLAN
tunnel.
This code was tested by injecting faulty logic in other end GRE
to send incorrectly encapsulated packets.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
batostr is not needed anymore since for printing Bluetooth
addresses we use %pMR specifier.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Command Status event for Accept Physical Link
execute HCI Write Remote AMP Assoc with data saved from A2MP Create
Physical Link Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Create Physical Link message execute HCI
Accept Physical Link command to AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Channel Selected event indicates that link information data is available.
Read it with Read Local AMP Assoc command. The data shall be sent in the
A2MP Create Physical Link Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When there is no remote AMP controller found fallback to normal
L2CAP sequence.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Command Status after HCI Create Physical Link
execute HCI Write Remote AMP Assoc command to AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get AMP Assoc Response execute HCI Create Physical
Link to AMP controller. Define function which will run when receiving
HCI Command Status.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Function calculates AMP keys using hmac_sha256 helper. Calculated keys
are Generic AMP Link Key (gamp) and Dedicated AMP Link Key with
keyID "802b" for 802.11 PAL.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Choose which L2CAP connection to establish by checking support
for HS and remote side supported features.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Create remote AMP controllers structure. It is used to keep information
about discovered remote AMP controllers by A2MP protocol.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define physical link structures. Physical links are represented by
hci_conn structure. For BR/EDR we use type ACL_LINK and for AMP
we use AMP_LINK.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get AMP Assoc Request execute Read Local AMP Assoc
HCI command to AMP controller. If the AMP Assoc data is larger than it
can fit to HCI event only fragment is read. When all fragments are read
send A2MP Get AMP Assoc Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get Info Request execute Read Local AMP Info HCI
command to AMP controller with function to be executed upon receiving
command complete event. Function will handle A2MP Get Info Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Create amp_mgr_list global list which will be used by different
hci devices to find amp_mgr.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add a few definitions to hci.h
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
xmit callback provided by a driver encapsulates upper layers
data and sends it to the hardware. So, HCI does not know the
exact amount of data being sent and thus can't handle partially
sent frames properly.
Therefore, the driver must return 0 for completely sent frame or
negative for failure.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The previous shdlc HCI driver and its header are removed from the tree.
PN544 now registers directly with HCI and passes the name of the llc it
requires (shdlc).
HCI instantiation now allocates the required llc instance. The llc is
started when the HCI device is brought up.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is used by HCI drivers such as the one for the pn544 which require
communications between HCI and the chip to use shdlc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is a passthrough llc. It can be used by HCI drivers that don't
need link layer control. HCI will then write directly to the driver, and
driver will deliver incoming frames directly to HCI without any
processing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The LLC layer manages modules that control the link layer protocol (such
as shdlc) between HCI and an HCI driver. The driver must simply specify
the required llc when it registers with HCI.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This enables the completion callback to be called from a different
context, preventing a possible deadlock if the callback resulted in the
invocation of a nested call to the currently locked nfc_dev.
This is also more in line with the im_transceive nfc_ops for NFC Core or
NCI drivers which already behave asynchronously.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This method initiates execution of an HCI cmd. Result will be delivered
through an asynchronous callback.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFC is using a number of custom ordered workqueues w/ WQ_MEM_RECLAIM.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM is unnecessary unless NFC is gonna be used as transport
for storage device, and all use cases match one work item to one
ordered workqueue - IOW, there's no actual ordering going on at all
and using system_nrt_wq gives the same behavior.
There's nothing to be gained by using custom workqueues. Use
system_nrt_wq instead and drop all the custom ones.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
During NFC-DEP target activation, store the remote
general bytes to be used later in dep_link_up.
When dep_link_up is called, activate the NFC-DEP target,
and forward the remote general bytes.
When dep_link_down is called, deactivate the target.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If initiator protocol is NFC-DEP, set the local general bytes
in nci_start_poll.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
We currently use a per socket order-0 page cache for tcp_sendmsg()
operations.
This page is used to build fragments for skbs.
Its done to increase probability of coalescing small write() into
single segments in skbs still in write queue (not yet sent)
But it wastes a lot of memory for applications handling many mostly
idle sockets, since each socket holds one page in sk->sk_sndmsg_page
Its also quite inefficient to build TSO 64KB packets, because we need
about 16 pages per skb on arches where PAGE_SIZE = 4096, so we hit
page allocator more than wanted.
This patch adds a per task frag allocator and uses bigger pages,
if available. An automatic fallback is done in case of memory pressure.
(up to 32768 bytes per frag, thats order-3 pages on x86)
This increases TCP stream performance by 20% on loopback device,
but also benefits on other network devices, since 8x less frags are
mapped on transmit and unmapped on tx completion. Alexander Duyck
mentioned a probable performance win on systems with IOMMU enabled.
Its possible some SG enabled hardware cant cope with bigger fragments,
but their ndo_start_xmit() should already handle this, splitting a
fragment in sub fragments, since some arches have PAGE_SIZE=65536
Successfully tested on various ethernet devices.
(ixgbe, igb, bnx2x, tg3, mellanox mlx4)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When taking SYNACK RTT samples for servers using TCP Fast Open, fix
the code to ensure that we only call tcp_valid_rtt_meas() after we
receive the ACK that completes the 3-way handshake.
Previously we were always taking an RTT sample in
tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock(). However, for TCP Fast Open connections
tcp_v4_conn_req_fastopen() calls tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock() at the time we
receive the SYN. So for TFO we must wait until tcp_rcv_state_process()
to take the RTT sample.
To fix this, we wait until after TFO calls tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock()
before we set the snt_synack timestamp, since tcp_synack_rtt_meas()
already ensures that we only take a SYNACK RTT sample if snt_synack is
non-zero. To be careful, we only take a snt_synack timestamp when
a SYNACK transmit or retransmit succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding another spot where we compute the SYNACK
RTT, extract this code so that it can be shared.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"More bug fixes, nothing gets past these guys"
1) More kernel info leaks found by Mathias Krause, this time in the
IPSEC configuration layers.
2) When IPSEC policies change, we do not properly make sure that cached
routes (which could now be stale) throughout the system will be
revalidated. Fix this by generalizing the generation count
invalidation scheme used by ipv4. From Nicolas Dichtel.
3) When repairing TCP sockets, we need to allow to restore not just the
send window scale, but the receive one too. Extend the existing
interface to achieve this in a backwards compatible way. From
Andrey Vagin.
4) A fix for FCOE scatter gather feature validation erroneously caused
scatter gather to be disabled for things like AOE too. From Ed L
Cashin.
5) Several cases of mishandling of error pointers, from Mathias Krause,
Wei Yongjun, and Devendra Naga.
6) Fix gianfar build, from Richard Cochran.
7) CAP_NET_* failures should return -EPERM not -EACCES, from Zhao
Hongjiang.
8) Hardware reset fix in janz-ican3 CAN driver, from Ira W Snyder.
9) Fix oops during rmmod in ti_hecc CAN driver, from Marc Kleine-Budde.
10) The removal of the conditional compilation of the clk support code
in the stmmac driver broke things. This is because the interfaces
used are the ones that don't also perform the enable/disable of the
clk. Fix from Stefan Roese.
11) The QFQ packet scheduler can record out of range virtual start
times, resulting later in misbehavior and even crashes. Fix from
Paolo Valente.
12) If MSG_WAITALL is used with IOAT DMA under TCP, we can wedge the
receiver when the advertised receive window goes to zero. Detect
this case and force the processing of the IOAT DMA queue when it
happens to avoid getting stuck. Fix from Michal Kubecek.
13) batman-adv assumes that test_bit() returns only 0 or 1, but this is
not true for x86 (which returns -1 or 0, via the 'sbb' instruction).
Fix from Linus Lussing.
14) Fix small packet corruption in e1000, from Tushar Dave.
15) make_blackhole() in the IPSEC policy code can do one read unlock too
many, fix from Li RongQing.
16) The new tcp_try_coalesce() code introduced a bug in TCP URG
handling, fix from Eric Dumazet.
17) Fix memory leak in __netif_receive_skb() when doing zerocopy and
when hit an OOM condition. From Michael S Tsirkin.
18) netxen blindly deferences pdev->bus->self, which is not guarenteed
to be non-NULL. Fix from Nikolay Aleksandrov.
19) Fix a performance regression caused by mistakes in ipv6 checksum
validation in the bnx2x driver, fix from Michal Schmidt.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (45 commits)
net/stmmac: Use clk_prepare_enable and clk_disable_unprepare
net: change return values from -EACCES to -EPERM
net/irda: sh_sir: fix return value check in sh_sir_set_baudrate()
stmmac: fix return value check in stmmac_open_ext_timer()
gianfar: fix phc index build failure
ipv6: fix return value check in fib6_add()
bnx2x: remove false warning regarding interrupt number
can: ti_hecc: fix oops during rmmod
can: janz-ican3: fix support for older hardware revisions
net: do not disable sg for packets requiring no checksum
aoe: assert AoE packets marked as requiring no checksum
at91ether: return PTR_ERR if call to clk_get fails
xfrm_user: don't copy esn replay window twice for new states
xfrm_user: ensure user supplied esn replay window is valid
xfrm_user: fix info leak in copy_to_user_tmpl()
xfrm_user: fix info leak in copy_to_user_policy()
xfrm_user: fix info leak in copy_to_user_state()
xfrm_user: fix info leak in copy_to_user_auth()
net: qmi_wwan: adding Huawei E367, ZTE MF683 and Pantech P4200
tcp: restore rcv_wscale in a repair mode (v2)
...
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two years ago, Shan Wei tried to fix this:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/43905/
The problem is that RFC2460 requires an ICMP Time
Exceeded -- Fragment Reassembly Time Exceeded message should be
sent to the source of that fragment, if the defragmentation
times out.
"
If insufficient fragments are received to complete reassembly of a
packet within 60 seconds of the reception of the first-arriving
fragment of that packet, reassembly of that packet must be
abandoned and all the fragments that have been received for that
packet must be discarded. If the first fragment (i.e., the one
with a Fragment Offset of zero) has been received, an ICMP Time
Exceeded -- Fragment Reassembly Time Exceeded message should be
sent to the source of that fragment.
"
As Herbert suggested, we could actually use the standard IPv6
reassembly code which follows RFC2460.
With this patch applied, I can see ICMP Time Exceeded sent
from the receiver when the sender sent out 3/4 fragmented
IPv6 UDP packet.
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed by Michal, it is necessary to add a new
namespace for nf_conntrack_reasm code, this prepares
for the second patch.
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for Secure Simple Pairing with devices that have
KeyboardOnly as their IO capability. Such devices will cause a passkey
notification on our side and optionally also keypress notifications.
Without this patch some keyboards cannot be paired using the mgmt
interface.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
IPv6 dst should take care of rt_genid too. When a xfrm policy is inserted or
deleted, all dst should be invalidated.
To force the validation, dst entries should be created with ->obsolete set to
DST_OBSOLETE_FORCE_CHK. This was already the case for all functions calling
ip6_dst_alloc(), except for ip6_rt_copy().
As a consequence, we can remove the specific code in inet6_connection_sock.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit prepares the use of rt_genid by both IPv4 and IPv6.
Initialization is left in IPv4 part.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since route cache deletion (89aef8921b), delay is no
more used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In AP mode, when a station requests connection to an AP and if the
request is failed for particular reason, userspace is notified about the
failure through NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED command. Reason for the failure
is sent through the attribute NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The kerneldoc comment for .sched_scan_stop() callback describes a
driver_initiated flag, but the interface does not hold such a flag.
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Always store audit loginuids in type kuid_t.
Print loginuids by converting them into uids in the appropriate user
namespace, and then printing the resulting uid.
Modify audit_get_loginuid to return a kuid_t.
Modify audit_set_loginuid to take a kuid_t.
Modify /proc/<pid>/loginuid on read to convert the loginuid into the
user namespace of the opener of the file.
Modify /proc/<pid>/loginud on write to convert the loginuid
rom the user namespace of the opener of the file.
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> ?
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
This warning:
In file included from linux/include/linux/tcp.h:227:0,
from linux/include/linux/ipv6.h:221,
from linux/include/net/ipv6.h:16,
from linux/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h:26,
from linux/net/sunrpc/stats.c:22:
linux/include/net/sock.h: In function `sk_rmem_schedule':
linux/nfs-2.6/include/net/sock.h:1339:13: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
is seen with gcc (GCC) 4.6.3 20120306 (Red Hat 4.6.3-2) using the
-Wextra option.
Commit c76562b670 ("netvm: prevent a stream-specific deadlock")
accidentally replaced the "size" parameter of sk_rmem_schedule() with an
unsigned int. This changes the semantics of the comparison in the
return statement.
In sk_wmem_schedule we have syntactically the same comparison, but
"size" is a signed integer. In addition, __sk_mem_schedule() takes a
signed integer for its "size" parameter, so there is an implicit type
conversion in sk_rmem_schedule() anyway.
Revert the "size" parameter back to a signed integer so that the
semantics of the expressions in both sk_[rw]mem_schedule() are exactly
the same.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <js1304@gmail.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is another batch of updates intended for the 3.7 stream.
There are not a lot of large items, but iwlwifi, mwifiex, rt2x00,
ath9k, and brcmfmac all get some attention. Wei Yongjun also provides
a series of small maintenance fixes.
This also includes a pull of the wireless tree in order to satisfy
some prerequisites for later patches.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.c
net/netfilter/xt_LOG.c
Rather easy conflict resolution, the 'net' tree had bug fixes to make
sure we checked if a socket is a time-wait one or not and elide the
logging code if so.
Whereas on the 'net-next' side we are calculating the UID and GID from
the creds using different interfaces due to the user namespace changes
from Eric Biederman.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WARNING: With this change it is impossible to load external built
controllers anymore.
In case where CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP=m and CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP=m is
set, corresponding subsys_id should also be a constant. Up to now,
net_prio_subsys_id and net_cls_subsys_id would be of the type int and
the value would be assigned during runtime.
By switching the macro definition IS_SUBSYS_ENABLED from IS_BUILTIN
to IS_ENABLED, all *_subsys_id will have constant value. That means we
need to remove all the code which assumes a value can be assigned to
net_prio_subsys_id and net_cls_subsys_id.
A close look is necessary on the RCU part which was introduces by
following patch:
commit f845172531
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Mon May 24 09:12:34 2010
Committer: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Mon May 24 09:12:34 2010
cls_cgroup: Store classid in struct sock
Tis code was added to init_cgroup_cls()
/* We can't use rcu_assign_pointer because this is an int. */
smp_wmb();
net_cls_subsys_id = net_cls_subsys.subsys_id;
respectively to exit_cgroup_cls()
net_cls_subsys_id = -1;
synchronize_rcu();
and in module version of task_cls_classid()
rcu_read_lock();
id = rcu_dereference(net_cls_subsys_id);
if (id >= 0)
classid = container_of(task_subsys_state(p, id),
struct cgroup_cls_state, css)->classid;
rcu_read_unlock();
Without an explicit explaination why the RCU part is needed. (The
rcu_deference was fixed by exchanging it to rcu_derefence_index_check()
in a later commit, but that is a minor detail.)
So here is my pondering why it was introduced and why it safe to
remove it now. Note that this code was copied over to net_prio the
reasoning holds for that subsystem too.
The idea behind the RCU use for net_cls_subsys_id is to make sure we
get a valid pointer back from task_subsys_state(). task_subsys_state()
is just blindly accessing the subsys array and returning the
pointer. Obviously, passing in -1 as id into task_subsys_state()
returns an invalid value (out of lower bound).
So this code makes sure that only after module is loaded and the
subsystem registered, the id is assigned.
Before unregistering the module all old readers must have left the
critical section. This is done by assigning -1 to the id and issuing a
synchronized_rcu(). Any new readers wont call task_subsys_state()
anymore and therefore it is safe to unregister the subsystem.
The new code relies on the same trick, but it looks at the subsys
pointer return by task_subsys_state() (remember the id is constant
and therefore we allways have a valid index into the subsys
array).
No precautions need to be taken during module loading
module. Eventually, all CPUs will get a valid pointer back from
task_subsys_state() because rebind_subsystem() which is called after
the module init() function will assigned subsys[net_cls_subsys_id] the
newly loaded module subsystem pointer.
When the subsystem is about to be removed, rebind_subsystem() will
called before the module exit() function. In this case,
rebind_subsys() will assign subsys[net_cls_subsys_id] a NULL pointer
and then it calls synchronize_rcu(). All old readers have left by then
the critical section. Any new reader wont access the subsystem
anymore. At this point we are safe to unregister the subsystem. No
synchronize_rcu() call is needed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Kamezawa Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
task_netprioidx() should not be defined in case the configuration is
CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP=n. The reason is that in a following patch the
net_prio_subsys_id will only be defined if CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP!=n.
When net_prio is not built at all any callee should only get an empty
task_netprioidx() without any references to net_prio_subsys_id.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
task_cls_classid() should not be defined in case the configuration is
CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP=n. The reason is that in a following patch the
net_cls_subsys_id will only be defined if CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP!=n.
When net_cls is not built at all a callee should only get an empty
task_cls_classid() without any references to net_cls_subsys_id.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
The only user of sock_update_classid() is net/socket.c which happens
to include cls_cgroup.h directly.
tj: Fix build breakage due to missing cls_cgroup.h inclusion in
drivers/net/tun.c reported in linux-next by Stephen.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a
process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields
that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid.
I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to
userspace to avoid changing the userspace API.
I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark keys that might be used to receive management
frames so drivers can fall back on software crypto
for them if they don't support hardware offload.
As the new flag is only set correctly for RX keys
and the existing IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag
can only affect TX, also rename the latter to
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Return code is not needed in hci_chan_del
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hdev is allocated with kzalloc so zero initialization is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since route cache deletion (89aef8921b), delay is no
more used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passing uids and gids on NETLINK_CB from a process in one user
namespace to a process in another user namespace can result in the
wrong uid or gid being presented to userspace. Avoid that problem by
passing kuids and kgids instead.
- define struct scm_creds for use in scm_cookie and netlink_skb_parms
that holds uid and gid information in kuid_t and kgid_t.
- Modify scm_set_cred to fill out scm_creds by heand instead of using
cred_to_ucred to fill out struct ucred. This conversion ensures
userspace does not get incorrect uid or gid values to look at.
- Modify scm_recv to convert from struct scm_creds to struct ucred
before copying credential values to userspace.
- Modify __scm_send to populate struct scm_creds on in the scm_cookie,
instead of just copying struct ucred from userspace.
- Modify netlink_sendmsg to copy scm_creds instead of struct ucred
into the NETLINK_CB.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull these fixes intended for 3.6. There are more commits
here than I would like -- I got a bit behind while I was stalking
Steven Rostedt in San Diego last week... I'll slow it down after this!
There are a couple of pulls here. One is from Johannes:
"Please pull (according to the below information) to get a few fixes.
* a fix to properly disconnect in the driver when authentication or
association fails
* a fix to prevent invalid information about mesh paths being reported
to userspace
* a memory leak fix in an nl80211 error path"
The other comes via Gustavo:
"A few updates for the 3.6 kernel. There are two btusb patches to add
more supported devices through the new USB_VENDOR_AND_INTEFACE_INFO()
macro and another one that add a new device id for a Sony Vaio laptop,
one fix for a user-after-free and, finally, two patches from Vinicius
to fix a issue in SMP pairing."
Along with those...
Arend van Spriel provides a fix for a use-after-free bug in brcmfmac.
Daniel Drake avoids a hang by not trying to touch the libertas hardware
duing suspend if it is already powered-down.
Felix Fietkau provides a batch of ath9k fixes that adress some
potential problems with power settings, as well as a fix to avoid a
potential interrupt storm.
Gertjan van Wingerde provides a register-width fix for rt2x00, and
a rt2x00 fix to prevent incorrectly detecting the rfkill status.
He also provides a device ID patch.
Hante Meuleman gives us three brcmfmac fixes, one that properly
initializes a command structure, one that fixes a race condition that
could lose usb requests, and one that removes some log spam.
Marc Kleine-Budde offers an rt2x00 fix for a voltage setting on some
specific devices.
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan sent an ath9k fix to avoid a crash related to
using timers that aren't allocated when 2 wire bluetooth coexistence
hardware is in use.
Sergei Poselenov changes rt2800usb to do some validity checking for
received packets, avoiding crashes on an ARM Soc.
Stone Piao gives us an mwifiex fix for an incorrectly set skb length
value for a command buffer.
All of these are localized to their specific drivers, and relatively
small. The power-related patches from Felix are bigger than I would
like, but I merged them in consideration of their isolation to ath9k
and the sensitive nature of power settings in wireless devices.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull in mac80211.git to let the next patch apply
without conflicts, also resolving a hwsim conflict.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When adding a blackhole or a prohibit route, they were handling like classic
routes. Moreover, it was only possible to add this kind of routes by specifying
an interface.
Bug already reported here:
http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=498498
Before the patch:
$ ip route add blackhole 2001::1/128
RTNETLINK answers: No such device
$ ip route add blackhole 2001::1/128 dev eth0
$ ip -6 route | grep 2001
2001::1 dev eth0 metric 1024
After:
$ ip route add blackhole 2001::1/128
$ ip -6 route | grep 2001
blackhole 2001::1 dev lo metric 1024 error -22
v2: wrong patch
v3: add a field fc_type in struct fib6_config to store RTN_* type
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ESN for esp is defined in RFC 4303. This RFC assumes that the
sequence number counters are always up to date. However,
this is not true if an async crypto algorithm is employed.
If the sequence number counters are not up to date on sequence
number check, we may incorrectly update the upper 32 bit of
the sequence number. This leads to a DOS.
We workaround this by comparing the upper sequence number,
(used for authentication) with the upper sequence number
computed after the async processing. We drop the packet
if these numbers are different.
To do this, we introduce a recheck function that does this
check in the ESN case.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use proportional rate reduction (PRR) algorithm to reduce cwnd in CWR state,
in addition to Recovery state. Retire the current rate-halving in CWR.
When losses are detected via ACKs in CWR state, the sender enters Recovery
state but the cwnd reduction continues and does not restart.
Rename and refactor cwnd reduction functions since both CWR and Recovery
use the same algorithm:
tcp_init_cwnd_reduction() is new and initiates reduction state variables.
tcp_cwnd_reduction() is previously tcp_update_cwnd_in_recovery().
tcp_ends_cwnd_reduction() is previously tcp_complete_cwr().
The rate halving functions and logic such as tcp_cwnd_down(), tcp_min_cwnd(),
and the cwnd moderation inside tcp_enter_cwr() are removed. The unused
parameter, flag, in tcp_cwnd_reduction() is also removed.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the new nf_ct_timeout_lookup function to encapsulate
the timeout policy attachment that is called in the nf_conntrack_in
path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch builds on top of the previous patch to add the support
for TFO listeners. This includes -
1. allocating, properly initializing, and managing the per listener
fastopen_queue structure when TFO is enabled
2. changes to the inet_csk_accept code to support TFO. E.g., the
request_sock can no longer be freed upon accept(), not until 3WHS
finishes
3. allowing a TCP_SYN_RECV socket to properly poll() and sendmsg()
if it's a TFO socket
4. properly closing a TFO listener, and a TFO socket before 3WHS
finishes
5. supporting TCP_FASTOPEN socket option
6. modifying tcp_check_req() to use to check a TFO socket as well
as request_sock
7. supporting TCP's TFO cookie option
8. adding a new SYN-ACK retransmit handler to use the timer directly
off the TFO socket rather than the listener socket. Note that TFO
server side will not retransmit anything other than SYN-ACK until
the 3WHS is completed.
The patch also contains an important function
"reqsk_fastopen_remove()" to manage the somewhat complex relation
between a listener, its request_sock, and the corresponding child
socket. See the comment above the function for the detail.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds all the necessary data structure and support
functions to implement TFO server side. It also documents a number
of flags for the sysctl_tcp_fastopen knob, and adds a few Linux
extension MIBs.
In addition, it includes the following:
1. a new TCP_FASTOPEN socket option an application must call to
supply a max backlog allowed in order to enable TFO on its listener.
2. A number of key data structures:
"fastopen_rsk" in tcp_sock - for a big socket to access its
request_sock for retransmission and ack processing purpose. It is
non-NULL iff 3WHS not completed.
"fastopenq" in request_sock_queue - points to a per Fast Open
listener data structure "fastopen_queue" to keep track of qlen (# of
outstanding Fast Open requests) and max_qlen, among other things.
"listener" in tcp_request_sock - to point to the original listener
for book-keeping purpose, i.e., to maintain qlen against max_qlen
as part of defense against IP spoofing attack.
3. various data structure and functions, many in tcp_fastopen.c, to
support server side Fast Open cookie operations, including
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key to allow manual rekeying.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9ad7c049 ("tcp: RFC2988bis + taking RTT sample from 3WHS for
the passive open side") changed the initRTO from 3secs to 1sec in
accordance to RFC6298 (former RFC2988bis). This reduced the time till
the last SYN retransmission packet gets sent from 93secs to 31secs.
RFC1122 is stating that the retransmission should be done for at least 3
minutes, but this seems to be quite high.
"However, the values of R1 and R2 may be different for SYN
and data segments. In particular, R2 for a SYN segment MUST
be set large enough to provide retransmission of the segment
for at least 3 minutes. The application can close the
connection (i.e., give up on the open attempt) sooner, of
course."
This patch increases the value of TCP_SYN_RETRIES to the value of 6,
providing a retransmission window of 63secs.
The comments for SYN and SYNACK retries have also been updated to
describe the current settings. The same goes for the documentation file
"Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt".
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bergmann <alex@linlab.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge the 'net' tree to get the recent set of netfilter bug fixes in
order to assist with some merge hassles Pablo is going to have to deal
with for upcoming changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Existing code assumes that del_timer returns true for alive conntrack
entries. However, this is not true if reliable events are enabled.
In that case, del_timer may return true for entries that were
just inserted in the dying list. Note that packets / ctnetlink may
hold references to conntrack entries that were just inserted to such
list.
This patch fixes the issue by adding an independent timer for
event delivery. This increases the size of the ecache extension.
Still we can revisit this later and use variable size extensions
to allocate this area on demand.
Tested-by: Oliver Smith <olipro@8.c.9.b.0.7.4.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add inet_proto_csum_replace16 for incrementally updating IPv6 pseudo header
checksums for IPv6 NAT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the IPv4 NAT implementation to a protocol independent core and
address family specific modules.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
For mangling IPv6 packets the protocol header offset needs to be known
by the NAT packet mangling functions. Add a so far unused protoff argument
and convert the conntrack and NAT helpers to use it in preparation of
IPv6 NAT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
To make it clear that it may be called from contexts that may not have
any knowledge of L2CAP, we change the connection parameter, to receive
a hci_conn.
This also makes it clear that it is checking the security of the link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
IPv4 conntrack defragments incoming packet at the PRE_ROUTING hook and
(in case of forwarded packets) refragments them at POST_ROUTING
independent of the IP_DF flag. Refragmentation uses the dst_mtu() of
the local route without caring about the original fragment sizes,
thereby breaking PMTUD.
This patch fixes this by keeping track of the largest received fragment
with IP_DF set and generates an ICMP fragmentation required error during
refragmentation if that size exceeds the MTU.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an initial merge in of Eric Biederman's work to start adding
user namespace support to the networking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a broken build due to a missing header:
...
CC net/ipv4/proc.o
In file included from include/net/net_namespace.h:15,
from net/ipv4/proc.c:35:
include/net/netns/packet.h:11: error: field 'sklist_lock' has incomplete type
...
The lock of netns_packet has been replaced by a recent patch to be a mutex instead of a spinlock,
but we need to replace the header file to be linux/mutex.h instead of linux/spinlock.h as well.
See commit 0fa7fa98db:
packet: Protect packet sk list with mutex (v2) patch,
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rosenr@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change since v1:
* Fixed inuse counters access spotted by Eric
In patch eea68e2f (packet: Report socket mclist info via diag module) I've
introduced a "scheduling in atomic" problem in packet diag module -- the
socket list is traversed under rcu_read_lock() while performed under it sk
mclist access requires rtnl lock (i.e. -- mutex) to be taken.
[152363.820563] BUG: scheduling while atomic: crtools/12517/0x10000002
[152363.820573] 4 locks held by crtools/12517:
[152363.820581] #0: (sock_diag_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81a2dcb5>] sock_diag_rcv+0x1f/0x3e
[152363.820613] #1: (sock_diag_table_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81a2de70>] sock_diag_rcv_msg+0xdb/0x11a
[152363.820644] #2: (nlk->cb_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81a67d01>] netlink_dump+0x23/0x1ab
[152363.820693] #3: (rcu_read_lock){.+.+..}, at: [<ffffffff81b6a049>] packet_diag_dump+0x0/0x1af
Similar thing was then re-introduced by further packet diag patches (fanount
mutex and pgvec mutex for rings) :(
Apart from being terribly sorry for the above, I propose to change the packet
sk list protection from spinlock to mutex. This lock currently protects two
modifications:
* sklist
* prot inuse counters
The sklist modifications can be just reprotected with mutex since they already
occur in a sleeping context. The inuse counters modifications are trickier -- the
__this_cpu_-s are used inside, thus requiring the caller to handle the potential
issues with contexts himself. Since packet sockets' counters are modified in two
places only (packet_create and packet_release) we only need to protect the context
from being preempted. BH disabling is not required in this case.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
This is the first batch of Netfilter and IPVS updates for your
net-next tree. Mostly cleanups for the Netfilter side. They are:
* Remove unnecessary RTNL locking now that we have support
for namespace in nf_conntrack, from Patrick McHardy.
* Cleanup to eliminate unnecessary goto in the initialization
path of several Netfilter tables, from Jean Sacren.
* Another cleanup from Wu Fengguang, this time to PTR_RET instead
of if IS_ERR then return PTR_ERR.
* Use list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu in nf_iterate, from
Michael Wang.
* Add pmtu_disc sysctl option to disable PMTU in their tunneling
transmitter, from Julian Anastasov.
* Generalize application protocol registration in IPVS and modify
IPVS FTP helper to use it, from Julian Anastasov.
* update Kconfig. The IPVS FTP helper depends on the Netfilter FTP
helper for NAT support, from Julian Anastasov.
* Add logic to update PMTU for IPIP packets in IPVS, again
from Julian Anastasov.
* A couple of sparse warning fixes for IPVS and Netfilter from
Claudiu Ghioc and Patrick McHardy respectively.
Patrick's IPv6 NAT changes will follow after this batch, I need
to flush this batch first before refreshing my tree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso discovered that avahi and
potentially NetworkManager accept spoofed Netlink messages because of a
kernel bug. The kernel passes all-zero SCM_CREDENTIALS ancillary data
to the receiver if the sender did not provide such data, instead of not
including any such data at all or including the correct data from the
peer (as it is the case with AF_UNIX).
This bug was introduced in commit 16e5726269
(af_unix: dont send SCM_CREDENTIALS by default)
This patch forces passing credentials for netlink, as
before the regression.
Another fix would be to not add SCM_CREDENTIALS in
netlink messages if not provided by the sender, but it
might break some programs.
With help from Florian Weimer & Petr Matousek
This issue is designated as CVE-2012-3520
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Petr Matousek <pmatouse@redhat.com>
Cc: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the struct l2cap_chan and associated code to use
kref api for object refcounting and freeing.
Suggested-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
MGMT_EV_DEVICE_DISCONNECTED will now expose the disconnection reason to
userland, distinguishing four possible values:
0x00 Reason not known or unspecified
0x01 Connection timeout
0x02 Connection terminated by local host
0x03 Connection terminated by remote host
Note that the local/remote distinction just determines which side
terminated the low-level connection, regardless of the disconnection of
the higher-level profiles.
This can sometimes be misleading and thus must be used with care. For
example, some hardware combinations would report a locally initiated
disconnection even if the user turned Bluetooth off in the remote side.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add more HCI error codes as defined in the specification.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation
require that the P2P interface address match the P2P
Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.)
Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF
that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces
added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC
address by default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support using a different MAC address
for the P2P Device address we must first have a
P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC
address.
This abstraction will also be useful to support
offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g.
periodic listen for discoverability.
Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning
a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be
changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to
the NEW_INTERFACE command.
As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can
only be identified by its wdev identifier but the
previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier
in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support getting A-MPDU status information from the
drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap
in the standard fields.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define the A-MPDU status field in radiotap, also
update the radiotap parser for it and the MCS field
that was apparently missed last time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In IBSS it is possible that the supported rates set for a station changes over
time (e.g. it gets first initialised as an empty set because of no available
information about rates and updated later). In this case the driver has to be
notified about the change in order to update its internal table accordingly (if
needed).
This behaviour is needed by all those drivers that handle rc internally but
leave stations management to mac80211
Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[Johannes - add docs, validate IBSS mode only, fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is a batch of updates intended for 3.7. The ath9k, mwifiex,
and b43 drivers get the bulk of the commits this time, with a handful
of other driver bits thrown-in. It is mostly just minor fixes and
cleanups, etc.
Also included is a Bluetooth pull, with a lot of refactoring.
Gustavo says:
"These are the changes I queued for 3.7. There are a many
small fixes/improvements by Andre Guedes. A l2cap channel
refcounting refactor by Jaganath. Bluetooth sockets now
appears in /proc/net, by Masatake Yamato and Sachin Kamat
changes ours drivers to use devm_kzalloc()."
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sematically speaking, xfrm_mgr.acquire is called when kernel intends to ask
user space IKE daemon to negotiate SAs with peers. IOW the direction will
*always* be XFRM_POLICY_OUT, so remove int dir for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I got the following compile error:
In file included from include/net/sctp/checksum.h:46:0,
from net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_proto_sctp.c:14:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h: In function ‘sctp_dbg_objcnt_init’:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h:370:88: error: parameter name omitted
include/net/sctp/sctp.h: In function ‘sctp_dbg_objcnt_exit’:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h:371:88: error: parameter name omitted
which is caused by
commit 13d782f6b4
Author: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Date: Mon Aug 6 08:45:15 2012 +0000
sctp: Make the proc files per network namespace.
This patch could fix it.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add struct net as a parameter to sctp_verify_param so it can be passed
to sctp_verify_ext_param where struct net will be needed when the sctp
tunables become per net tunables.
Add struct net as a parameter to sctp_verify_init so struct net can be
passed to sctp_verify_param.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a handle of state machine functions primarily those dealing
with processing INIT packets where there is neither a valid endpoint nor
a valid assoication from which to derive a struct net. Therefore add
struct net * to the parameter list of sctp_state_fn_t and update all of
the state machine functions.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net will be needed shortly when the tunables are made per network
namespace.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This trickles up through sctp_sm_lookup_event up to sctp_do_sm
and up further into sctp_primitiv_NAME before the code reaches
places where struct net can be reliably found.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start with an empty sctp_net_table that will be populated as the various
tunable sysctls are made per net.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Convert all of the files under /proc/net/sctp to be per
network namespace.
- Don't print anything for /proc/net/sctp/snmp except in
the initial network namespaces as the snmp counters still
have to be converted to be per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Kill sctp_get_ctl_sock, it is useless now.
- Pass struct net where needed so net->sctp.ctl_sock is accessible.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Move the address lists into struct net
- Add per network namespace initialization and cleanup
- Pass around struct net so it is everywhere I need it.
- Rename all of the global variable references into references
to the variables moved into struct net
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use struct net in the hash calculation
- Use sock_net(association.base.sk) in the association lookups.
- On receive calculate the network namespace from skb->dev.
- Pass struct net from receive down to the functions that actually
do the association lookup.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use struct net in the hash calculation
- Use sock_net(endpoint.base.sk) in the endpoint lookups.
- On receive calculate the network namespace from skb->dev.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add struct net into the port hash table hash calculation
- Add struct net inot the struct sctp_bind_bucket so there
is a memory of which network namespace a port is allocated in.
No need for a ref count because sctp_bind_bucket only exists
when there are sockets in the hash table and sockets can not
change their network namspace, and sockets already ref count
their network namespace.
- Add struct net into the key comparison when we are testing
to see if we have found the port hash table entry we are
looking for.
With these changes lookups in the port hash table becomes
safe to use in multiple network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_flow.c plays with uids and gids. Unless I misread that
code it is possible for classifiers to depend on the specific uid and
gid values. Therefore I need to know the user namespace of the
netlink socket that is installing the packet classifiers. Pass
in the rtnetlink skb so I can access the NETLINK_CB of the passed
packet. In particular I want access to sk_user_ns(NETLINK_CB(in_skb).ssk).
Pass in not the user namespace but the incomming rtnetlink skb into
the the classifier change routines as that is generally the more useful
parameter.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Add a helper sk_user_ns to make it easy to find the user namespace
of the process that opened a socket.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Correct a long standing omission and use struct pid in the owner
field of struct ip6_flowlabel when the share type is IPV6_FL_S_PROCESS.
This guarantees we don't have issues when pid wraparound occurs.
Use a kuid_t in the owner field of struct ip6_flowlabel when the
share type is IPV6_FL_S_USER to add user namespace support.
In /proc/net/ip6_flowlabel capture the current pid namespace when
opening the file and release the pid namespace when the file is
closed ensuring we print the pid owner value that is meaning to
the reader of the file. Similarly use from_kuid_munged to print
uid values that are meaningful to the reader of the file.
This requires exporting pid_nr_ns so that ipv6 can continue to built
as a module. Yoiks what silliness
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
- Store sysctl_ping_group_range as a paire of kgid_t values
instead of a pair of gid_t values.
- Move the kgid conversion work from ping_init_sock into ipv4_ping_group_range
- For invalid cases reset to the default disabled state.
With the kgid_t conversion made part of the original value sanitation
from userspace understand how the code will react becomes clearer
and it becomes possible to set the sysctl ping group range from
something other than the initial user namespace.
Cc: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Some connection related functions are only used inside hci_conn.c
so no need to have them exported.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
llc_station_init() creates and processes an event skb with no effect
other than to change the state from DOWN to UP. Allocation failure is
reported, but then ignored by its caller, llc2_init(). Remove this
possibility by simply initialising the state as UP.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One condition before codel_Newton_step() was not good if
we never left the dropping state for a flow. As a result
rec_inv_sqrt was 0, instead of the ~0 initial value.
codel control law was then set to a very aggressive mode, dropping
many packets before reaching 'target' and recovering from this problem.
To keep codel_vars_init() as efficient as possible, refine
the condition to make sure rec_inv_sqrt initial value is correct
Many thanks to Anton Mich for discovering the issue and suggesting
a fix.
Reported-by: Anton Mich <lp2s1h@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_send_skb() can send orphaned skb, so we must pass the net pointer to
avoid possible NULL dereference in error path.
Bug added by commit 3a7c384ffd (ipv4: tcp: unicast_sock should not
land outside of TCP stack)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disabling PMTU discovery can increase the output packet
rate but some users have enough resources and prefer to fragment
than to drop traffic. By default, we copy the DF bit but if
pmtu_disc is disabled we do not send FRAG_NEEDED messages anymore.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Get rid of the ftp_app pointer and allow applications
to be registered without adding fields in the netns_ipvs structure.
v2: fix coding style as suggested by Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
As pointed out, there are places, that access net->loopback_dev->ifindex
and after ifindex generation is made per-net this value becomes constant
equals 1. So go ahead and introduce the LOOPBACK_IFINDEX constant and use
it where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Strictly speaking this is only _really_ required for checkpoint-restore to
make loopback device always have the same index.
This change appears to be safe wrt "ifindex should be unique per-system"
concept, as all the ifindex usage is either already made per net namespace
of is explicitly limited with init_net only.
There are two cool side effects of this. The first one -- ifindices of
devices in container are always small, regardless of how many containers
we've started (and re-started) so far. The second one is -- we can speed
up the loopback ifidex access as shown in the next patch.
v2: Place ifindex right after dev_base_seq : avoid two holes and use the
same cache line, dirtied in list_netdevice()/unlist_netdevice()
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric noticed, that when there will be devices with equal indices, some
hash functions that use them will become less effective as they could.
Fix this in advance by mixing the net_device address into the hash value
instead of the device index.
This is true for arp and ndisc hash fns. The netlabel, can and llc ones
are also ifindex-based, but that three are init_net-only, thus will not
be affected.
Many thanks to David and Eric for the hash32_ptr implementation!
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While investigating on network performance problems, I found this little
gem :
$ nm -v vmlinux | grep -1 dst_default_metrics
ffffffff82736540 b busy.46605
ffffffff82736560 B dst_default_metrics
ffffffff82736598 b dst_busy_list
Apparently, declaring a const array without initializer put it in
(writeable) bss section, in middle of possibly often dirtied cache
lines.
Since we really want dst_default_metrics be const to avoid any possible
false sharing and catch any buggy writes, I force a null initializer.
ffffffff818a4c20 R dst_default_metrics
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Avoid dirtying neighbour's confirmed field.
TCP workloads hits this cache line for each incoming ACK.
Lets write n->confirmed only if there is a jiffie change.
2) Optimize neigh_hh_output() for the common Ethernet case, were
hh_len is less than 16 bytes. Replace the memcpy() call
by two inlined 64bit load/stores on x86_64.
Bench results using udpflood test, with -C option (MSG_CONFIRM flag
added to sendto(), to reproduce the n->confirmed dirtying on UDP)
24 threads doing 1.000.000 UDP sendto() on dummy device, 4 runs.
before : 2.247s, 2.235s, 2.247s, 2.318s
after : 1.884s, 1.905s, 1.891s, 1.895s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid two instructions to reload dev->nd_net->mib.ip_statistics pointer,
unsing a temp variable, in ip_rcv(), ip_output() paths for example.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 needs a cookie in dst_check() call.
We need to add rx_dst_cookie and provide a family independent
sk_rx_dst_set(sk, skb) method to properly support IPv6 TCP early demux.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to check the 'Role' parameter from the LE Connection
Complete Event in order to properly set 'out' and 'link_mode'
fields from hci_conn structure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
lsof command can tell the type of socket processes are using.
Internal lsof uses inode numbers on socket fs to resolve the type of
sockets. Files under /proc/net/, such as tcp, udp, unix, etc provides
such inode information.
Unfortunately bluetooth related protocols don't provide such inode
information. This patch series introduces /proc/net files for the protocols.
This patch against af_bluetooth.c provides facility to the implementation
of protocols. This patch extends bt_sock_list and introduces two exported
function bt_procfs_init, bt_procfs_cleanup.
The type bt_sock_list is already used in some of implementation of
protocols. bt_procfs_init prepare seq_operations which converts
protocol own bt_sock_list data to protocol own proc entry when the
entry is accessed.
What I, lsof user, need is just inode number of bluetooth
socket. However, people may want more information. The bt_procfs_init
takes a function pointer for customizing the show handler of
seq_operations.
In v4 patch, __acquires and __releases attributes are added to suppress
sparse warning. Suggested by Andrei Emeltchenko.
In v5 patch, linux/proc_fs.h is included to use PDE. Build error is
reported by Fengguang Wu.
Signed-off-by: Masatake YAMATO <yamato@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Move the l2cap channel list chan->global_l under the refcnt
protection and free it based on the refcnt.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Refactor the code in order to use the l2cap_chan_destroy()
from l2cap_chan_put() under the refcnt protection.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Return values are never used because callers hci_proto_connect_cfm
and hci_proto_disconn_cfm return void.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
AMP status codes copied from Bluez patch sent by Peter Krystad
<pkrystad@codeaurora.org>.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Change spaces to tabs in smp code
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Use the same style for refcnt printing through all Bluetooth code
taking the reference the l2cap_chan refcnt printing.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add check that HCI controller is BR/EDR. AMP controller shall not be
managed by mgmt interface and consequently user space.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes the struct adv_entry since it is not used anymore.
This struct should have been removed in commit 479453d (Bluetooth:
Remove advertising cache).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This handles the merge issue in:
arch/um/drivers/line.c
arch/um/drivers/line.h
And resolves the duplicate patches that were in both trees do to the
tty-next branch not getting merged into 3.6-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed types might be needed in NL communication from time to time
(I need s32 in team driver), so add them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the only way for wireless drivers to tell whether or not OFDM
is allowed on the current channel is to check the regulatory
information. However, this requires hodling cfg80211_mutex, which is not
visible to the drivers.
Other regulatory restrictions are provided as flags in the channel
definition, so let's do similarly with OFDM. This patch adds a new flag,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM, to tell drivers that OFDM on a channel is not
allowed. This flag is set on any channels for which regulatory indicates
that OFDM is prohibited.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After SA is setup, one timer is armed to detect soft/hard expiration,
however the timer handler uses xtime to do the math. This makes hard
expiration occurs first before soft expiration after setting new date
with big interval. As a result new child SA is deleted before rekeying
the new one.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fdu@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cache the device gso_max_segs in sock::sk_gso_max_segs and use it to
limit the size of TSO skbs. This avoids the need to fall back to
software GSO for local TCP senders.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge Andrew's second set of patches:
- MM
- a few random fixes
- a couple of RTC leftovers
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (120 commits)
rtc/rtc-88pm80x: remove unneed devm_kfree
rtc/rtc-88pm80x: assign ret only when rtc_register_driver fails
mm: hugetlbfs: close race during teardown of hugetlbfs shared page tables
tmpfs: distribute interleave better across nodes
mm: remove redundant initialization
mm: warn if pg_data_t isn't initialized with zero
mips: zero out pg_data_t when it's allocated
memcg: gix memory accounting scalability in shrink_page_list
mm/sparse: remove index_init_lock
mm/sparse: more checks on mem_section number
mm/sparse: optimize sparse_index_alloc
memcg: add mem_cgroup_from_css() helper
memcg: further prevent OOM with too many dirty pages
memcg: prevent OOM with too many dirty pages
mm: mmu_notifier: fix freed page still mapped in secondary MMU
mm: memcg: only check anon swapin page charges for swap cache
mm: memcg: only check swap cache pages for repeated charging
mm: memcg: split swapin charge function into private and public part
mm: memcg: remove needless !mm fixup to init_mm when charging
mm: memcg: remove unneeded shmem charge type
...
This patch series is based on top of "Swap-over-NBD without deadlocking
v15" as it depends on the same reservation of PF_MEMALLOC reserves logic.
When a user or administrator requires swap for their application, they
create a swap partition and file, format it with mkswap and activate it
with swapon. In diskless systems this is not an option so if swap if
required then swapping over the network is considered. The two likely
scenarios are when blade servers are used as part of a cluster where the
form factor or maintenance costs do not allow the use of disks and thin
clients.
The Linux Terminal Server Project recommends the use of the Network Block
Device (NBD) for swap but this is not always an option. There is no
guarantee that the network attached storage (NAS) device is running Linux
or supports NBD. However, it is likely that it supports NFS so there are
users that want support for swapping over NFS despite any performance
concern. Some distributions currently carry patches that support swapping
over NFS but it would be preferable to support it in the mainline kernel.
Patch 1 avoids a stream-specific deadlock that potentially affects TCP.
Patch 2 is a small modification to SELinux to avoid using PFMEMALLOC
reserves.
Patch 3 adds three helpers for filesystems to handle swap cache pages.
For example, page_file_mapping() returns page->mapping for
file-backed pages and the address_space of the underlying
swap file for swap cache pages.
Patch 4 adds two address_space_operations to allow a filesystem
to pin all metadata relevant to a swapfile in memory. Upon
successful activation, the swapfile is marked SWP_FILE and
the address space operation ->direct_IO is used for writing
and ->readpage for reading in swap pages.
Patch 5 notes that patch 3 is bolting
filesystem-specific-swapfile-support onto the side and that
the default handlers have different information to what
is available to the filesystem. This patch refactors the
code so that there are generic handlers for each of the new
address_space operations.
Patch 6 adds an API to allow a vector of kernel addresses to be
translated to struct pages and pinned for IO.
Patch 7 adds support for using highmem pages for swap by kmapping
the pages before calling the direct_IO handler.
Patch 8 updates NFS to use the helpers from patch 3 where necessary.
Patch 9 avoids setting PF_private on PG_swapcache pages within NFS.
Patch 10 implements the new swapfile-related address_space operations
for NFS and teaches the direct IO handler how to manage
kernel addresses.
Patch 11 prevents page allocator recursions in NFS by using GFP_NOIO
where appropriate.
Patch 12 fixes a NULL pointer dereference that occurs when using
swap-over-NFS.
With the patches applied, it is possible to mount a swapfile that is on an
NFS filesystem. Swap performance is not great with a swap stress test
taking roughly twice as long to complete than if the swap device was
backed by NBD.
This patch: netvm: prevent a stream-specific deadlock
It could happen that all !SOCK_MEMALLOC sockets have buffered so much data
that we're over the global rmem limit. This will prevent SOCK_MEMALLOC
buffers from receiving data, which will prevent userspace from running,
which is needed to reduce the buffered data.
Fix this by exempting the SOCK_MEMALLOC sockets from the rmem limit. Once
this change it applied, it is important that sockets that set
SOCK_MEMALLOC do not clear the flag until the socket is being torn down.
If this happens, a warning is generated and the tokens reclaimed to avoid
accounting errors until the bug is fixed.
[davem@davemloft.net: Warning about clearing SOCK_MEMALLOC]
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In order to make sure pfmemalloc packets receive all memory needed to
proceed, ensure processing of pfmemalloc SKBs happens under PF_MEMALLOC.
This is limited to a subset of protocols that are expected to be used for
writing to swap. Taps are not allowed to use PF_MEMALLOC as these are
expected to communicate with userspace processes which could be paged out.
[a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl: Ideas taken from various patches]
[jslaby@suse.cz: Lock imbalance fix]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Change the skb allocation API to indicate RX usage and use this to fall
back to the PFMEMALLOC reserve when needed. SKBs allocated from the
reserve are tagged in skb->pfmemalloc. If an SKB is allocated from the
reserve and the socket is later found to be unrelated to page reclaim, the
packet is dropped so that the memory remains available for page reclaim.
Network protocols are expected to recover from this packet loss.
[a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl: Ideas taken from various patches]
[davem@davemloft.net: Use static branches, coding style corrections]
[sebastian@breakpoint.cc: Avoid unnecessary cast, fix !CONFIG_NET build]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Allow specific sockets to be tagged SOCK_MEMALLOC and use __GFP_MEMALLOC
for their allocations. These sockets will be able to go below watermarks
and allocate from the emergency reserve. Such sockets are to be used to
service the VM (iow. to swap over). They must be handled kernel side,
exposing such a socket to user-space is a bug.
There is a risk that the reserves be depleted so for now, the
administrator is responsible for increasing min_free_kbytes as necessary
to prevent deadlock for their workloads.
[a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl: Original patches]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Introduce sk_gfp_atomic(), this function allows to inject sock specific
flags to each sock related allocation. It is only used on allocation
paths that may be required for writing pages back to network storage.
[davem@davemloft.net: Use sk_gfp_atomic only when necessary]
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When a device is unregistered, we have to purge all of the
references to it that may exist in the entire system.
If a route is uncached, we currently have no way of accomplishing
this.
So create a global list that is scanned when a network device goes
down. This mirrors the logic in net/core/dst.c's dst_ifdown().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Input path is mostly run under RCU and doesnt touch dst refcnt
But output path on forwarding or UDP workloads hits
badly dst refcount, and we have lot of false sharing, for example
in ipv4_mtu() when reading rt->rt_pmtu
Using a percpu cache for nh_rth_output gives a nice performance
increase at a small cost.
24 udpflood test on my 24 cpu machine (dummy0 output device)
(each process sends 1.000.000 udp frames, 24 processes are started)
before : 5.24 s
after : 2.06 s
For reference, time on linux-3.5 : 6.60 s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 404e0a8b6a (net: ipv4: fix RCU races on dst refcounts) tried
to solve a race but added a problem at device/fib dismantle time :
We really want to call dst_free() as soon as possible, even if sockets
still have dst in their cache.
dst_release() calls in free_fib_info_rcu() are not welcomed.
Root of the problem was that now we also cache output routes (in
nh_rth_output), we must use call_rcu() instead of call_rcu_bh() in
rt_free(), because output route lookups are done in process context.
Based on feedback and initial patch from David Miller (adding another
call_rcu_bh() call in fib, but it appears it was not the right fix)
I left the inet_sk_rx_dst_set() helper and added __rcu attributes
to nh_rth_output and nh_rth_input to better document what is going on in
this code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up
sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming
Transmit Power Control (TPC).
Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct
that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than
per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense.
Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability
to indicate ps change along with other changes
(e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate
CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before
notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets
being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while
the sta is already disconnected.)
Keep the current per-device notifications, and add
parallel per-vif notifications.
In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and
the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps
configuration is determined only by the user
configuration (enable/disable) and the connection
state, and is not affected by other vifs state and
(temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations
(unlike per-device ps).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After IP route cache removal, rt_cache_rebuild_count is no longer
used.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit c6cffba4ff (ipv4: Fix input route performance regression.)
added various fatal races with dst refcounts.
crashes happen on tcp workloads if routes are added/deleted at the same
time.
The dst_free() calls from free_fib_info_rcu() are clearly racy.
We need instead regular dst refcounting (dst_release()) and make
sure dst_release() is aware of RCU grace periods :
Add DST_RCU_FREE flag so that dst_release() respects an RCU grace period
before dst destruction for cached dst
Introduce a new inet_sk_rx_dst_set() helper, using atomic_inc_not_zero()
to make sure we dont increase a zero refcount (On a dst currently
waiting an rcu grace period before destruction)
rt_cache_route() must take a reference on the new cached route, and
release it if was not able to install it.
With this patch, my machines survive various benchmarks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the IPv6 missing bits for infrastructure added in commit
41063e9dd1 (ipv4: Early TCP socket demux.)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the routing cache removal we lost the "noref" code paths on
input, and this can kill some routing workloads.
Reinstate the noref path when we hit a cached route in the FIB
nexthops.
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David S Miller:
1) Remove the ipv4 routing cache. Now lookups go directly into the FIB
trie and use prebuilt routes cached there.
No more garbage collection, no more rDOS attacks on the routing
cache. Instead we now get predictable and consistent performance,
no matter what the pattern of traffic we service.
This has been almost 2 years in the making. Special thanks to
Julian Anastasov, Eric Dumazet, Steffen Klassert, and others who
have helped along the way.
I'm sure that with a change of this magnitude there will be some
kind of fallout, but such things ought the be simple to fix at this
point. Luckily I'm not European so I'll be around all of August to
fix things :-)
The major stages of this work here are each fronted by a forced
merge commit whose commit message contains a top-level description
of the motivations and implementation issues.
2) Pre-demux of established ipv4 TCP sockets, saves a route demux on
input.
3) TCP SYN/ACK performance tweaks from Eric Dumazet.
4) Add namespace support for netfilter L4 conntrack helpers, from Gao
Feng.
5) Add config mechanism for Energy Efficient Ethernet to ethtool, from
Yuval Mintz.
6) Remove quadratic behavior from /proc/net/unix, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Support for connection tracker helpers in userspace, from Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
8) Allow userspace driven TX load balancing functions in TEAM driver,
from Jiri Pirko.
9) Kill off NLMSG_PUT and RTA_PUT macros, more gross stuff with
embedded gotos.
10) TCP Small Queues, essentially minimize the amount of TCP data queued
up in the packet scheduler layer. Whereas the existing BQL (Byte
Queue Limits) limits the pkt_sched --> netdevice queuing levels,
this controls the TCP --> pkt_sched queueing levels.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Reduce the number of get_page/put_page ops done on SKB fragments,
from Alexander Duyck.
12) Implement protection against blind resets in TCP (RFC 5961), from
Eric Dumazet.
13) Support the client side of TCP Fast Open, basically the ability to
send data in the SYN exchange, from Yuchung Cheng.
Basically, the sender queues up data with a sendmsg() call using
MSG_FASTOPEN, then they do the connect() which emits the queued up
fastopen data.
14) Avoid all the problems we get into in TCP when timers or PMTU events
hit a locked socket. The TCP Small Queues changes added a
tcp_release_cb() that allows us to queue work up to the
release_sock() caller, and that's what we use here too. From Eric
Dumazet.
15) Zero copy on TX support for TUN driver, from Michael S. Tsirkin.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1870 commits)
genetlink: define lockdep_genl_is_held() when CONFIG_LOCKDEP
r8169: revert "add byte queue limit support".
ipv4: Change rt->rt_iif encoding.
net: Make skb->skb_iif always track skb->dev
ipv4: Prepare for change of rt->rt_iif encoding.
ipv4: Remove all RTCF_DIRECTSRC handliing.
ipv4: Really ignore ICMP address requests/replies.
decnet: Don't set RTCF_DIRECTSRC.
net/ipv4/ip_vti.c: Fix __rcu warnings detected by sparse.
ipv4: Remove redundant assignment
rds: set correct msg_namelen
openvswitch: potential NULL deref in sample()
tcp: dont drop MTU reduction indications
bnx2x: Add new 57840 device IDs
tcp: avoid oops in tcp_metrics and reset tcpm_stamp
niu: Change niu_rbr_fill() to use unlikely() to check niu_rbr_add_page() return value
niu: Fix to check for dma mapping errors.
net: Fix references to out-of-scope variables in put_cmsg_compat()
net: ethernet: davinci_emac: add pm_runtime support
net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Remove unnecessary #include
...
On input packet processing, rt->rt_iif will be zero if we should
use skb->dev->ifindex.
Since we access rt->rt_iif consistently via inet_iif(), that is
the only spot whose interpretation have to adjust.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use inet_iif() consistently, and for TCP record the input interface of
cached RX dst in inet sock.
rt->rt_iif is going to be encoded differently, so that we can
legitimately cache input routes in the FIB info more aggressively.
When the input interface is "use SKB device index" the rt->rt_iif will
be set to zero.
This forces us to move the TCP RX dst cache installation into the ipv4
specific code, and as well it should since doing the route caching for
ipv6 is pointless at the moment since it is not inspected in the ipv6
input paths yet.
Also, remove the unlikely on dst->obsolete, all ipv4 dsts have
obsolete set to a non-zero value to force invocation of the check
callback.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull the big VFS changes from Al Viro:
"This one is *big* and changes quite a few things around VFS. What's in there:
- the first of two really major architecture changes - death to open
intents.
The former is finally there; it was very long in making, but with
Miklos getting through really hard and messy final push in
fs/namei.c, we finally have it. Unlike his variant, this one
doesn't introduce struct opendata; what we have instead is
->atomic_open() taking preallocated struct file * and passing
everything via its fields.
Instead of returning struct file *, it returns -E... on error, 0
on success and 1 in "deal with it yourself" case (e.g. symlink
found on server, etc.).
See comments before fs/namei.c:atomic_open(). That made a lot of
goodies finally possible and quite a few are in that pile:
->lookup(), ->d_revalidate() and ->create() do not get struct
nameidata * anymore; ->lookup() and ->d_revalidate() get lookup
flags instead, ->create() gets "do we want it exclusive" flag.
With the introduction of new helper (kern_path_locked()) we are rid
of all struct nameidata instances outside of fs/namei.c; it's still
visible in namei.h, but not for long. Come the next cycle,
declaration will move either to fs/internal.h or to fs/namei.c
itself. [me, miklos, hch]
- The second major change: behaviour of final fput(). Now we have
__fput() done without any locks held by caller *and* not from deep
in call stack.
That obviously lifts a lot of constraints on the locking in there.
Moreover, it's legal now to call fput() from atomic contexts (which
has immediately simplified life for aio.c). We also don't need
anti-recursion logics in __scm_destroy() anymore.
There is a price, though - the damn thing has become partially
asynchronous. For fput() from normal process we are guaranteed
that pending __fput() will be done before the caller returns to
userland, exits or gets stopped for ptrace.
For kernel threads and atomic contexts it's done via
schedule_work(), so theoretically we might need a way to make sure
it's finished; so far only one such place had been found, but there
might be more.
There's flush_delayed_fput() (do all pending __fput()) and there's
__fput_sync() (fput() analog doing __fput() immediately). I hope
we won't need them often; see warnings in fs/file_table.c for
details. [me, based on task_work series from Oleg merged last
cycle]
- sync series from Jan
- large part of "death to sync_supers()" work from Artem; the only
bits missing here are exofs and ext4 ones. As far as I understand,
those are going via the exofs and ext4 trees resp.; once they are
in, we can put ->write_super() to the rest, along with the thread
calling it.
- preparatory bits from unionmount series (from dhowells).
- assorted cleanups and fixes all over the place, as usual.
This is not the last pile for this cycle; there's at least jlayton's
ESTALE work and fsfreeze series (the latter - in dire need of fixes,
so I'm not sure it'll make the cut this cycle). I'll probably throw
symlink/hardlink restrictions stuff from Kees into the next pile, too.
Plus there's a lot of misc patches I hadn't thrown into that one -
it's large enough as it is..."
* 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (127 commits)
ext4: switch EXT4_IOC_RESIZE_FS to mnt_want_write_file()
btrfs: switch btrfs_ioctl_balance() to mnt_want_write_file()
switch dentry_open() to struct path, make it grab references itself
spufs: shift dget/mntget towards dentry_open()
zoran: don't bother with struct file * in zoran_map
ecryptfs: don't reinvent the wheels, please - use struct completion
don't expose I_NEW inodes via dentry->d_inode
tidy up namei.c a bit
unobfuscate follow_up() a bit
ext3: pass custom EOF to generic_file_llseek_size()
ext4: use core vfs llseek code for dir seeks
vfs: allow custom EOF in generic_file_llseek code
vfs: Avoid unnecessary WB_SYNC_NONE writeback during sys_sync and reorder sync passes
vfs: Remove unnecessary flushing of block devices
vfs: Make sys_sync writeout also block device inodes
vfs: Create function for iterating over block devices
vfs: Reorder operations during sys_sync
quota: Move quota syncing to ->sync_fs method
quota: Split dquot_quota_sync() to writeback and cache flushing part
vfs: Move noop_backing_dev_info check from sync into writeback
...
ICMP messages generated in output path if frame length is bigger than
mtu are actually lost because socket is owned by user (doing the xmit)
One example is the ipgre_tunnel_xmit() calling
icmp_send(skb, ICMP_DEST_UNREACH, ICMP_FRAG_NEEDED, htonl(mtu));
We had a similar case fixed in commit a34a101e1e (ipv6: disable GSO on
sockets hitting dst_allfrag).
Problem of such fix is that it relied on retransmit timers, so short tcp
sessions paid a too big latency increase price.
This patch uses the tcp_release_cb() infrastructure so that MTU
reduction messages (ICMP messages) are not lost, and no extra delay
is added in TCP transmits.
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Diagnosed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 routing cache is non-deterministic, performance wise, and is
subject to reasonably easy to launch denial of service attacks.
The routing cache works great for well behaved traffic, and the world
was a much friendlier place when the tradeoffs that led to the routing
cache's design were considered.
What it boils down to is that the performance of the routing cache is
a product of the traffic patterns seen by a system rather than being a
product of the contents of the routing tables. The former of which is
controllable by external entitites.
Even for "well behaved" legitimate traffic, high volume sites can see
hit rates in the routing cache of only ~%10.
The general flow of this patch series is that first the routing cache
is removed. We build a completely new rtable entry every lookup
request.
Next we make some simplifications due to the fact that removing the
routing cache causes several members of struct rtable to become no
longer necessary.
Then we need to make some amends such that we can legally cache
pre-constructed routes in the FIB nexthops. Firstly, we need to
invalidate routes which are hit with nexthop exceptions. Secondly we
have to change the semantics of rt->rt_gateway such that zero means
that the destination is on-link and non-zero otherwise.
Now that the preparations are ready, we start caching precomputed
routes in the FIB nexthops. Output and input routes need different
kinds of care when determining if we can legally do such caching or
not. The details are in the commit log messages for those changes.
The patch series then winds down with some more struct rtable
simplifications and other tidy ups that remove unnecessary overhead.
On a SPARC-T3 output route lookups are ~876 cycles. Input route
lookups are ~1169 cycles with rpfilter disabled, and about ~1468
cycles with rpfilter enabled.
These measurements were taken with the kbench_mod test module in the
net_test_tools GIT tree:
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net_test_tools.git
That GIT tree also includes a udpflood tester tool and stresses
route lookups on packet output.
For example, on the same SPARC-T3 system we can run:
time ./udpflood -l 10000000 10.2.2.11
with routing cache:
real 1m21.955s user 0m6.530s sys 1m15.390s
without routing cache:
real 1m31.678s user 0m6.520s sys 1m25.140s
Performance undoubtedly can easily be improved further.
For example fib_table_lookup() performs a lot of excessive
computations with all the masking and shifting, some of it
conditionalized to deal with edge cases.
Also, Eric's no-ref optimization for input route lookups can be
re-instated for the FIB nexthop caching code path. I would be really
pleased if someone would work on that.
In fact anyone suitable motivated can just fire up perf on the loading
of the test net_test_tools benchmark kernel module. I spend much of
my time going:
bash# perf record insmod ./kbench_mod.ko dst=172.30.42.22 src=74.128.0.1 iif=2
bash# perf report
Thanks to helpful feedback from Joe Perches, Eric Dumazet, Ben
Hutchings, and others.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of updating the sk_cgrp_prioidx struct field on every send
this only updates the field when a task is moved via cgroup
infrastructure.
This allows sockets that may be used by a kernel worker thread
to be managed. For example in the iscsi case today a user can
put iscsid in a netprio cgroup and control traffic will be sent
with the correct sk_cgrp_prioidx value set but as soon as data
is sent the kernel worker thread isssues a send and sk_cgrp_prioidx
is updated with the kernel worker threads value which is the
default case.
It seems more correct to only update the field when the user
explicitly sets it via control group infrastructure. This allows
the users to manage sockets that may be used with other threads.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've seen several attempts recently made to do quick failover of sctp transports
by reducing various retransmit timers and counters. While its possible to
implement a faster failover on multihomed sctp associations, its not
particularly robust, in that it can lead to unneeded retransmits, as well as
false connection failures due to intermittent latency on a network.
Instead, lets implement the new ietf quick failover draft found here:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-nishida-tsvwg-sctp-failover-05
This will let the sctp stack identify transports that have had a small number of
errors, and avoid using them quickly until their reliability can be
re-established. I've tested this out on two virt guests connected via multiple
isolated virt networks and believe its in compliance with the above draft and
works well.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
CC: joe@perches.com
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were using a special key "0" for all loopback and point-to-point
device neigh lookups under ipv4, but we wouldn't use that special
key for the neigh creation.
So basically we'd make a new neigh at each and every lookup :-)
This special case to use only one neigh for these device types
is of dubious value, so just remove it entirely.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not really needed.
We only grabbed a reference to the fib_info for the sake of fib_info
local metrics.
However, fib_info objects are freed using RCU, as are therefore their
private metrics (if any).
We would have triggered a route cache flush if we eliminated a
reference to a fib_info object in the routing tables.
Therefore, any existing cached routes will first check and see that
they have been invalidated before an errant reference to these
metric values would occur.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That is this value's only use, as a boolean to indicate whether
a route is an input route or not.
So implement it that way, using a u16 gap present in the struct
already.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Never actually used.
It was being set on output routes to the original OIF specified in the
flow key used for the lookup.
Adjust the only user, ipmr_rt_fib_lookup(), for greater correctness of
the flowi4_oif and flowi4_iif values, thanks to feedback from Julian
Anastasov.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Caching input routes is slightly simpler than output routes, since we
don't need to be concerned with nexthop exceptions. (locally
destined, and routed packets, never trigger PMTU events or redirects
that will be processed by us).
However, we have to elide caching for the DIRECTSRC and non-zero itag
cases.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have an output route that lacks nexthop exceptions, we can cache
it in the FIB info nexthop.
Such routes will have DST_HOST cleared because such routes refer to a
family of destinations, rather than just one.
The sequence of the handling of exceptions during route lookup is
adjusted to make the logic work properly.
Before we allocate the route, we lookup the exception.
Then we know if we will cache this route or not, and therefore whether
DST_HOST should be set on the allocated route.
Then we use DST_HOST to key off whether we should store the resulting
route, during rt_set_nexthop(), in the FIB nexthop cache.
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a big comment explaining how the field works, and use defines
instead of magic constants for the values assigned to it.
Suggested by Joe Perches.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow prefixed routes, we have to adjust how rt_gateway
is set and interpreted.
The new interpretation is:
1) rt_gateway == 0, destination is on-link, nexthop is iph->daddr
2) rt_gateway != 0, destination requires a nexthop gateway
Abstract the fetching of the proper nexthop value using a new
inline helper, rt_nexthop(), as suggested by Joe Perches.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
They are always used in contexts where they can be reconstituted,
or where the finally resolved rt->rt_{src,dst} is semantically
equivalent.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "noref" argument to ip_route_input_common() is now always ignored
because we do not cache routes, and in that case we must always grab
a reference to the resulting 'dst'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 routing cache is non-deterministic, performance wise, and is
subject to reasonably easy to launch denial of service attacks.
The routing cache works great for well behaved traffic, and the world
was a much friendlier place when the tradeoffs that led to the routing
cache's design were considered.
What it boils down to is that the performance of the routing cache is
a product of the traffic patterns seen by a system rather than being a
product of the contents of the routing tables. The former of which is
controllable by external entitites.
Even for "well behaved" legitimate traffic, high volume sites can see
hit rates in the routing cache of only ~%10.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also cut out unused function parameters and possible err in return
value.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern TCP stack highly depends on tcp_write_timer() having a small
latency, but current implementation doesn't exactly meet the
expectations.
When a timer fires but finds the socket is owned by the user, it rearms
itself for an additional delay hoping next run will be more
successful.
tcp_write_timer() for example uses a 50ms delay for next try, and it
defeats many attempts to get predictable TCP behavior in term of
latencies.
Use the recently introduced tcp_release_cb(), so that the user owning
the socket will call various handlers right before socket release.
This will permit us to post a followup patch to address the
tcp_tso_should_defer() syndrome (some deferred packets have to wait
RTO timer to be transmitted, while cwnd should allow us to send them
sooner)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a missing roundup_pow_of_two(), since tcpmhash_entries is not
guaranteed to be a power of two.
Uses hash_32() instead of custom hash.
tcpmhash_entries should be an unsigned int.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In trusted networks, e.g., intranet, data-center, the client does not
need to use Fast Open cookie to mitigate DoS attacks. In cookie-less
mode, sendmsg() with MSG_FASTOPEN flag will send SYN-data regardless
of cookie availability.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On paths with firewalls dropping SYN with data or experimental TCP options,
Fast Open connections will have experience SYN timeout and bad performance.
The solution is to track such incidents in the cookie cache and disables
Fast Open temporarily.
Since only the original SYN includes data and/or Fast Open option, the
SYN-ACK has some tell-tale sign (tcp_rcv_fastopen_synack()) to detect
such drops. If a path has recurring Fast Open SYN drops, Fast Open is
disabled for 2^(recurring_losses) minutes starting from four minutes up to
roughly one and half day. sendmsg with MSG_FASTOPEN flag will succeed but
it behaves as connect() then write().
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sendmsg() (or sendto()) with MSG_FASTOPEN is a combo of connect(2)
and write(2). The application should replace connect() with it to
send data in the opening SYN packet.
For blocking socket, sendmsg() blocks until all the data are buffered
locally and the handshake is completed like connect() call. It
returns similar errno like connect() if the TCP handshake fails.
For non-blocking socket, it returns the number of bytes queued (and
transmitted in the SYN-data packet) if cookie is available. If cookie
is not available, it transmits a data-less SYN packet with Fast Open
cookie request option and returns -EINPROGRESS like connect().
Using MSG_FASTOPEN on connecting or connected socket will result in
simlar errno like repeating connect() calls. Therefore the application
should only use this flag on new sockets.
The buffer size of sendmsg() is independent of the MSS of the connection.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements sending SYN-data in tcp_connect(). The data is
from tcp_sendmsg() with flag MSG_FASTOPEN (implemented in a later patch).
The length of the cookie in tcp_fastopen_req, init'd to 0, controls the
type of the SYN. If the cookie is not cached (len==0), the host sends
data-less SYN with Fast Open cookie request option to solicit a cookie
from the remote. If cookie is not available (len > 0), the host sends
a SYN-data with Fast Open cookie option. If cookie length is negative,
the SYN will not include any Fast Open option (for fall back operations).
To deal with middleboxes that may drop SYN with data or experimental TCP
option, the SYN-data is only sent once. SYN retransmits do not include
data or Fast Open options. The connection will fall back to regular TCP
handshake.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With help from Eric Dumazet, add Fast Open metrics in tcp metrics cache.
The basic ones are MSS and the cookies. Later patch will cache more to
handle unfriendly middleboxes.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch impelements the common code for both the client and server.
1. TCP Fast Open option processing. Since Fast Open does not have an
option number assigned by IANA yet, it shares the experiment option
code 254 by implementing draft-ietf-tcpm-experimental-options
with a 16 bits magic number 0xF989. This enables global experiments
without clashing the scarce(2) experimental options available for TCP.
When the draft status becomes standard (maybe), the client should
switch to the new option number assigned while the server supports
both numbers for transistion.
2. The new sysctl tcp_fastopen
3. A place holder init function
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_v4_send_reset() and tcp_v4_send_ack() use a single socket
per network namespace.
This leads to bad behavior on multiqueue NICS, because many cpus
contend for the socket lock and once socket lock is acquired, extra
false sharing on various socket fields slow down the operations.
To better resist to attacks, we use a percpu socket. Each cpu can
run without contention, using appropriate memory (local node)
Additional features :
1) We also mirror the queue_mapping of the incoming skb, so that
answers use the same queue if possible.
2) Setting SOCK_USE_WRITE_QUEUE socket flag speedup sock_wfree()
3) We now limit the number of in-flight RST/ACK [1] packets
per cpu, instead of per namespace, and we honor the sysctl_wmem_default
limit dynamically. (Prior to this patch, sysctl_wmem_default value was
copied at boot time, so any further change would not affect tcp_sock
limit)
[1] These packets are only generated when no socket was matched for
the incoming packet.
Reported-by: Bill Sommerfeld <wsommerfeld@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use global seqlock for the nh_exceptions. Call
fnhe_oldest with the right hash chain. Correct the diff
value for dst_set_expires.
v2: after suggestions from Eric Dumazet:
* get rid of spin lock fnhe_lock, rearrange update_or_create_fnhe
* continue daddr search in rt_bind_exception
v3:
* remove the daddr check before seqlock in rt_bind_exception
* restart lookup in rt_bind_exception on detected seqlock change,
as suggested by David Miller
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce ipv6_addr_hash() helper doing a XOR on all bits
of an IPv6 address, with an optimized x86_64 version.
Use it in flow dissector, as suggested by Andrew McGregor,
to reduce hash collision probabilities in fq_codel (and other
users of flow dissector)
Use it in ip6_tunnel.c and use more bit shuffling, as suggested
by David Laight, as existing hash was ignoring most of them.
Use it in sunrpc and use more bit shuffling, using hash_32().
Use it in net/ipv6/addrconf.c, using hash_32() as well.
As a cleanup, use it in net/ipv4/tcp_metrics.c
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrew McGregor <andrewmcgr@gmail.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incorporated David and Steffen's comments.
Add hook for rx-path xfmr4_mode_tunnel for VTI tunnel module.
Signed-off-by: Saurabh Mohan <saurabh.mohan@vyatta.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should provide to inet6_csk_route_socket a struct flowi6 pointer,
so that net6_csk_xmit() works correctly instead of sending garbage.
Also add some consts
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These patches implement the final mechanism necessary to really allow
us to go without the route cache in ipv4.
We need a place to have long-term storage of PMTU/redirect information
which is independent of the routes themselves, yet does not get us
back into a situation where we have to write to metrics or anything
like that.
For this we use an "next-hop exception" table in the FIB nexthops.
The one thing I desperately want to avoid is having to create clone
routes in the FIB trie for this purpose, because that is very
expensive. However, I'm willing to entertain such an idea later
if this current scheme proves to have downsides that the FIB trie
variant would not have.
In order to accomodate this any such scheme, we need to be able to
produce a full flow key at PMTU/redirect time. That required an
adjustment of the interface call-sites used to propagate these events.
For a PMTU/redirect with a fully specified socket, we pass that socket
and use it to produce the flow key.
Otherwise we use a passed in SKB to formulate the key. There are two
cases that need to be distinguished, ICMP message processing (in which
case the IP header is at skb->data) and output packet processing
(mostly tunnels, and in all such cases the IP header is at ip_hdr(skb)).
We also have to make the code able to handle the case where the dst
itself passed into the dst_ops->{update_pmtu,redirect} method is
invalidated. This matters for calls from sockets that have cached
that route. We provide a inet{,6} helper function for this purpose,
and edit SCTP specially since it caches routes at the transport rather
than socket level.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a regime where we have subnetted route entries, we need a way to
store persistent storage about destination specific learned values
such as redirects and PMTU values.
This is implemented here via nexthop exceptions.
The initial implementation is a 2048 entry hash table with relaiming
starting at chain length 5. A more sophisticated scheme can be
devised if that proves necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used so that we can compose a full flow key.
Even though we have a route in this context, we need more. In the
future the routes will be without destination address, source address,
etc. keying. One ipv4 route will cover entire subnets, etc.
In this environment we have to have a way to possess persistent storage
for redirects and PMTU information. This persistent storage will exist
in the FIB tables, and that's why we'll need to be able to rebuild a
full lookup flow key here. Using that flow key will do a fib_lookup()
and create/update the persistent entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cellular base stations can provide hints to cfg80211 about
where they think we are. This can be done for example on
a cell phone. To enable these hints we simply allow them
through as user regulatory hints but we allow userspace
to clasify the hint as either coming directly from the
user or coming from a cellular base station. This option
is only available when you enable
CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS.
The base station hints themselves will not be processed
by the core unless at least one device on the system
supports this feature.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let the user configure serveral TX error conection quality monitoring
parameters: % error rate, survey interval, and # of attempted packets.
On exceeding the TX failure rate over the given interval, the driver
will send a CQM notify event with the actual TX failure rate and
packets attempted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the RFC 5691 mitigation against Blind
Reset attack using RST bit.
Idea is to validate incoming RST sequence,
to match RCV.NXT value, instead of previouly accepted
window : (RCV.NXT <= SEG.SEQ < RCV.NXT+RCV.WND)
If sequence is in window but not an exact match, send
a "challenge ACK", so that the other part can resend an
RST with the appropriate sequence.
Add a new sysctl, tcp_challenge_ack_limit, to limit
number of challenge ACK sent per second.
Add a new SNMP counter to count number of challenge acks sent.
(netstat -s | grep TCPChallengeACK)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kiran Kumar Kella <kkiran@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch sock_diag works for init_net only and dumps
information about sockets from all namespaces.
This patch expands sock_diag for all name-spaces.
It creates a netlink kernel socket for each netns and filters
data during dumping.
v2: filter accoding with netns in all places
remove an unused variable.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adjusts the call to dst_ops->update_pmtu() so that we can
transparently handle the fact that, in the future, the dst itself can
be invalidated by the PMTU update (when we have non-host routes cached
in sockets).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This abstracts away the call to dst_ops->update_pmtu() so that we can
transparently handle the fact that, in the future, the dst itself can
be invalidated by the PMTU update (when we have non-host routes cached
in sockets).
So we try to rebuild the socket cached route after the method
invocation if necessary.
This isn't used by SCTP because it needs to cache dsts per-transport,
and thus will need it's own local version of this helper.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change addresses an L2CAP ERTM throughput problem when a remote
device does not fully utilize the available transmit window.
The L2CAP ERTM transmit window size determines the maximum number of
unacked frames that may be outstanding at any time. It is configured
separately for each direction of an ERTM connection. Each side sends a
configuration request with a tx_win field indicating how many unacked
frames it is capable of receiving before sending an ack. The
configuration response's tx_win field shows how many frames the
transmitter will actually send before waiting for an ack.
It's important to trace both the actual transmit window (to check for
validity of incoming frames) and the number of frames that the
transmitter will send before waiting (to send acks at the appropriate
time). Now there are separate tx_win and ack_win values. ack_win is
updated based on configuration responses, and is used to determine
when acks are sent.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
John Linville says:
====================
Several drivers see updates: mwifiex, ath9k, iwlwifi, brcmsmac,
wlcore/wl12xx/wl18xx, and a handful of others. The bcma bus got a
lot of attention from Hauke Mehrtens. The cfg80211 component gets
a flurry of patches for multi-channel support, and the mac80211
component gets the first few VHT (11ac) and 60GHz (11ad) patches.
This also includes the removal of the iwmc3200 drivers, since the
hardware never became available to normal people.
Additionally, the NFC subsystem gets a series of updates. According to
Samuel, "Here are the interesting bits:
- A better error management for the HCI stack.
- An LLCP "late" binding implementation for a better NFC SAP usage. SAPs are
now reserved only when there's a client for it.
- Support for Sony RC-S360 (a.k.a. PaSoRi) pn533 based dongle. We can read and
write NFC tags and also establish a p2p link with this dongle now.
- A few LLCP fixes."
Finally, this includes another pull of the fixes from the wireless
tree in order to resolve some merge issues.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only use it to fetch the rule's tclassid, so just store the
tclassid there instead.
This also decreases the size of fib_result by a full 8 bytes on
64-bit. On 32-bits it's a wash.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Revert commit b78e8ceac2
("cfg80211: track monitor channel") and remove the
set_monitor_enabled() callback.
Due to the tracking happening in NETDEV_PRE_UP, it had
introduced bugs because the monitor interface callback
would be called before the device was started. It looks
like there's no way to fix this, and using NETDEV_PRE_UP
is broken anyway (since there's no NETDEV_UP_FAIL), so
remove all that code, track interfaces in NETDEV_UP and
also stop tracking the monitor channel in cfg80211.
This mostly reverts to before the tracking, except that
we keep the interface count tracking so that setting the
monitor channel can be rejected properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This essentially reverts commit 2e165b8184 but
introduces the get_channel operation with a new
wireless_dev argument so that you can retrieve
the channel per interface. This is necessary as
even though we can track all interface channels
(except monitor) we can't track the channel type
used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the
bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is
completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really
is needed is synchronisation between some device time and
the TSF.
To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and
add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which
gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This
is intentionally not using the mactime field since that
is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync
with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the
device timestamp.
Also, since we have the information and it's useful even
before the connection has been established, give all the
timing details to the driver before authenticating.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We waste a lot of space in this struct because it uses
int values where smaller ones would be sufficient. The
upcoming A-MPDU information needs some space, optimize
the struct now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new P2P Device will have to be able to scan for
P2P search, so move scanning to use struct wireless_dev
instead of struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move
the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev
structures.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This sets things up so that we can have the protocol error handlers
call down into the ipv6 route code for redirects just as ipv4 already
does.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer needed, as the protocol handlers now all properly
propagate the redirect back into the routing code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass in the SKB rather than just the IP addresses, so that policy
and other aspects can reside in ip_rt_redirect() rather then
icmp_redirect().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduce TSQ (TCP Small Queues)
TSQ goal is to reduce number of TCP packets in xmit queues (qdisc &
device queues), to reduce RTT and cwnd bias, part of the bufferbloat
problem.
sk->sk_wmem_alloc not allowed to grow above a given limit,
allowing no more than ~128KB [1] per tcp socket in qdisc/dev layers at a
given time.
TSO packets are sized/capped to half the limit, so that we have two
TSO packets in flight, allowing better bandwidth use.
As a side effect, setting the limit to 40000 automatically reduces the
standard gso max limit (65536) to 40000/2 : It can help to reduce
latencies of high prio packets, having smaller TSO packets.
This means we divert sock_wfree() to a tcp_wfree() handler, to
queue/send following frames when skb_orphan() [2] is called for the
already queued skbs.
Results on my dev machines (tg3/ixgbe nics) are really impressive,
using standard pfifo_fast, and with or without TSO/GSO.
Without reduction of nominal bandwidth, we have reduction of buffering
per bulk sender :
< 1ms on Gbit (instead of 50ms with TSO)
< 8ms on 100Mbit (instead of 132 ms)
I no longer have 4 MBytes backlogged in qdisc by a single netperf
session, and both side socket autotuning no longer use 4 Mbytes.
As skb destructor cannot restart xmit itself ( as qdisc lock might be
taken at this point ), we delegate the work to a tasklet. We use one
tasklest per cpu for performance reasons.
If tasklet finds a socket owned by the user, it sets TSQ_OWNED flag.
This flag is tested in a new protocol method called from release_sock(),
to eventually send new segments.
[1] New /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_limit_output_bytes tunable
[2] skb_orphan() is usually called at TX completion time,
but some drivers call it in their start_xmit() handler.
These drivers should at least use BQL, or else a single TCP
session can still fill the whole NIC TX ring, since TSQ will
have no effect.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.c
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.h
net/batman-adv/soft-interface.c
net/mac80211/mlme.c
With merge help from Antonio Quartulli (batman-adv) and
Stephen Rothwell (drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c).
The net/mac80211/mlme.c conflict seemed easy enough, accounting for a
conversion to some new tracing macros.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64 bit arches having efficient unaligned accesses (eg x86_64) we can
use long words to reduce number of instructions for free.
Joe Perches suggested to change ipv6_masked_addr_cmp() to return a bool
instead of 'int', to make sure ipv6_masked_addr_cmp() cannot be used
in a sorting function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer needed. TCP writes metrics, but now in it's own special
cache that does not dirty the route metrics. Therefore there is no
longer any reason to pre-cow metrics in this way.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maintain a local hash table of TCP dynamic metrics blobs.
Computed TCP metrics are no longer maintained in the route metrics.
The table uses RCU and an extremely simple hash so that it has low
latency and low overhead. A simple hash is legitimate because we only
make metrics blobs for fully established connections.
Some tweaking of the default hash table sizes, metric timeouts, and
the hash chain length limit certainly could use some tweaking. But
the basic design seems sound.
With help from Eric Dumazet and Joe Perches.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All paths assume, when CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES is enabled, that any
successful call to fib_lookup() will initialize the fib_result->r
value to something.
We violated that expectation in the new fib_lookup() fast path.
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some NFC chips will statically create and open pipes for both standard
and proprietary gates. The driver can now pass this information to HCI
such that HCI will not attempt to create and open them, but will instead
directly use the passed pipe ids.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This API should be used by drivers, HCI, SHDLC or NCI stacks to report an
unrecoverable error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be
needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over
to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both
the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's
backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will
be able to use the wdev identifier only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support a P2P device abstraction and
Bluetooth high-speed AMPs, we need to have a way
to identify virtual interfaces that don't have a
netdev associated.
Do this by adding a NL80211_ATTR_WDEV attribute
to identify a wdev which may or may not also be
a netdev.
To simplify things, use a 64-bit value with the
high 32 bits being the wiphy index for this new
wdev identifier in the nl80211 API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This API call was intended to be used by drivers
if they want to optimize key handling by removing
one key when another is added. Remove it since no
driver is using it. If needed, it can always be
added back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Hans reports that he's still hitting:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 000000000000027c
IP: [<ffffffff813615db>] netlink_has_listeners+0xb/0x60
PGD 0
Oops: 0000 [#3] PREEMPT SMP
CPU 0
It happens when adding a number of containers with do:
nfct_query(h, NFCT_Q_CREATE, ct);
and most likely one namespace shuts down.
this problem was supposed to be fixed by:
70e9942 netfilter: nf_conntrack: make event callback registration per-netns
Still, it was missing one rcu_access_pointer to check if the callback
is set or not.
Reported-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the user hasn't actually installed any custom rules, or fiddled
with the default ones, don't go through the whole FIB rules layer.
It's just pure overhead.
Instead do what we do with CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES disabled, check
the individual tables by hand, one by one.
Also, move fib_num_tclassid_users into the ipv4 network namespace.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
60g band uses different from .11n MCS scheme, so bitrate
should be calculated differently
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Until now, a u16 value was used to represent bitrate value.
With VHT bitrates this becomes too small.
Introduce a new 32-bit bitrate attribute. nl80211 will report
both the new and the old attribute, unless the bitrate doesn't
fit into the old u16 attribute in which case only the new one
will be reported.
User space tools encouraged to prefer the 32-bit attribute, if
available (since it won't be available on older kernels.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[reword commit message and comments a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes for a simplified conversion away from dst_get_neighbour*().
All code outside of ipv6 will use neigh lookups via dst_neigh_lookup*().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Causes the handler to use the daddr in the ipv4/ipv6 header when
the route gateway is unspecified (local subnet).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a dst_confirm() happens, mark the confirmation as pending in the
dst. Then on the next packet out, when we have the neigh in-hand, do
the update.
This removes the dependency in dst_confirm() of dst's having an
attached neigh.
While we're here, remove the explicit 'dst' NULL check, all except 2
or 3 call sites ensure it's not NULL. So just fix those cases up.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch generalizes nf_ct_l4proto_net by splitting it into chunks and
moving the corresponding protocol part to where it really belongs to.
To clarify, note that we follow two different approaches to support per-net
depending if it's built-in or run-time loadable protocol tracker.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Some drivers require setup before being able to send
management frames in managed mode, in particular in
multi-channel cases.
Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup
while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to
finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the
TX call since that can't sleep.
A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to
wait for the driver to report the frame status, as
suggested by Arik in
http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there
is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi
rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient.
The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct
will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC)
implementation.
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The implementation of tx_frags is buggy due to
not handling queue stop, and there's no driver
implementing it so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add enumerations for both cfg80211 and nl80211.
This expands wiphy.bands etc. arrays.
Extend channel <-> frequency translation to cover 60g band
and modify the rate check logic since there are no legacy
mandatory rates (only MCS is used.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was noticed recently that when we send data on a transport, its possible that
we might bundle a sack that arrived on a different transport. While this isn't
a major problem, it does go against the SHOULD requirement in section 6.4 of RFC
2960:
An endpoint SHOULD transmit reply chunks (e.g., SACK, HEARTBEAT ACK,
etc.) to the same destination transport address from which it
received the DATA or control chunk to which it is replying. This
rule should also be followed if the endpoint is bundling DATA chunks
together with the reply chunk.
This patch seeks to correct that. It restricts the bundling of sack operations
to only those transports which have moved the ctsn of the association forward
since the last sack. By doing this we guarantee that we only bundle outbound
saks on a transport that has received a chunk since the last sack. This brings
us into stricter compliance with the RFC.
Vlad had initially suggested that we strictly allow only sack bundling on the
transport that last moved the ctsn forward. While this makes sense, I was
concerned that doing so prevented us from bundling in the case where we had
received chunks that moved the ctsn on multiple transports. In those cases, the
RFC allows us to select any of the transports having received chunks to bundle
the sack on. so I've modified the approach to allow for that, by adding a state
variable to each transport that tracks weather it has moved the ctsn since the
last sack. This I think keeps our behavior (and performance), close enough to
our current profile that I think we can do this without a sysctl knob to
enable/disable it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yaseivch <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Michele Baldessari <michele@redhat.com>
Reported-by: sorin serban <sserban@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve debugging of hci_conn objects by: adding print to hci_conn
refcounting, adding object spcifier when missing, change conn to hcon
since conn is heavily used for l2cap_conn objects and this is misleading.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We do not need it anymore since cfg80211 tracks
monitor channel and monitor channel type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implements .set_monitor_enabled(wiphy, enabled).
Notifies driver upon change of interface layout.
If only monitor interfaces become present it is
called with 2nd argument being true. If
non-monitor interface appears then 2nd argument
is false. Driver is notified only upon change.
This makes it more obvious about the fact that
cfg80211 supports single monitor channel. Once we
implement multi-channel we don't want to allow
setting monitor channel while other interface
types are running. Otherwise it would be ambiguous
once we start considering num_different_channels.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS may hop between channels. It is necessary to
account this special case when considering
interface combinations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We need to know which channel is used by a running
AP and mesh for channel context accounting and
finding matching/active interface combination.
STA/IBSS have current_bss already which allows us
to check which channel a vif is tuned to.
Non-fixed channel IBSS can be handled with
additional changes.
Monitor mode is going to be handled differently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If rpfilter is off (or the SKB has an IPSEC path) and there are not
tclassid users, we don't have to do anything at all when
fib_validate_source() is invoked besides setting the itag to zero.
We monitor tclassid uses with a counter (modified only under RTNL and
marked __read_mostly) and we protect the fib_validate_source() real
work with a test against this counter and whether rpfilter is to be
done.
Having a way to know whether we need no tclassid processing or not
also opens the door for future optimized rpfilter algorithms that do
not perform full FIB lookups.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At Facebook, we do Layer-3 DSR via IP-in-IP tunneling. Our load balancers wrap
an extra IP header on incoming packets so they can be routed to the backend.
In the v4 tunnel driver, when these packets fall on the default tunl0 device,
the behavior is to decapsulate them and drop them back on the stack. So our
setup is that tunl0 has the VIP and eth0 has (obviously) the backend's real
address.
In IPv6 we do the same thing, but the v6 tunnel driver didn't have this same
behavior - if you didn't have an explicit tunnel setup, it would drop the
packet.
This patch brings that v4 feature to the v6 driver.
The same IPv6 address checks are performed as with any normal tunnel,
but as the fallback tunnel endpoint addresses are unspecified, the checks
must be performed on a per-packet basis, rather than at tunnel
configuration time.
[Patch description modified by phil@ipom.com]
Signed-off-by: Ville Nuorvala <ville.nuorvala@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Phil Dibowitz <phil@ipom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checking for in_dev being NULL is pointless.
In fact, all of our callers have in_dev precomputed already,
so just pass it in and remove the NULL checking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using NLMSG_GOODSIZE results in multiple pages being used as
nlmsg_new() will automatically add the size of the netlink
header to the payload thus exceeding the page limit.
NLMSG_DEFAULT_SIZE takes this into account.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Cc: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit changes inet_csk_route_req() so that it uses a pointer to
a struct flowi6, rather than allocating its own on the stack. This
brings its behavior in line with its IPv4 cousin,
inet_csk_route_req(), and allows a follow-on patch to fix a dst leak.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to advertise their VHT capabilities
and export them to userspace via nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The specific destination is the host we direct unicast replies to.
Usually this is the original packet source address, but if we are
responding to a multicast or broadcast packet we have to use something
different.
Specifically we must use the source address we would use if we were to
send a packet to the unicast source of the original packet.
The routing cache precomputes this value, but we want to remove that
precomputation because it creates a hard dependency on the expensive
rpfilter source address validation which we'd like to make cheaper.
There are only three places where this matters:
1) ICMP replies.
2) pktinfo CMSG
3) IP options
Now there will be no real users of rt->rt_spec_dst and we can simply
remove it altogether.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename it to ip_send_unicast_reply() and add explicit 'saddr'
argument.
This removed one of the few users of rt->rt_spec_dst.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This and ieee80211_add_ext_srates_ie() aren't
exported, so can't be used by drivers anyway,
but there's also no reason that they should be
so make them private to mac80211 and use sdata
instead of vif arguments.
Acked-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using a fixed value of "-1" or "-EMSGSIZE", propagate what
the nla_*() interfaces actually return.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit c074da2810.
This change has several unwanted side effects:
1) Sockets will cache the DST_NOCACHE route in sk->sk_rx_dst and we'll
thus never create a real cached route.
2) All TCP traffic will use DST_NOCACHE and never use the routing
cache at all.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DDOS synflood attacks hit badly IP route cache.
On typical machines, this cache is allowed to hold up to 8 Millions dst
entries, 256 bytes for each, for a total of 2GB of memory.
rt_garbage_collect() triggers and tries to cleanup things.
Eventually route cache is disabled but machine is under fire and might
OOM and crash.
This patch exploits the new TCP early demux, to set a nocache
boolean in case incoming TCP frame is for a not yet ESTABLISHED or
TIMEWAIT socket.
This 'nocache' boolean is then used in case dst entry is not found in
route cache, to create an unhashed dst entry (DST_NOCACHE)
SYN-cookie-ACK sent use a similar mechanism (ipv4: tcp: dont cache
output dst for syncookies), so after this patch, a machine is able to
absorb a DDOS synflood attack without polluting its IP route cache.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup.
It adds nf_ct_kfree_compat_sysctl_table to release l4proto's
compat sysctl table and set the compat sysctl table point to NULL.
This new function will be used by follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
l4proto->init contain quite redundant code. We can simplify this
by adding a new parameter l3proto.
This patch prepares that code simplification.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly
support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start
with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the
hardware registration. By making all the code and
data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote
this runtime error to a compile-time error.
Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in
systems that don't need it as they never suspend.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Every real 802.15.4 transceiver, which works with software MAC layer,
can be classified as a wpan device in this stack. So the wpan device
implementation provides missing link in datapath between the device
drivers and the Linux network queue.
According to the IEEE 802.15.4 standard each packet can be one of the
following types:
- beacon
- MAC layer command
- ACK
- data
This patch adds support for the data packet-type only, but this is
enough to perform data transmission and receiving over radio.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to pick up the serial port and tty changes in Linus's tree to allow
everyone to sync up.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Support configuring an RSSI threshold in dBm (s32) when requesting
scheduled scan, below which a BSS won't be reported by the cfg80211
driver.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove use of module parameters on caif hsi device, as
rtnl configuration parameters are already supported.
All caif hsi configuration data is put in cfhsi_config,
and default values in hsi_default_config.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove use of struct platform_device, and replace it with
struct cfhsi_ops. Updated variable names in the same
spirit:
cfhsi_get_dev to cfhsi_get_ops,
cfhsi->dev to cfhsi->ops and,
cfhsi->dev.drv to cfhsi->ops->cb_ops.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add RTNL support for managing the caif hsi interface.
The HSI HW interface is no longer registering as a device,
instead we use symbol_get to get hold of the HSI API.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing kernel doc for sk_rx_dst
Move sk_rx_dst to avoid two 32bit holes on 64bit arches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With early demux enabled by default for TCP flows, there is high chance that
skb->sk will be non-null. 'unlikely()' was removed from __inet_lookup_skb() but
maybe it can be removed from skb_steal_sock() as well.
Note: skb_steal_sock() is also called by __inet6_lookup_skb() and
__udp4_lib_lookup_skb() but they are protected by their own 'unlikely' calls.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
net/batman-adv/translation-table.c
net/ipv6/route.c
qmi_wwan.c resolution provided by Bjørn Mork.
batman-adv conflict is dealing merely with the changes
of global function names to have a proper subsystem
prefix.
ipv6's route.c conflict is merely two side-by-side additions
of network namespace methods.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few things that make the logging and
debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should
be right now:
* a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug
* wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both*
Kconfig and dynamic configuration
* there are still a lot of ifdefs
* the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the
sdata->name is printed in front
Clean up everything, introducing new macros and
separating out the station MLME debugging into
a new Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Don't cache output dst for syncookies, as this adds pressure on IP route
cache and rcu subsystem for no gain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is meant to add a control for disabling early socket demux.
The main motivation behind this patch is to provide an option to disable
the feature as it adds an additional cost to routing that reduces overall
throughput by up to 5%. For example one of my systems went from 12.1Mpps
to 11.6 after the early socket demux was added. It looks like the reason
for the regression is that we are now having to perform two lookups, first
the one for an established socket, and then the one for the routing table.
By adding this patch and toggling the value for ip_early_demux to 0 I am
able to get back to the 12.1Mpps I was previously seeing.
[ Move local variables in ip_rcv_finish() down into the basic
block in which they are actually used. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get current rssi (in dBm) from the driver/FW.
Instead of reporting the signal received in the last
rx packet, which might be inaccurate if rx traffic is
low and beacon filtering is enabled, get the signal
from the driver/FW.
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Input packet processing for local sockets involves two major demuxes.
One for the route and one for the socket.
But we can optimize this down to one demux for certain kinds of local
sockets.
Currently we only do this for established TCP sockets, but it could
at least in theory be expanded to other kinds of connections.
If a TCP socket is established then it's identity is fully specified.
This means that whatever input route was used during the three-way
handshake must work equally well for the rest of the connection since
the keys will not change.
Once we move to established state, we cache the receive packet's input
route to use later.
Like the existing cached route in sk->sk_dst_cache used for output
packets, we have to check for route invalidations using dst->obsolete
and dst->ops->check().
Early demux occurs outside of a socket locked section, so when a route
invalidation occurs we defer the fixup of sk->sk_rx_dst until we are
actually inside of established state packet processing and thus have
the socket locked.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't pretend that inet_protos[] and inet6_protos[] are hashes, thay
are just a straight arrays. Remove all unnecessary hash masking.
Document MAX_INET_PROTOS.
Use RAW_HTABLE_SIZE when appropriate.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John Linville says:
====================
This is a sizeable batch of updates intended for 3.6...
The bulk of the changes here are Bluetooth. Gustavo says:
Here goes the first Bluetooth pull request for 3.6, we have
queued quite a lot of work. Andrei Emeltchenko added the AMP
Manager code, a lot of work is needed, but the first bit are
already there. This code is disabled by default. Mat Martineau
changed the whole L2CAP ERTM state machine code, replacing
the old one with a new implementation. Besides that we had
lot of coding style fixes (to follow net rules), more l2cap
core separation from socket and many clean ups and fixed all
over the tree.
Along with the above, there is a healthy dose of ath9k, iwlwifi,
and other driver updates. There is also another pull from the
wireless tree to resolve some merge issues. I also fixed-up some
merge discrepencies between net-next and wireless-next.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_parse" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_seq_adjust" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_put" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_get" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
We have to use CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_QUEUE_CT in
include/net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h, not CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move AUTO_OFF_TIMEOUT to other constants changing name to
HCI_AUTO_OFF_TIMEOUT and convert to jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In "9cb0176 netfilter: add glue code to integrate nfnetlink_queue and ctnetlink"
the compilation with NF_CONNTRACK disabled is broken. This patch fixes this
issue.
I have moved the conntrack part into nfnetlink_queue_ct.c to avoid
peppering the entire nfnetlink_queue.c code with ifdefs.
I also needed to rename nfnetlink_queue.c to nfnetlink_queue_pkt.c
to update the net/netfilter/Makefile to support conditional compilation
of the conntrack integration.
This patch also adds CONFIG_NETFILTER_QUEUE_CT in case you want to explicitly
disable the integration between nf_conntrack and nfnetlink_queue.
Reported-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this
control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only
one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time
(in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to
2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum
configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is
restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo says:
====================
This is the second batch of Netfilter updates for net-next. It contains the
kernel changes for the new user-space connection tracking helper
infrastructure.
More details on this infrastructure are provides here:
http://lwn.net/Articles/500196/
Still, I plan to provide some official documentation through the
conntrack-tools user manual on how to setup user-space utilities for this.
So far, it provides two helper in user-space, one for NFSv3 and another for
Oracle/SQLnet/TNS. Yet in my TODO list.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix code style - place the asterisk where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Eldad Zack <eldad@fogrefinery.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are good reasons to supports helpers in user-space instead:
* Rapid connection tracking helper development, as developing code
in user-space is usually faster.
* Reliability: A buggy helper does not crash the kernel. Moreover,
we can monitor the helper process and restart it in case of problems.
* Security: Avoid complex string matching and mangling in kernel-space
running in privileged mode. Going further, we can even think about
running user-space helpers as a non-root process.
* Extensibility: It allows the development of very specific helpers (most
likely non-standard proprietary protocols) that are very likely not to be
accepted for mainline inclusion in the form of kernel-space connection
tracking helpers.
This patch adds the infrastructure to allow the implementation of
user-space conntrack helpers by means of the new nfnetlink subsystem
`nfnetlink_cthelper' and the existing queueing infrastructure
(nfnetlink_queue).
I had to add the new hook NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK_HELPER to register
ipv[4|6]_helper which results from splitting ipv[4|6]_confirm into
two pieces. This change is required not to break NAT sequence
adjustment and conntrack confirmation for traffic that is enqueued
to our user-space conntrack helpers.
Basic operation, in a few steps:
1) Register user-space helper by means of `nfct':
nfct helper add ftp inet tcp
[ It must be a valid existing helper supported by conntrack-tools ]
2) Add rules to enable the FTP user-space helper which is
used to track traffic going to TCP port 21.
For locally generated packets:
iptables -I OUTPUT -t raw -p tcp --dport 21 -j CT --helper ftp
For non-locally generated packets:
iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -p tcp --dport 21 -j CT --helper ftp
3) Run the test conntrackd in helper mode (see example files under
doc/helper/conntrackd.conf
conntrackd
4) Generate FTP traffic going, if everything is OK, then conntrackd
should create expectations (you can check that with `conntrack':
conntrack -E expect
[NEW] 301 proto=6 src=192.168.1.136 dst=130.89.148.12 sport=0 dport=54037 mask-src=255.255.255.255 mask-dst=255.255.255.255 sport=0 dport=65535 master-src=192.168.1.136 master-dst=130.89.148.12 sport=57127 dport=21 class=0 helper=ftp
[DESTROY] 301 proto=6 src=192.168.1.136 dst=130.89.148.12 sport=0 dport=54037 mask-src=255.255.255.255 mask-dst=255.255.255.255 sport=0 dport=65535 master-src=192.168.1.136 master-dst=130.89.148.12 sport=57127 dport=21 class=0 helper=ftp
This confirms that our test helper is receiving packets including the
conntrack information, and adding expectations in kernel-space.
The user-space helper can also store its private tracking information
in the conntrack structure in the kernel via the CTA_HELP_INFO. The
kernel will consider this a binary blob whose layout is unknown. This
information will be included in the information that is transfered
to user-space via glue code that integrates nfnetlink_queue and
ctnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
User-space programs that receive traffic via NFQUEUE may mangle packets.
If NAT is enabled, this usually puzzles sequence tracking, leading to
traffic disruptions.
With this patch, nfnl_queue will make the corresponding NAT TCP sequence
adjustment if:
1) The packet has been mangled,
2) the NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK flag has been set, and
3) NAT is detected.
There are some records on the Internet complaning about this issue:
http://stackoverflow.com/questions/260757/packet-mangling-utilities-besides-iptables
By now, we only support TCP since we have no helpers for DCCP or SCTP.
Better to add this if we ever have some helper over those layer 4 protocols.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch uses the new variable length conntrack extensions.
Instead of using union nf_conntrack_help that contain all the
helper private data information, we allocate variable length
area to store the private helper data.
This patch includes the modification of all existing helpers.
It also includes a couple of include header to avoid compilation
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can now define conntrack extensions of variable size. This
patch is useful to get rid of these unions:
union nf_conntrack_help
union nf_conntrack_proto
union nf_conntrack_nat_help
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch modifies the struct nf_conntrack_helper to allocate
the room for the helper name. The maximum length is 16 bytes
(this was already introduced in 2.6.24).
For the maximum length for expectation policy names, I have
also selected 16 bytes.
This patch is required by the follow-up patch to support
user-space connection tracking helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/route.c
Pull in 'net' again to get the revert of Thomas's change
which introduced regressions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 2a0c451ade.
It causes crashes, because now ip6_null_entry is used before
it is initialized.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/route.c
This deals with a merge conflict between the net-next addition of the
inetpeer network namespace ops, and Thomas Graf's bug fix in
2a0c451ade which makes sure we don't
register /proc/net/ipv6_route before it is actually safe to do so.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/ipv6_route reflects the contents of fib_table_hash. The proc
handler is installed in ip6_route_net_init() whereas fib_table_hash is
allocated in fib6_net_init() _after_ the proc handler has been installed.
This opens up a short time frame to access fib_table_hash with its pants
down.
fib6_init() as a whole can't be moved to an earlier position as it also
registers the rtnetlink message handlers which should be registered at
the end. Therefore split it into fib6_init() which is run early and
fib6_init_late() to register the rtnetlink message handlers.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One tricky issue on the ipv6 side vs. ipv4 is that the ICMP callouts
to handle the error pass the 32-bit info cookie in network byte order
whereas ipv4 passes it around in host byte order.
Like the ipv4 side, we have two helper functions. One for when we
have a socket context and one for when we do not.
ip6ip6 tunnels are not handled here, because they handle PMTU events
by essentially relaying another ICMP packet-too-big message back to
the original sender.
This patch allows us to get rid of rt6_do_pmtu_disc(). It handles all
kinds of situations that simply cannot happen when we do the PMTU
update directly using a fully resolved route.
In fact, the "plen == 128" check in ip6_rt_update_pmtu() can very
likely be removed or changed into a BUG_ON() check. We should never
have a prefixed ipv6 route when we get there.
Another piece of strange history here is that TCP and DCCP, unlike in
ipv4, never invoke the update_pmtu() method from their ICMP error
handlers. This is incredibly astonishing since this is the context
where we have the most accurate context in which to make a PMTU
update, namely we have a fully connected socket and associated cached
socket route.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With ip_rt_frag_needed() removed, we have to explicitly update PMTU
information in every ICMP error handler.
Create two helper functions to facilitate this.
1) ipv4_sk_update_pmtu()
This updates the PMTU when we have a socket context to
work with.
2) ipv4_update_pmtu()
Raw version, used when no socket context is available. For this
interface, we essentially just pass in explicit arguments for
the flow identity information we would have extracted from the
socket.
And you'll notice that ipv4_sk_update_pmtu() is simply implemented
in terms of ipv4_update_pmtu()
Note that __ip_route_output_key() is used, rather than something like
ip_route_output_flow() or ip_route_output_key(). This is because we
absolutely do not want to end up with a route that does IPSEC
encapsulation and the like. Instead, we only want the route that
would get us to the node described by the outermost IP header.
Reported-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by
proactive PREQ mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
The iwlwifi conflict was resolved by keeping the code added
in 'net' that turns off the buggy chip feature.
The MAINTAINERS conflict was merely overlapping changes, one
change updated all the wireless web site URLs and the other
changed some GIT trees to be Johannes's instead of John's.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change flags field to matches userspace structure.
This field needs to be converted to little endian before forward it.
Signed-off-by: Jefferson Delfes <jefferson.delfes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This also includes a switch to tty refcounting. It makes sure, the
code no longer can access a freed TTY struct.
Sometimes the only thing needed is to pass tty down to the callies.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Use self->spinlock only for ctrl_skb and tx_skb. TTY stuff is now
protected by tty_port->lock. This is needed for further cleanup (and
conversion to tty_port helpers).
This also closes the race in the end of close.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Switch to tty_port->flags. And while at it, remove redefined flags for
them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
And use close/open_wait from there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In the transmit path of the bonding driver, skb->cb is used to
stash the skb->queue_mapping so that the bonding device can set its
own queue mapping. This value becomes corrupted since the skb->cb is
also used in __dev_xmit_skb.
When transmitting through bonding driver, bond_select_queue is
called from dev_queue_xmit. In bond_select_queue the original
skb->queue_mapping is copied into skb->cb (via bond_queue_mapping)
and skb->queue_mapping is overwritten with the bond driver queue.
Subsequently in dev_queue_xmit, __dev_xmit_skb is called which writes
the packet length into skb->cb, thereby overwriting the stashed
queue mappping. In bond_dev_queue_xmit (called from hard_start_xmit),
the queue mapping for the skb is set to the stashed value which is now
the skb length and hence is an invalid queue for the slave device.
If we want to save skb->queue_mapping into skb->cb[], best place is to
add a field in struct qdisc_skb_cb, to make sure it wont conflict with
other layers (eg : Qdiscc, Infiniband...)
This patchs also makes sure (struct qdisc_skb_cb)->data is aligned on 8
bytes :
netem qdisc for example assumes it can store an u64 in it, without
misalignment penalty.
Note : we only have 20 bytes left in (struct qdisc_skb_cb)->data[].
The largest user is CHOKe and it fills it.
Based on a previous patch from Tom Herbert.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCI constants are always used in form of jiffies. So just
include the conversion from msecs in the define itself. This has the
advantage of making the code where the timeout is used more readable
and avoiding unnecessary conversions.
The patch is similar to commit ba13ccd9 doing the same job for L2CAP
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If no peer actually gets attached (either because create is zero or
the peer allocation fails) we'll trigger a BUG because we
unconditionally do an rt{,6}_peer_ptr() afterwards.
Fix this by guarding it with the proper check.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We handle NULL in rt{,6}_set_peer but then our caller will try to pass
that NULL pointer into inet_putpeer() which isn't ready for it.
Fix this by moving the NULL check one level up, and then remove the
now unnecessary NULL check from inetpeer_ptr_set_peer().
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implementation can deal with having many inetpeer roots, which is
a necessary prerequisite for per-FIB table rooted peer tables.
Each family (AF_INET, AF_INET6) has a sequence number which we bump
when we get a family invalidation request.
Each peer lookup cheaply checks whether the flush sequence of the
root we are using is out of date, and if so flushes it and updates
the sequence number.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is zero point to this function.
It's only real substance is to perform an extremely outdated BSD4.2
ICMP check, which we can safely remove. If you really have a MTU
limited link being routed by a BSD4.2 derived system, here's a nickel
go buy yourself a real router.
The other actions of ip_rt_frag_needed(), checking and conditionally
updating the peer, are done by the per-protocol handlers of the ICMP
event.
TCP, UDP, et al. have a handler which will receive this event and
transmit it back into the associated route via dst_ops->update_pmtu().
This simplification is important, because it eliminates the one place
where we do not have a proper route context in which to make an
inetpeer lookup.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We encode the pointer(s) into an unsigned long with one state bit.
The state bit is used so we can store the inetpeer tree root to use
when resolving the peer later.
Later the peer roots will be per-FIB table, and this change works to
facilitate that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation,
as pointed out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the missing kernel-doc for mesh configuration parameters as pointed
out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If I build with W=1, for every file that includes <net/route.h>, I get the warning
include/net/route.h: In function 'ip_route_output':
include/net/route.h:135:3: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
include/net/route.h:135:3: warning: (near initialization for 'fl4') [-Woverride-init]
(This is with "gcc (Debian 4.6.3-1) 4.6.3")
A fix seems pretty trivial: move the initialization of .flowi4_tos
earlier. As far as I can tell, this has no effect on code generation.
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only need one interface for this operation, since we always know
which inetpeer root we want to flush.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since it's guarenteed that we will access the inetpeer if we're trying
to do timewait recycling and TCP options were enabled on the
connection, just cache the peer in the timewait socket.
In the future, inetpeer lookups will be context dependent (per routing
realm), and this helps facilitate that as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed
during development.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The get_peer method TCP uses is full of special cases that make no
sense accommodating, and it also gets in the way of doing more
reasonable things here.
First of all, if the socket doesn't have a usable cached route, there
is no sense in trying to optimize timewait recycling.
Likewise for the case where we have IP options, such as SRR enabled,
that make the IP header destination address (and thus the destination
address of the route key) differ from that of the connection's
destination address.
Just return a NULL peer in these cases, and thus we're also able to
get rid of the clumsy inetpeer release logic.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a lot of places that open-code rt{,6}_get_peer() only because
they want to set 'create' to one. So add an rt{,6}_get_peer_create()
for their sake.
There were also a few spots open-coding plain rt{,6}_get_peer() and
those are transformed here as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With LE/SMP the completion of a security level elavation from medium to
high is indicated by a HCI Encryption Key Refresh Complete event. The
necessary behavior upon receiving this event is a mix of what's done for
auth_complete and encryption_change, which is also where most of the
event handling code has been copied from.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
/proc/net/unix has quadratic behavior, and can hold unix_table_lock for
a while if high number of unix sockets are alive. (90 ms for 200k
sockets...)
We already have a hash table, so its quite easy to use it.
Problem is unbound sockets are still hashed in a single hash slot
(unix_socket_table[UNIX_HASH_TABLE])
This patch also spreads unbound sockets to 256 hash slots, to speedup
both /proc/net/unix and unix_diag.
Time to read /proc/net/unix with 200k unix sockets :
(time dd if=/proc/net/unix of=/dev/null bs=4k)
before : 520 secs
after : 2 secs
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add struct net as a parameter of inet_getpeer_v[4,6],
use net to replace &init_net.
and modify some places to provide net for inet_getpeer_v[4,6]
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
now inetpeer doesn't support namespace,the information will
be leaking across namespace.
this patch move the global vars v4_peers and v6_peers to
netns_ipv4 and netns_ipv6 as a field peers.
add struct pernet_operations inetpeer_ops to initial pernet
inetpeer data.
and change family_to_base and inet_getpeer to support namespace.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds namespace support for cttimeout.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since the sysctl data for l[3|4]proto now resides in pernet nf_proto_net.
We can now remove this unused fields from struct nf_contrack_l[3,4]proto.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for ICMPv6 protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for ICMP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for UDP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for TCP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for the generic layer 4 protocol
tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch prepares the namespace support for layer 3 protocol trackers.
Basically, this modifies the following interfaces:
* nf_ct_l3proto_[un]register_sysctl.
* nf_conntrack_l3proto_[un]register.
We add a new nf_ct_l3proto_net is used to get the pernet data of l3proto.
This adds rhe new struct nf_ip_net that is used to store the sysctl header
and l3proto_ipv4,l4proto_tcp(6),l4proto_udp(6),l4proto_icmp(v6) because the
protos such tcp and tcp6 use the same data,so making nf_ip_net as a field
of netns_ct is the easiest way to manager it.
This patch also adds init_net to struct nf_conntrack_l3proto to initial
the layer 3 protocol pernet data.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch prepares the namespace support for layer 4 protocol trackers.
Basically, this modifies the following interfaces:
* nf_ct_[un]register_sysctl
* nf_conntrack_l4proto_[un]register
to include the namespace parameter. We still use init_net in this patch
to prepare the ground for follow-up patches for each layer 4 protocol
tracker.
We add a new net_id field to struct nf_conntrack_l4proto that is used
to store the pernet_operations id for each layer 4 protocol tracker.
Note that AF_INET6's protocols do not need to do sysctl compat. Thus,
we only register compat sysctl when l4proto.l3proto != AF_INET6.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of
the generic off-channel work concept, replacing
it with a simple remain-on-channel list.
This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC
implementation:
* offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued,
now we can queue it as well, if needed
* in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is
mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new
queue to handle that case -- I expect that it
will later depend on a HW flag
The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug
in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt
TX request while HW roc is active, and this new
request has a wait time, we actually schedule a
software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the
existing offloaded ROC will still be that long.
To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed.
The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet
optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW
extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later
but for now use a software implementation.
Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the
offloaded and software-implemented case as much
as possible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right
now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel
period already started. Therefore, all drivers that
use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel
while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all.
Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for
authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so
also remove that logic.
Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status
from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel
API except for the monitor channel and in libertas,
clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a
new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to
keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal
set_channel() to set_monitor_channel().
Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel()
semantics more clearly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 5faa5df1fa (inetpeer: Invalidate the inetpeer tree along with
the routing cache) added a race :
Before freeing an inetpeer, we must respect a RCU grace period, and make
sure no user will attempt to increase refcnt.
inetpeer_invalidate_tree() waits for a RCU grace period before inserting
inetpeer tree into gc_list and waking the worker. At that time, no
concurrent lookup can find a inetpeer in this tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting
the channel and then joining the mesh network,
provide the channel to join the network on to
the join_mesh() function.
Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel
to the join-mesh nl80211 command now.
Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if
none was given.
As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has
no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break
it, keep some compatibility code for that case
and configure the channel directly for it.
In the non-libertas case, where we store the
channel until join, allow setting it while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting the channel first and then
starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel
and provide it as one of the AP settings.
This means that now you have to set the channel
before you can start an AP interface, but since
hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK
with this change.
Alternatively, it's now possible to give the
channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211
command, overriding any preset channel.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan() to return true
if there is no secondary channel to simplify all the
current users of it. They all check the channel type
before calling the function because it returns false
if there's no secondary channel.
Also actually document the return value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_get_operstate() was used by drivers in order to
know whether the sta link is up, but it's no longer needed
(nor used) as mac80211 notifies the drivers about
authorization changes (via the sta_state callback)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_IBSS_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_HT_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in
netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be
propagated to every netdev created from this HW.
The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW
checksumming.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A2MP doesn't use part of the L2CAP chan ops API so we just create general
empty function instead of the A2MP specific one.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch renames L2CAP_LE_DEFAULT_MTU macro to L2CAP_LE_MIN_MTU
since it represents the minimum MTU value, not the default MTU
value for LE.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Those are not used anywhere in code (and never were since introduction
in 2006) so just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
A2MP fixed channel do not have sk
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
A2MP status codes copied from Bluez patch sent by Peter Krystad
<pkrystad@codeaurora.org>.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Helper function to build and send A2MP messages.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define AMP Manager and some basic functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This move socket specific code to l2cap_sock.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This remove a bit more of socket code from l2cap core, this calls set the
SOCK_ZAPPED and do some clean up depending on the socket state.
Reported-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use chan instead of void * makes more sense here.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add HCI commands to deal with Bluetooth AMP controllers.
Those commands will be used by bluetooth and softamp code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Define assigned Protocol and Service Multiplexor (PSM) identifiers
and use them instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define Continuation flag which the only flag used from Flags field
in L2CAP Configuration Request and Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most of the include were unnecessary or already included by some other
header.
Replace module.h by export.h where possible.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Fix all warning and errors reported by checkpatch but license trailing
whitespace and bdaddr_t definition.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Remove magic number with defined link key size.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET name is misleading - purpose of this quirk is to
reset device on close instead of init, not to not reset at all.
Rename it to HCI_QUIRK_RESET_ON_CLOSE to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that l2cap_ctrl is used to set up control fields, these macros are
not needed.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The ERTM specification requires the retransmit timer to be cancelled
when the monitor timer is set. The retransmit timer cannot be set
again while the monitor timer is pending.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This deletes the receive code that had handlers for each frame type at
the top level, and then had logic to determine the receive state
within each handler.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This fixes a regression from commit
2ead70b839 that is present in all
kernels starting at v3.0.
When L2CAP information was moved to struct l2cap_chan, a check was
added to l2cap_chan_del to avoid certain cleanup operations when ERTM
or streaming mode had not yet been initialized. The logic in the
check did not take in to account that chan->conf_state is set to 0 in
l2cap_chan_ready, so l2cap_chan_del failed to cancel timers and leaked
memory any time the ERTM queues or lists were not empty.
This change makes sure that l2cap_chan_del only returns early if
ERTM initialization was not performed.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This routine will be called by drivers whenever they receive data in target
mode. This should be unexpected events and as such should be handled by a
standalone API (i.e. not as a callback pointer from an existing API).
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Userspace gets a netlink event upon target mode activation.
The LLCP layer is also signaled when we get an ATR_REQ in order to get
the remote general bytes.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When NetLabel is not enabled, e.g. CONFIG_NETLABEL=n, and the system
receives a CIPSO tagged packet it is dropped (cipso_v4_validate()
returns non-zero). In most cases this is the correct and desired
behavior, however, in the case where we are simply forwarding the
traffic, e.g. acting as a network bridge, this becomes a problem.
This patch fixes the forwarding problem by providing the basic CIPSO
validation code directly in ip_options_compile() without the need for
the NetLabel or CIPSO code. The new validation code can not perform
any of the CIPSO option label/value verification that
cipso_v4_validate() does, but it can verify the basic CIPSO option
format.
The behavior when NetLabel is enabled is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David S. Miller:
1) Fix IPSEC header length calculation for transport mode in ESP. The
issue is whether to do the calculation before or after alignment.
Fix from Benjamin Poirier.
2) Fix regression in IPV6 IPSEC fragment length calculations, from Gao
Feng. This is another transport vs tunnel mode issue.
3) Handle AF_UNSPEC connect()s properly in L2TP to avoid OOPSes. Fix
from James Chapman.
4) Fix USB ASIX driver's reception of full sized VLAN packets, from
Eric Dumazet.
5) Allow drop monitor (and, more generically, all generic netlink
protocols) to be automatically loaded as a module. From Neil
Horman.
Fix up trivial conflict in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
due to new entries added next to each other at the end. As usual.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (38 commits)
net/smsc911x: Repair broken failure paths
virtio-net: remove useless disable on freeze
netdevice: Update netif_dbg for CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG
drop_monitor: Add module alias to enable automatic module loading
genetlink: Build a generic netlink family module alias
net: add MODULE_ALIAS_NET_PF_PROTO_NAME
r6040: Do a Proper deinit at errorpath and also when driver unloads (calling r6040_remove_one)
r6040: disable pci device if the subsequent calls (after pci_enable_device) fails
skb: avoid unnecessary reallocations in __skb_cow
net: sh_eth: fix the rxdesc pointer when rx descriptor empty happens
asix: allow full size 8021Q frames to be received
rds_rdma: don't assume infiniband device is PCI
l2tp: fix oops in L2TP IP sockets for connect() AF_UNSPEC case
mac80211: fix ADDBA declined after suspend with wowlan
wlcore: fix undefined symbols when CONFIG_PM is not defined
mac80211: fix flag check for QoS NOACK frames
ath9k_hw: apply internal regulator settings on AR933x
ath9k_hw: update AR933x initvals to fix issues with high power devices
ath9k: fix a use-after-free-bug when ath_tx_setup_buffer() fails
ath9k: stop rx dma before stopping tx
...
We call the destroy function when a cgroup starts to be removed, such as
by a rmdir event.
However, because of our reference counters, some objects are still
inflight. Right now, we are decrementing the static_keys at destroy()
time, meaning that if we get rid of the last static_key reference, some
objects will still have charges, but the code to properly uncharge them
won't be run.
This becomes a problem specially if it is ever enabled again, because now
new charges will be added to the staled charges making keeping it pretty
much impossible.
We just need to be careful with the static branch activation: since there
is no particular preferred order of their activation, we need to make sure
that we only start using it after all call sites are active. This is
achieved by having a per-memcg flag that is only updated after
static_key_slow_inc() returns. At this time, we are sure all sites are
active.
This is made per-memcg, not global, for a reason: it also has the effect
of making socket accounting more consistent. The first memcg to be
limited will trigger static_key() activation, therefore, accounting. But
all the others will then be accounted no matter what. After this patch,
only limited memcgs will have its sockets accounted.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: move enum sock_flag_bits into sock.h,
document enum sock_flag_bits,
convert memcg_proto_active() and memcg_proto_activated() to test_bit(),
redo tcp_update_limit() comment to 80 cols]
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Since commit ad0081e43a
"ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets as needed"
the fragment of packets is incorrect.
because tunnel mode needs IPsec headers and trailer for all fragments,
while on transport mode it is sufficient to add the headers to the
first fragment and the trailer to the last.
so modify mtu and maxfraglen base on ipsec mode and if fragment is first
or last.
with my test,it work well(every fragment's size is the mtu)
and does not trigger slow fragment path.
Changes from v1:
though optimization, mtu_prev and maxfraglen_prev can be delete.
replace xfrm mode codes with dst_entry's new frag DST_XFRM_TUNNEL.
add fuction ip6_append_data_mtu to make codes clearer.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull more networking updates from David Miller:
"Ok, everything from here on out will be bug fixes."
1) One final sync of wireless and bluetooth stuff from John Linville.
These changes have all been in his tree for more than a week, and
therefore have had the necessary -next exposure. John was just away
on a trip and didn't have a change to send the pull request until a
day or two ago.
2) Put back some defines in user exposed header file areas that were
removed during the tokenring purge. From Stephen Hemminger and Paul
Gortmaker.
3) A bug fix for UDP hash table allocation got lost in the pile due to
one of those "you got it.. no I've got it.." situations. :-)
From Tim Bird.
4) SKB coalescing in TCP needs to have stricter checks, otherwise we'll
try to coalesce overlapping frags and crash. Fix from Eric Dumazet.
5) RCU routing table lookups can race with free_fib_info(), causing
crashes when we deref the device pointers in the route. Fix by
releasing the net device in the RCU callback. From Yanmin Zhang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (293 commits)
tcp: take care of overlaps in tcp_try_coalesce()
ipv4: fix the rcu race between free_fib_info and ip_route_output_slow
mm: add a low limit to alloc_large_system_hash
ipx: restore token ring define to include/linux/ipx.h
if: restore token ring ARP type to header
xen: do not disable netfront in dom0
phy/micrel: Fix ID of KSZ9021
mISDN: Add X-Tensions USB ISDN TA XC-525
gianfar:don't add FCB length to hard_header_len
Bluetooth: Report proper error number in disconnection
Bluetooth: Create flags for bt_sk()
Bluetooth: report the right security level in getsockopt
Bluetooth: Lock the L2CAP channel when sending
Bluetooth: Restore locking semantics when looking up L2CAP channels
Bluetooth: Fix a redundant and problematic incoming MTU check
Bluetooth: Add support for Foxconn/Hon Hai AR5BBU22 0489:E03C
Bluetooth: Fix EIR data generation for mgmt_device_found
Bluetooth: Fix Inquiry with RSSI event mask
Bluetooth: improve readability of l2cap_seq_list code
Bluetooth: Fix skb length calculation
...
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"cgroup file type addition / removal is updated so that file types are
added and removed instead of individual files so that dynamic file
type addition / removal can be implemented by cgroup and used by
controllers. blkio controller changes which will come through block
tree are dependent on this. Other changes include res_counter cleanup
and disallowing kthread / PF_THREAD_BOUND threads to be attached to
non-root cgroups.
There's a reported bug with the file type addition / removal handling
which can lead to oops on cgroup umount. The issue is being looked
into. It shouldn't cause problems for most setups and isn't a
security concern."
Fix up trivial conflict in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
* 'for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (21 commits)
res_counter: Account max_usage when calling res_counter_charge_nofail()
res_counter: Merge res_counter_charge and res_counter_charge_nofail
cgroups: disallow attaching kthreadd or PF_THREAD_BOUND threads
cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys->populate()
cgroup: get rid of populate for memcg
cgroup: pass struct mem_cgroup instead of struct cgroup to socket memcg
cgroup: make css->refcnt clearing on cgroup removal optional
cgroup: use negative bias on css->refcnt to block css_tryget()
cgroup: implement cgroup_rm_cftypes()
cgroup: introduce struct cfent
cgroup: relocate __d_cgrp() and __d_cft()
cgroup: remove cgroup_add_file[s]()
cgroup: convert memcg controller to the new cftype interface
memcg: always create memsw files if CONFIG_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP
cgroup: convert all non-memcg controllers to the new cftype interface
cgroup: relocate cftype and cgroup_subsys definitions in controllers
cgroup: merge cft_release_agent cftype array into the base files array
cgroup: implement cgroup_add_cftypes() and friends
cgroup: build list of all cgroups under a given cgroupfs_root
cgroup: move cgroup_clear_directory() call out of cgroup_populate_dir()
...
Mostly bool conversions, some inline removals and const additions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_opt_accepted() returns a bool, and can use const pointers
ipv6_addr_equal(), ipv6_addr_any(), ipv6_addr_loopback(),
ipv6_addr_orchid() return a bool.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- match() method returns a boolean
- return (A && B && C && D) -> return A && B && C && D
- fix indentation
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Enable dynamic debugging and remove a bunch of #ifdef/#endifs.
Add a lapb_dbg(level, fmt, ...) macro and replace the
printk(KERN_DEBUG uses.
Add pr_fmt and remove embedded prefixes.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bool conversions where possible.
__inline__ -> inline
space cleanups
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bool/const conversions where possible
__inline__ -> inline
space cleanups
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- sock_flag() accepts a const pointer
- sock_flag() returns a boolean
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
codel_should_drop() logic allows a packet being not dropped if queue
size is under max packet size.
In fq_codel, we have two possible backlogs : The qdisc global one, and
the flow local one.
The meaningful one for codel_should_drop() should be the global backlog,
not the per flow one, so that thin flows can have a non zero drop/mark
probability.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for monitor device intended to capture all the network activity.
This interface could be used by networks sniffers and is already
supported by WireShark. That's a good test point to check that basic
MAC support works.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This stack implementation distinguishes several types of slave
interfaces. Another parameter to 'add_iface_' function is added
to clarify the interface type is going to be registered.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According IEEE 802.15.4 standard each node can be either full functionality
device (FFD) or reduce functionality device (RFD). So 2 sets of operations
are needed. This patch declare RFD operations structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Main RX data path implementation between physical and mac layers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An interface to allocate and register ieee802154 compatible device.
The allocated device has the following representation in memory:
+-----------------------+
| struct wpan_phy |
+-----------------------+
| struct mac802154_priv |
+-----------------------+
| driver's private data |
+-----------------------+
Used by device drivers to register new instance in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE 802.15.4 Working Group focuses on the standardization of the
bottom two layers of ISO/OSI protocol stack: Physical (PHY) and MAC.
The MAC layer provides access control to a shared channel and reliable
data delivery. The main functions performed by the MAC sublayer are:
association and disassociation, security control, optional star
network topology functions, such as beacon generation and Guaranteed
Time Slots (GTSs) management, generation of ACK frames (if used), and,
finally, application support for the two possible network topologies
described in the standard.
This is an initial commit which describes main data structures needed
for ieee802.15.4 compatible devices representation in the MAC layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
defer_setup and suspended are now flags into bt_sk().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The ERTM and streaming mode transmit queue must only be accessed while
the L2CAP channel lock is held. Locking the channel before calling
l2cap_chan_send ensures that multiple threads cannot simultaneously
manipulate the queue when sending and receiving concurrently.
L2CAP channel locking had previously moved to the l2cap_chan struct
instead of the associated socket, so some of the old socket locking
can also be removed in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The mgmt_device_found function expects to receive only the significant
part of the EIR data so it needs to be removed before calling the
function. This patch adds a new eir_get_length() helper function to
calculate the length of the significant part.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It should return bool, not int. The function even
does return true/false.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield)
to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all
drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set
which radiotap MCS details they report.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP.
Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys"
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are going to delete the Token ring support. This removes any
special processing in the core networking for token ring, (aside
from net/tr.c itself), leaving the drivers and remaining tokenring
support present but inert.
The mass removal of the drivers and net/tr.c will be in a separate
commit, so that the history of these files that we still care
about won't have the giant deletion tied into their history.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The NFC core code already does that for them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is now specified that nfc_target_found() and nfc_target_lost() core
functions must not be called from an atomic context. This allow us to
serialize calls and protect the targets table using the nfc device lock
instead of a spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC Core now caches the active nfc target pointer, thereby avoiding
the need to lookup the target table for each invocation of a driver ops.
Consequently, pn533, HCI and NCI now directly receive an nfc_target
pointer instead of a target index.
Cc: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
David pointed out gcc might generate poor code with 31bit fields.
Using u16 is more than enough and permits a better code output.
Also make the code intent more readable using constants, fixed point arithmetic
not being trivial for everybody.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It fixes L2CAP socket based security level elevation during a
connection. The HID profile needs this (for keyboards) and it is the only
way to achieve the security level elevation when using the management
interface to talk to the kernel (hence the management enabling patch
being the one that exposes this issue).
It enables the userspace a security level change when the socket is
already connected and create a way to notify the socket the result of the
request. At the moment of the request the socket is made non writable, if
the request fails the connections closes, otherwise the socket is made
writable again, POLL_OUT is emmited.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As Van pointed out, interval/sqrt(count) can be implemented using
multiplies only.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Methods_of_computing_square_roots#Iterative_methods_for_reciprocal_square_roots
This patch implements the Newton method and reciprocal divide.
Total cost is 15 cycles instead of 120 on my Corei5 machine (64bit
kernel).
There is a small 'error' for count values < 5, but we don't really care.
I reuse a hole in struct codel_vars :
- pack the dropping boolean into one bit
- use 31bit to store the reciprocal value of sqrt(count).
Suggested-by: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An implementation of CoDel AQM, from Kathleen Nichols and Van Jacobson.
http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=2209336
This AQM main input is no longer queue size in bytes or packets, but the
delay packets stay in (FIFO) queue.
As we don't have infinite memory, we still can drop packets in enqueue()
in case of massive load, but mean of CoDel is to drop packets in
dequeue(), using a control law based on two simple parameters :
target : target sojourn time (default 5ms)
interval : width of moving time window (default 100ms)
Based on initial work from Dave Taht.
Refactored to help future codel inclusion as a plugin for other linux
qdisc (FQ_CODEL, ...), like RED.
include/net/codel.h contains codel algorithm as close as possible than
Kathleen reference.
net/sched/sch_codel.c contains the linux qdisc specific glue.
Separate structures permit a memory efficient implementation of fq_codel
(to be sent as a separate work) : Each flow has its own struct
codel_vars.
timestamps are taken at enqueue() time with 1024 ns precision, allowing
a range of 2199 seconds in queue, and 100Gb links support. iproute2 uses
usec as base unit.
Selected packets are dropped, unless ECN is enabled and packets can get
ECN mark instead.
Tested from 2Mb to 10Gb speeds with no particular problems, on ixgbe and
tg3 drivers (BQL enabled).
Usage: tc qdisc ... codel [ limit PACKETS ] [ target TIME ]
[ interval TIME ] [ ecn ]
qdisc codel 10: parent 1:1 limit 2000p target 3.0ms interval 60.0ms ecn
Sent 13347099587 bytes 8815805 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 202365Kbit 16708pps backlog 113550b 75p requeues 0
count 116 lastcount 98 ldelay 4.3ms dropping drop_next 816us
maxpacket 1514 ecn_mark 84399 drop_overlimit 0
CoDel must be seen as a base module, and should be used keeping in mind
there is still a FIFO queue. So a typical setup will probably need a
hierarchy of several qdiscs and packet classifiers to be able to meet
whatever constraints a user might have.
One possible example would be to use fq_codel, which combines Fair
Queueing and CoDel, in replacement of sfq / sfq_red.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It actually works on the input queue and will use its read mem
routines, thus it's better to have in in the tcp_input.c file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_check() will take care of SA (and obsolete field), hence
IPsec rekeying scenario is taken into account.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yaseivch <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use more common code for ERTM and streaming mode segmentation and
transmission, and begin using skb control block data for delaying
extended or enhanced header generation until just before the packet is
transmitted. This code is also better suited for resegmentation,
which is needed when L2CAP links are reconfigured after an AMP channel
move.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The Bluetooth Low Energy support so far was disabled by default via
a module parameter. With this change the module parameter will be removed
and Low Energy is enabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
No one is using hci_le_ltk_neg_reply() in bluetooth subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
In this API, we were using sizeof operator for an array
given as function argument, which is invalid.
However this API is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
These values are now in the nested l2cap_ctrl struct.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Instead of using modular division, the offset can be calculated using
only addition and subtraction. The previous calculation did not work
as intended and was more difficult to understand, involving unsigned
integer underflow and a check for a negative value where one was not
possible.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
User-space pass the remote device address type to kernel through
struct sockaddr_l2 what makes the advertising useless. This patch
removes all advertising cache code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to establish a LE connection we need the address type
information. User-space already pass this information to kernel
through struct sockaddr_l2.
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to l2cap_chan_connect so we
are able to pass the address type info from user-space down to
hci_conn layer.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to hci_connect function.
Instead of searching the address type in advertising cache, we
use the dst_type parameter to establish LE connections.
The dst_type is ignored for BR/EDR connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the helper function bdaddr_to_le to hci_core, so it
can be used in mgmt.c and hci_conn.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the address type info to struct sockaddr_l2 so
user-space can inform the remote device address type required
to establish LE connections.
Soon, instead of looking the advertising cache up to discover the
address type, we'll use this address type info to establish LE
connections.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves address type macros to bluetooth.h since they will be
used by management interface and Bluetooth socket interface. It also
replaces the macro prefix MGMT_ADDR_ by BDADDR_.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
No one is using strtoba() in the bluetooth subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
A sequence list is a data structure used to track frames that need to
be retransmitted, and frames that have been requested for
retransmission by the remote device. It can compactly represent a
list of sequence numbers within the ERTM transmit window. Memory for
the list is allocated once at connection time, and common operations
in ERTM are O(1).
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some parameters in L2CAP chan are set to default similar way in
socket based channels and A2MP channels. Adds common function which
sets all defaults.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch removes the MGMT_ADDR_INVALID macro. If the address type
isn't LE, we consider it is BR/EDR type.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Following the separation if core and sock code this change avoid
manipulation of sk inside l2cap_chan_create().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Every field from ERTM control headers is now carried in the control
block so it only has to be parsed or generated once, and can be
efficiently accessed throughout the ERTM code.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Adds some missing values for control field parsing, additional data
for the new state machine, and enumerations for states, incoming
packet classification, and state machine events.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds the HCI_PERIODIC_INQ flag to dev_flags. This flag
tracks if periodic inquiry is enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds a handler function to Periodic Inquiry command
complete event.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_cancel_le_scan function which
should be used to cancel an ongoing LE scan.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
ediv is already in little endian order.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device ID details need to be programmed into the kernel for every
controller at least once. So provide management command for this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device ID information can be provided via Extended Inquiry Data
as well. If a valid source is present, then include it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Inquiry Response TX power tag should be added to the Extended
Inquiry Data (EIR) as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We initialize the "struct device" in hci_alloc_dev() for a long time now
so we can access hdev->dev.parent directly. Hence, we can drop the
temporary field hdev->parent which is used in no other place than
hci_add_sysfs().
SET_HCIDEV_DEV() is never called after registering a device by the
drivers so we do not overwrite internal device-state. Furthermore,
hdev->dev is initialized to 0 by kzalloc() inside hci_alloc_dev() so the
default behavior with dev.parent = NULL is kept.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Correct type warnings reported by sparse to show that this
functions takes ediv argument in __le16 format.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Keep lmp_subver in host byte order. We have following conversion
in hci_cc_read_local_version:
hdev->lmp_subver = __le16_to_cpu(rp->lmp_subver);
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional
stats for the ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow master and backup servers to use many threads
for sync traffic. Add sysctl var "sync_ports" to define the
number of threads. Every thread will use single UDP port,
thread 0 will use the default port 8848 while last thread
will use port 8848+sync_ports-1.
The sync traffic for connections is scheduled to many
master threads based on the cp address but one connection is
always assigned to same thread to avoid reordering of the
sync messages.
Remove ip_vs_sync_switch_mode because this check
for sync mode change is still risky. Instead, check for mode
change under sync_buff_lock.
Make sure the backup socks do not block on reading.
Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for helping in all tests.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add two new sysctl vars to control the sync rate with the
main idea to reduce the rate for connection templates because
currently it depends on the packet rate for controlled connections.
This mechanism should be useful also for normal connections
with high traffic.
sync_refresh_period: in seconds, difference in reported connection
timer that triggers new sync message. It can be used to
avoid sync messages for the specified period (or half of
the connection timeout if it is lower) if connection state
is not changed from last sync.
sync_retries: integer, 0..3, defines sync retries with period of
sync_refresh_period/8. Useful to protect against loss of
sync messages.
Allow sysctl_sync_threshold to be used with
sysctl_sync_period=0, so that only single sync message is sent
if sync_refresh_period is also 0.
Add new field "sync_endtime" in connection structure to
hold the reported time when connection expires. The 2 lowest
bits will represent the retry count.
As the sysctl_sync_period now can be 0 use ACCESS_ONCE to
avoid division by zero.
Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for being patient with me,
for his extensive reports and helping in all tests.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
High rate of sync messages in master can lead to
overflowing the socket buffer and dropping the messages.
Fixed sleep of 1 second without wakeup events is not suitable
for loaded masters,
Use delayed_work to schedule sending for queued messages
and limit the delay to IPVS_SYNC_SEND_DELAY (20ms). This will
reduce the rate of wakeups but to avoid sending long bursts we
wakeup the master thread after IPVS_SYNC_WAKEUP_RATE (8) messages.
Add hard limit for the queued messages before sending
by using "sync_qlen_max" sysctl var. It defaults to 1/32 of
the memory pages but actually represents number of messages.
It will protect us from allocating large parts of memory
when the sending rate is lower than the queuing rate.
As suggested by Pablo, add new sysctl var
"sync_sock_size" to configure the SNDBUF (master) or
RCVBUF (slave) socket limit. Default value is 0 (preserve
system defaults).
Change the master thread to detect and block on
SNDBUF overflow, so that we do not drop messages when
the socket limit is low but the sync_qlen_max limit is
not reached. On ENOBUFS or other errors just drop the
messages.
Change master thread to enter TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE
state early, so that we do not miss wakeups due to messages or
kthread_should_stop event.
Thanks to Pablo Neira Ayuso for his valuable feedback!
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
this_cpu_inc() is IRQ safe and faster than
local_bh_disable()/__this_cpu_inc()/local_bh_enable(), at least on x86.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to disable automatic conntrack helper
lookup based on TCP/UDP ports, eg.
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper
[ Note: flows that already got a helper will keep using it even
if automatic helper assignment has been disabled ]
Once this behaviour has been disabled, you have to explicitly
use the iptables CT target to attach helper to flows.
There are good reasons to stop supporting automatic helper
assignment, for further information, please read:
http://www.netfilter.org/news.html#2012-04-03
This patch also adds one message to inform that automatic helper
assignment is deprecated and it will be removed soon (this is
spotted only once, with the first flow that gets a helper attached
to make it as less annoying as possible).
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/param.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans-pcie-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans.h
Resolved the iwlwifi conflict with mainline using 3-way diff posted
by John Linville and Stephen Rothwell. In 'net' we added a bug
fix to make iwlwifi report a more accurate skb->truesize but this
conflicted with RX path changes that happened meanwhile in net-next.
In e1000e a conflict arose in the validation code for settings of
adapter->itr. 'net-next' had more sophisticated logic so that
logic was used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It appears some networks play bad games with the two bits reserved for
ECN. This can trigger false congestion notifications and very slow
transferts.
Since RFC 3168 (6.1.1) forbids SYN packets to carry CT bits, we can
disable TCP ECN negociation if it happens we receive mangled CT bits in
the SYN packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Perry Lorier <perryl@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Wilmer van der Gaast <wilmer@google.com>
Cc: Ankur Jain <jankur@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend tcp coalescing implementing it from tcp_queue_rcv(), the main
receiver function when application is not blocked in recvmsg().
Function tcp_queue_rcv() is moved a bit to allow its call from
tcp_data_queue()
This gives good results especially if GRO could not kick, and if skb
head is a fragment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implementing the advanced early retransmit (sysctl_tcp_early_retrans==2).
Delays the fast retransmit by an interval of RTT/4. We borrow the
RTO timer to implement the delay. If we receive another ACK or send
a new packet, the timer is cancelled and restored to original RTO
value offset by time elapsed. When the delayed-ER timer fires,
we enter fast recovery and perform fast retransmit.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements RFC 5827 early retransmit (ER) for TCP.
It reduces DUPACK threshold (dupthresh) if outstanding packets are
less than 4 to recover losses by fast recovery instead of timeout.
While the algorithm is simple, small but frequent network reordering
makes this feature dangerous: the connection repeatedly enter
false recovery and degrade performance. Therefore we implement
a mitigation suggested in the appendix of the RFC that delays
entering fast recovery by a small interval, i.e., RTT/4. Currently
ER is conservative and is disabled for the rest of the connection
after the first reordering event. A large scale web server
experiment on the performance impact of ER is summarized in
section 6 of the paper "Proportional Rate Reduction for TCP”,
IMC 2011. http://conferences.sigcomm.org/imc/2011/docs/p155.pdf
Note that Linux has a similar feature called THIN_DUPACK. The
differences are THIN_DUPACK do not mitigate reorderings and is only
used after slow start. Currently ER is disabled if THIN_DUPACK is
enabled. I would be happy to merge THIN_DUPACK feature with ER if
people think it's a good idea.
ER is enabled by sysctl_tcp_early_retrans:
0: Disables ER
1: Reduce dupthresh to packets_out - 1 when outstanding packets < 4.
2: (Default) reduce dupthresh like mode 1. In addition, delay
entering fast recovery by RTT/4.
Note: mode 2 is implemented in the third part of this patch series.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change order of init so netns init is ready
when register ioctl and netlink.
Ver2
Whitespace fixes and __init added.
Reported-by: "Ryan O'Hara" <rohara@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_create_timeout_table() can return NULL
All functions protocol init_netns is affected of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Now that the sematics of udpv6_queue_rcv_skb() match IPv4's
udp_queue_rcv_skb(), introduce the UDP encap_rcv() hook for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting Tore Anderson from :
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42572
When RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is set on a route, the effective TCP segment
size does not take into account the size of the IPv6 Fragmentation
header that needs to be included in outbound packets, causing every
transmitted TCP segment to be fragmented across two IPv6 packets, the
latter of which will only contain 8 bytes of actual payload.
RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is typically set on a route in response to
receving a ICMPv6 Packet Too Big message indicating a Path MTU of less
than 1280 bytes. 1280 bytes is the minimum IPv6 MTU, however ICMPv6
PTBs with MTU < 1280 are still valid, in particular when an IPv6
packet is sent to an IPv4 destination through a stateless translator.
Any ICMPv4 Need To Fragment packets originated from the IPv4 part of
the path will be translated to ICMPv6 PTB which may then indicate an
MTU of less than 1280.
The Linux kernel refuses to reduce the effective MTU to anything below
1280 bytes, instead it sets it to exactly 1280 bytes, and
RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is also set. However, the TCP segment size appears
to be set to 1240 bytes (1280 Path MTU - 40 bytes of IPv6 header),
instead of 1232 (additionally taking into account the 8 bytes required
by the IPv6 Fragmentation extension header).
This in turn results in rather inefficient transmission, as every
transmitted TCP segment now is split in two fragments containing
1232+8 bytes of payload.
After this patch, all the outgoing packets that includes a
Fragmentation header all are "atomic" or "non-fragmented" fragments,
i.e., they both have Offset=0 and More Fragments=0.
With help from David S. Miller
Reported-by: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Tested-by: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bridge: set fake_rtable's dst to NULL to avoid kernel Oops
when bridge is deleted before tap/vif device's delete, kernel may
encounter an oops because of NULL reference to fake_rtable's dst.
Set fake_rtable's dst to NULL before sending packets out can solve
this problem.
v4 reformat, change br_drop_fake_rtable(skb) to {}
v3 enrich commit header
v2 introducing new flag DST_FAKE_RTABLE to dst_entry struct.
[ Use "do { } while (0)" for nop br_drop_fake_rtable()
implementation -DaveM ]
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Huang <peter.huangpeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_add_backlog() & sk_rcvqueues_full() hard coded sk_rcvbuf as the
memory limit. We need to make this limit a parameter for TCP use.
No functional change expected in this patch, all callers still using the
old sk_rcvbuf limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> reported:
> On 04/23/2012 12:07 AM, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
>> Hi all,
>>
>> Changes since 20120420:
>
>
> include/net/ax25.h:447:75: error: expected ';' before '}' token
>
> static inline int ax25_register_dev_sysctl(ax25_dev *ax25_dev) { return 0 };
> static inline void ax25_unregister_dev_sysctl(ax25_dev *ax25_dev) {};
>
> First function: move ';' inside braces.
> Second function: drop the ';'.
Put the semicolons where it makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> reported:
> On 04/23/2012 12:07 AM, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
>> Hi all,
>>
>> Changes since 20120420:
>
>
>
> ERROR: "unregister_net_sysctl_table" [net/phonet/phonet.ko] undefined!
> ERROR: "register_net_sysctl" [net/phonet/phonet.ko] undefined!
>
> when CONFIG_SYSCTL is not enabled.
Add static inline stub functions to gracefully handle the case when sysctl
support is not present.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit moves the (substantial) common code shared between
tcp_v4_init_sock() and tcp_v6_init_sock() to a new address-family
independent function, tcp_init_sock().
Centralizing this functionality should help avoid drift issues,
e.g. where the IPv4 side is updated without a corresponding update to
IPv6. There was already some drift: IPv4 initialized snd_cwnd to
TCP_INIT_CWND, while the IPv6 side was still initializing snd_cwnd to
2 (in this case it should not matter, since snd_cwnd is also
initialized in tcp_init_metrics(), but the general risks and
maintenance overhead remain).
When diffing the old and new code, note that new tcp_init_sock()
function uses the order of steps from the tcp_v4_init_sock()
implementation (the order is slightly different in
tcp_v6_init_sock()).
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This includes (according the the previous description):
* TCP_REPAIR sockoption
This one just puts the socket in/out of the repair mode.
Allowed for CAP_NET_ADMIN and for closed/establised sockets only.
When repair mode is turned off and the socket happens to be in
the established state the window probe is sent to the peer to
'unlock' the connection.
* TCP_REPAIR_QUEUE sockoption
This one sets the queue which we're about to repair. The
'no-queue' is set by default.
* TCP_QUEUE_SEQ socoption
Sets the write_seq/rcv_nxt of a selected repaired queue.
Allowed for TCP_CLOSE-d sockets only. When the socket changes
its state the other seq-s are changed by the kernel according
to the protocol rules (most of the existing code is actually
reused).
* Ability to forcibly bind a socket to a port
The sk->sk_reuse is set to SK_FORCE_REUSE.
* Immediate connect modification
The connect syscall initializes the connection, then directly jumps
to the code which finalizes it.
* Silent close modification
The close just aborts the connection (similar to SO_LINGER with 0
time) but without sending any FIN/RST-s to peer.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just the preparation patch, which makes the needed for
TCP repair code ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Name them in a "backward compatible" manner, i.e. reuse or not
are still 1 and 0 respectively. The reuse value of 2 means that
the socket with it will forcibly reuse everyone else's port.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the users have been converted to use registera_net_sysctl so we
no longer need register_net_sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't use struct ctl_path anymore so delete the exported constants.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't much advantage here except that strings paths are a bit
easier to read, and converting everything to them allows me to kill off
ctl_path.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sysctl core no longer natively understands sysctl tables
with .child entries.
Split the ipv6_table to remove the .child entries.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't register/unregister every ax25 table in a batch. Instead register
and unregister per device ax25 sysctls as ax25 devices come and go.
This moves ax25 to be a completely modern sysctl user. Registering the
sysctls in just the initial network namespace, removing the use of
.child entries that are no longer natively supported by the sysctl core
and taking advantage of the fact that there are no longer any ordering
constraints between registering and unregistering different sysctl
tables.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl no longer requires explicit creation of directories. The neigh
directory is always populated with at least a default entry so this
won't cause any user visible changes.
Delete the ipv4_path and the ipv4_skeleton these are no longer needed.
Directly register the ipv4_route_table.
And since I am an idiot remove the header definitions that I should
have removed in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_sysctl_rotable never caught on as an interesting way to
register sysctls. My take on the situation is that what we want are
sysctls that we can only see in the initial network namespace. What we
have implemented with register_sysctl_rotable are sysctls that we can
see in all of the network namespaces and can only change in the initial
network namespace.
That is a very silly way to go. Just register the network sysctls
in the initial network namespace and we don't have any weird special
cases to deal with.
The sysctls affected are:
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_secret_interval
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_max_dist
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/ip6frag_secret_interval
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/mld_max_msf
I really don't expect anyone will miss them if they can't read them in a
child user namespace.
CC: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the netfilter code is modified to use register_net_sysctl_table the
kernel fails to boot because the per net sysctl infrasturce is not setup
soon enough. So to avoid races call net_sysctl_init from sock_init().
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now all of the networking sysctl registrations are running in a
compatibiity mode. The natvie sysctl registration api takes a cstring
for a path and a simple ctl_table. Implement register_net_sysctl so
that we can register network sysctls without needing to use
compatiblity code in the sysctl core.
Switching from a ctl_path to a cstring results in less boiler plate
and denser code that is a little easier to read.
I would simply have changed the arguments to register_net_sysctl_table
instead of keeping two functions in parallel but gcc will allow a
ctl_path pointer to be passed to a char * pointer with only issuing a
warning resulting in completely incorrect code can be built. Since I
have to change the function name I am taking advantage of the situation
to let both register_net_sysctl and register_net_sysctl_table live for a
short time in parallel which makes clean conversion patches a bit easier
to read and write.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/sock.h:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:377): No description found for parameter 'sk_peek_off'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functionally, this change is a NOP.
Semantically, rt6_clean_expires() wants to do rt->dst.from = NULL instead of
rt->dst.expires = 0. It is clearing the RTF_EXPIRES flag, so the union is going
to be treated as a pointer (dst.from) not a long (dst.expires).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1716a961 (ipv6: fix problem with expired dst cache) broke PMTU
discovery. rt6_update_expires() calls dst_set_expires(), which only updates
dst->expires if it has not been set previously (expires == 0) or if the new
expires is earlier than the current dst->expires.
rt6_update_expires() needs to zero rt->dst.expires, otherwise it will contain
ivalid data left over from rt->dst.from and will confuse dst_set_expires().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add utility function to provide the average rssi per vif
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit b82d1bb4 inadvertendly placed unrelated new code between
TCPCB_EVER_RETRANS and TCPCB_RETRANS and the other macros that refer
to the sacked field in the struct tcp_skb_cb (probably because there
was a misleading empty line there). This commit fixes up the
formatting so that all macros related to the sacked field are adjacent
again.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My grand plan to allow drivers to gradually move over
to advertising virtual interface combinations and only
enforce with drivers that do want it enforced doesn't
seem to be working out, only Christian ever added the
advertising (to carl9170), nobody else did.
Begin enforcing combinations in cfg80211 so that users
can rely on the information reported about a device.
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a key is non persistent then it should not be used in future
connections but it should be kept for current connection. And it
should be removed when connecion is removed.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch changes the return type of function hci_persistent_key
from int to bool because it makes more sense to return information
whether a key is persistent or not as a bool.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.c
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.h
Resolved a conflict between a DMA error bug fix and NAPI
support changes in the atl1 driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of "unsigned int" is preferred to bare "unsigned" in net tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must try harder to get unique (addr, port) pairs when
doing port autoselection for sockets with SO_REUSEADDR
option set.
We achieve this by adding a relaxation parameter to
inet_csk_bind_conflict. When 'relax' parameter is off
we return a conflict whenever the current searched
pair (addr, port) is not unique.
This tries to address the problems reported in patch:
8d238b25b1
Revert "tcp: bind() fix when many ports are bound"
Tests where ran for creating and binding(0) many sockets
on 100 IPs. The results are, on average:
* 60000 sockets, 600 ports / IP:
* 0.210 s, 620 (IP, port) duplicates without patch
* 0.219 s, no duplicates with patch
* 100000 sockets, 1000 ports / IP:
* 0.371 s, 1720 duplicates without patch
* 0.373 s, no duplicates with patch
* 200000 sockets, 2000 ports / IP:
* 0.766 s, 6900 duplicates without patch
* 0.768 s, no duplicates with patch
* 500000 sockets, 5000 ports / IP:
* 2.227 s, 41500 duplicates without patch
* 2.284 s, no duplicates with patch
Signed-off-by: Alex Copot <alex.mihai.c@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baluta <dbaluta@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates some comments to track RFC6298
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-cpu statistics kept for GRE, IPIP, and SIT tunnels
to use 64 bit statistics.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes hw.conf.channel usage from the following functions:
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates
* ieee80211_sta_get_rates
* ieee80211_frame_duration
* ieee80211_rts_duration
* ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
This is in preparation for multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function ‘rtnl_create_link’:
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1645:3: warning: passing argument 2 of ‘ops->get_tx_queues’ from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1645:3: note: expected ‘const struct nlattr **’ but argument is of type ‘struct nlattr **’
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_table_init_no_netlink() is only used in net/core/neighbour.c file.
Signed-off-by: Hiroaki SHIMODA <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most machines dont use UDP encapsulation (L2TP)
Adds a static_key so that udp_queue_rcv_skb() doesnt have to perform a
test if L2TP never setup the encap_rcv on a socket.
Idea of this patch came after Simon Horman proposal to add a hook on TCP
as well.
If static_key is not yet enabled, the fast path does a single JMP .
When static_key is enabled, JMP destination is patched to reach the real
encap_type/encap_rcv logic, possibly adding cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix spelling and references in rtnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change get_tx_queues, drop unsused arg/return value real_tx_queues,
and use return by value (with error) rather than call by reference.
Probably bonding should just change to LLTX and the whole get_tx_queues
API could disappear!
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the ipv6 dst cache which copy from the dst generated by ICMPV6 RA packet.
this dst cache will not check expire because it has no RTF_EXPIRES flag.
So this dst cache will always be used until the dst gc run.
Change the struct dst_entry,add a union contains new pointer from and expires.
When rt6_info.rt6i_flags has no RTF_EXPIRES flag,the dst.expires has no use.
we can use this field to point to where the dst cache copy from.
The dst.from is only used in IPV6.
rt6_check_expired check if rt6_info.dst.from is expired.
ip6_rt_copy only set dst.from when the ort has flag RTF_ADDRCONF
and RTF_DEFAULT.then hold the ort.
ip6_dst_destroy release the ort.
Add some functions to operate the RTF_EXPIRES flag and expires(from) together.
and change the code to use these new adding functions.
Changes from v5:
modify ip6_route_add and ndisc_router_discovery to use new adding functions.
Only set dst.from when the ort has flag RTF_ADDRCONF
and RTF_DEFAULT.then hold the ort.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement aggregation algorithm, combining more data into a single
HSI transfer. 4 different traffic categories are supported:
1. TC_PRIO_CONTROL .. TC_PRIO_MAX (CTL)
2. TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE (VO)
3. TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE_BULK (VI)
4. TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT, TC_PRIO_BULK, TC_PRIO_FILLER (BEBK)
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set traffic class for CAIF packets, based on socket
priority, CAIF protocol type, or type of message.
Traffic class mapping for different packet types:
- control: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- flow control: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- at: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- rfm: TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE_BULK;
- other sockets: equals to socket's TC;
- network data: no change.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As specified in RFC6106, DNSSL option contains one or more domain names
of DNS suffixes. 8-bit identifier of the DNSSL option type as assigned
by the IANA is 31. This option should also be treated as userland.
Signed-off-by: Alexey I. Froloff <raorn@raorn.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some HW/drivers get notifications when a tag moves out of the radio field.
This notification is now forwarded to user space through netlink.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The target index can be used by userspace to uniquely identify a target
and thus should be kept unique, per NFC adapter. Moreover, some protocols
do not provide a logical index when discovering new targets, so we have to
generate one for them.
For NCI or pn533 to fetch their logical index, we added a logical_idx field
to the target structure.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most NFC HCI chipsets actually use a simplified HDLC link layer to
carry HCI payloads.
This implementation registers itself as an HCI device on behalf of the
NFC driver.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is an implementation of ETSI TS 102 622 specification.
Many NFC chipsets use HCI as the host <-> target protocol on top of a
serial link like i2c.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC drivers will call this routine when they detect that a tag leaves the
RF field. This will eventually lead to the corresponding netlink event
to be sent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware may decide to switch channels while already beaconing, e.g.
in response to a cfg80211 connect request on a different vif. Add this
event to notify userspace when an AP or GO interface has successfully
migrated to a new channel, so it can update its configuration
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.
Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue
per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel
uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue
is full and then try to send an off-channel frame
the frame will never go out. This will become worse
when we support multi-channel since then a queue on
one channel might be full, but we have to stop the
software queue for all channels. That is obviously
not desirable.
To address this problem allow drivers to register
more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to
virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue
the corresponding AC software queues on the correct
interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally,
there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem
and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This
allows drivers to manage software queues closer to
how the hardware works.
Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues.
This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it
as needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do
will break pure injection unless we handle monitor
interfaces explicitly. One possible option would
be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor
mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API
since we already need to have queue assignments
handled per virtual interface.
So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor
interface that is added whenever all active vifs
are monitors. We could also use the state of one
of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would
be complicated, so allocate separate state.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Basic rates are added with supported rates IE and extended supported
rates IE.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Report Toffset to userspace.
Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.
Also verify that the AC number given is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This field is never set to anything non-zero in
mac80211, so we should be able to remove it.
Unfortunately though, the iwlwifi and iwlegacy
drivers use it for their internal TX status
processing (which shouldn't be using the rate
control API to start with), so add a new field
"status.antenna" for them, at least for now.
In the future, I plan to use the new field to
hold the hardware queue, while the SKB's queue
mapping holds the AC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Devices that have internal rate control need to be
notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes
just like external rate control algorithms get a
notification now.
Add this notification and clarify the change bits
while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only
bandwidth changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel type argument to the rate_update()
callback isn't really the correct way to give
the rate control algorithm about the desired
RX bandwidth of the peer.
Remove this argument, and instead update the
STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The
SMPS update done by this callback works in the
same way, so this makes the callback cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only reason cgroup was used, was to be consistent with the populate()
interface. Now that we're getting rid of it, not only we no longer need
it, but we also *can't* call it this way.
Since we will no longer rely on populate(), this will be called from
create(). During create, the association between struct mem_cgroup
and struct cgroup does not yet exist, since cgroup internals hasn't
yet initialized its bookkeeping. This means we would not be able
to draw the memcg pointer from the cgroup pointer in these
functions, which is highly undesirable.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Kamezawa Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
CC: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
CC: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009
some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most
is that "HT operation" is called "HT information"
in our code and that causes confusion.
Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also
the control_chan field to primary_chan to match
the name used in the spec.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the control-rate tables are not set up correctly, it makes
little sense to spam the logs, thus change the WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To ensure that old user space versions do not accidentally pick up and
try to use the management channel, use a different channel number.
Reported-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Although not specified in 8021Qaz spec, it could be useful to enable drivers
whose HW supports setting a rate limit for an ETS TC. This patch adds this
optional attribute to DCB netlink. To use it, drivers should implement and
register the callbacks ieee_setmaxrate and ieee_getmaxrate. The units are 64
bits long and specified in Kbps to enable usage over both slow and very fast
networks.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch removes unused icmp_ioctl() method definition in
include/net/icmp.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They were error prone due to an embedded goto, and the entire tree has
been converted away from using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error
prone and make code hard to audit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If passed 0 as data_length the (parsed < data_length - 1) test will be
true and cause a buffer overflow. In practice we need at least two bytes
for the element length and type so add a test for it to the very
beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The parsed variable is already incremented inside the for-loop so there
no need to increment it again (not to mention that the code was
incrementing it the wrong amount).
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch uses the correct flags for checking the HCI_SSP_ENABLED bit.
Without this authentication request was not being initiated.
Signed-off-by: Hemant Gupta <hemant.gupta@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Name string overrun fix in gianfar driver from Joe Perches.
2) VHOST bug fixes from Michael S. Tsirkin and Nadav Har'El
3) Fix dependencies on xt_LOG netfilter module, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
4) Fix RCU locking in xt_CT, also from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
5) Add a parameter to skb_add_rx_frag() so we can fix the truesize
adjustments in the drivers that use it. The individual drivers
aren't fixed by this commit, but will be dealt with using follow-on
commits. From Eric Dumazet.
6) Add some device IDs to qmi_wwan driver, from Andrew Bird.
7) Fix a potential rcu_read_lock() imbalancein rt6_fill_node(). From
Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: fix a potential rcu_read_lock() imbalance in rt6_fill_node()
net: add a truesize parameter to skb_add_rx_frag()
gianfar: Fix possible overrun and simplify interrupt name field creation
USB: qmi_wwan: Add ZTE (Vodafone) K3570-Z and K3571-Z net interfaces
USB: option: Ignore ZTE (Vodafone) K3570/71 net interfaces
USB: qmi_wwan: Add ZTE (Vodafone) K3565-Z and K4505-Z net interfaces
qlcnic: Bug fix for LRO
netfilter: nf_conntrack: permanently attach timeout policy to conntrack
netfilter: xt_CT: fix assignation of the generic protocol tracker
netfilter: xt_CT: missing rcu_read_lock section in timeout assignment
netfilter: cttimeout: fix dependency with l4protocol conntrack module
netfilter: xt_LOG: use CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES instead of CONFIG_IPV6
vhost: fix release path lockdep checks
vhost: don't forget to schedule()
tools/virtio: stub out strong barriers
tools/virtio: add linux/hrtimer.h stub
tools/virtio: add linux/module.h stub
The station_info struct had demanded dBm signal values, but the
cfg80211 wireless extensions implementation was also accepting
"unspecified" (i.e. RSSI) unit values while the nl80211 code was
completely unaware of them. Resolve this by formally allowing the
"unspecified" units while making nl80211 ignore them.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
At least on ia64 the (bogus) use of xchg() here results in the compiler
warning about an unused expression result. As only an assignment is
intended here, convert it to such.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
"[RFC PATCH 0/2] audit of linux/device.h users in include/*"
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/3/4/159
--
Nearly every subsystem has some kind of header with a proto like:
void foo(struct device *dev);
and yet there is no reason for most of these guys to care about the
sub fields within the device struct. This allows us to significantly
reduce the scope of headers including headers. For this instance, a
reduction of about 40% is achieved by replacing the include with the
simple fact that the device is some kind of a struct.
Unlike the much larger module.h cleanup, this one is simply two
commits. One to fix the implicit <linux/device.h> users, and then
one to delete the device.h includes from the linux/include/ dir
wherever possible.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=3j4+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'device-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux
Pull <linux/device.h> avoidance patches from Paul Gortmaker:
"Nearly every subsystem has some kind of header with a proto like:
void foo(struct device *dev);
and yet there is no reason for most of these guys to care about the
sub fields within the device struct. This allows us to significantly
reduce the scope of headers including headers. For this instance, a
reduction of about 40% is achieved by replacing the include with the
simple fact that the device is some kind of a struct.
Unlike the much larger module.h cleanup, this one is simply two
commits. One to fix the implicit <linux/device.h> users, and then one
to delete the device.h includes from the linux/include/ dir wherever
possible."
* tag 'device-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux:
device.h: audit and cleanup users in main include dir
device.h: cleanup users outside of linux/include (C files)
"[RFC - PATCH 0/7] consolidation of BUG support code."
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/26/525
--
The changes shown here are to unify linux's BUG support under
the one <linux/bug.h> file. Due to historical reasons, we have
some BUG code in bug.h and some in kernel.h -- i.e. the support for
BUILD_BUG in linux/kernel.h predates the addition of linux/bug.h,
but old code in kernel.h wasn't moved to bug.h at that time. As
a band-aid, kernel.h was including <asm/bug.h> to pseudo link them.
This has caused confusion[1] and general yuck/WTF[2] reactions.
Here is an example that violates the principle of least surprise:
CC lib/string.o
lib/string.c: In function 'strlcat':
lib/string.c:225:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'BUILD_BUG_ON'
make[2]: *** [lib/string.o] Error 1
$
$ grep linux/bug.h lib/string.c
#include <linux/bug.h>
$
We've included <linux/bug.h> for the BUG infrastructure and yet we
still get a compile fail! [We've not kernel.h for BUILD_BUG_ON.]
Ugh - very confusing for someone who is new to kernel development.
With the above in mind, the goals of this changeset are:
1) find and fix any include/*.h files that were relying on the
implicit presence of BUG code.
2) find and fix any C files that were consuming kernel.h and
hence relying on implicitly getting some/all BUG code.
3) Move the BUG related code living in kernel.h to <linux/bug.h>
4) remove the asm/bug.h from kernel.h to finally break the chain.
During development, the order was more like 3-4, build-test, 1-2.
But to ensure that git history for bisect doesn't get needless
build failures introduced, the commits have been reorderd to fix
the problem areas in advance.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/3/90
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/17/414
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJPbNwpAAoJEOvOhAQsB9HWrqYP/A0t9VB0nK6e42F0OR2P14MZ
GJFtf1B++wwioIrx+KSWSRfSur1C5FKhDbxLR3I/pvkAYl4+T4JvRdMG6xJwxyip
CC1kVQQNDjWVVqzjz2x6rYkOffx6dUlw/ERyIyk+OzP+1HzRIsIrugMqbzGLlX0X
y0v2Tbd0G6xg1DV8lcRdp95eIzcGuUvdb2iY2LGadWZczEOeSXx64Jz3QCFxg3aL
LFU4oovsg8Nb7MRJmqDvHK/oQf5vaTm9WSrS0pvVte0msSQRn8LStYdWC0G9BPCS
GwL86h/eLXlUXQlC5GpgWg1QQt5i2QpjBFcVBIG0IT5SgEPMx+gXyiqZva2KwbHu
LKicjKtfnzPitQnyEV/N6JyV1fb1U6/MsB7ebU5nCCzt9Gr7MYbjZ44peNeprAtu
HMvJ/BNnRr4Ha6nPQNu952AdASPKkxmeXFUwBL1zUbLkOX/bK/vy1ujlcdkFxCD7
fP3t7hghYa737IHk0ehUOhrE4H67hvxTSCKioLUAy/YeN1IcfH/iOQiCBQVLWmoS
AqYV6ou9cqgdYoyila2UeAqegb+8xyubPIHt+lebcaKxs5aGsTg+r3vq5juMDAPs
iwSVYUDcIw9dHer1lJfo7QCy3QUTRDTxh+LB9VlHXQICgeCK02sLBOi9hbEr4/H8
Ko9g8J3BMxcMkXLHT9ud
=PYQT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'bug-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux
Pull <linux/bug.h> cleanup from Paul Gortmaker:
"The changes shown here are to unify linux's BUG support under the one
<linux/bug.h> file. Due to historical reasons, we have some BUG code
in bug.h and some in kernel.h -- i.e. the support for BUILD_BUG in
linux/kernel.h predates the addition of linux/bug.h, but old code in
kernel.h wasn't moved to bug.h at that time. As a band-aid, kernel.h
was including <asm/bug.h> to pseudo link them.
This has caused confusion[1] and general yuck/WTF[2] reactions. Here
is an example that violates the principle of least surprise:
CC lib/string.o
lib/string.c: In function 'strlcat':
lib/string.c:225:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'BUILD_BUG_ON'
make[2]: *** [lib/string.o] Error 1
$
$ grep linux/bug.h lib/string.c
#include <linux/bug.h>
$
We've included <linux/bug.h> for the BUG infrastructure and yet we
still get a compile fail! [We've not kernel.h for BUILD_BUG_ON.] Ugh -
very confusing for someone who is new to kernel development.
With the above in mind, the goals of this changeset are:
1) find and fix any include/*.h files that were relying on the
implicit presence of BUG code.
2) find and fix any C files that were consuming kernel.h and hence
relying on implicitly getting some/all BUG code.
3) Move the BUG related code living in kernel.h to <linux/bug.h>
4) remove the asm/bug.h from kernel.h to finally break the chain.
During development, the order was more like 3-4, build-test, 1-2. But
to ensure that git history for bisect doesn't get needless build
failures introduced, the commits have been reorderd to fix the problem
areas in advance.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/3/90
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/17/414"
Fix up conflicts (new radeon file, reiserfs header cleanups) as per Paul
and linux-next.
* tag 'bug-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux:
kernel.h: doesn't explicitly use bug.h, so don't include it.
bug: consolidate BUILD_BUG_ON with other bug code
BUG: headers with BUG/BUG_ON etc. need linux/bug.h
bug.h: add include of it to various implicit C users
lib: fix implicit users of kernel.h for TAINT_WARN
spinlock: macroize assert_spin_locked to avoid bug.h dependency
x86: relocate get/set debugreg fcns to include/asm/debugreg.
In some cases the poll() implementation in a driver has to do different
things depending on the events the caller wants to poll for. An example
is when a driver needs to start a DMA engine if the caller polls for
POLLIN, but doesn't want to do that if POLLIN is not requested but instead
only POLLOUT or POLLPRI is requested. This is something that can happen
in the video4linux subsystem among others.
Unfortunately, the current epoll/poll/select implementation doesn't
provide that information reliably. The poll_table_struct does have it: it
has a key field with the event mask. But once a poll() call matches one
or more bits of that mask any following poll() calls are passed a NULL
poll_table pointer.
Also, the eventpoll implementation always left the key field at ~0 instead
of using the requested events mask.
This was changed in eventpoll.c so the key field now contains the actual
events that should be polled for as set by the caller.
The solution to the NULL poll_table pointer is to set the qproc field to
NULL in poll_table once poll() matches the events, not the poll_table
pointer itself. That way drivers can obtain the mask through a new
poll_requested_events inline.
The poll_table_struct can still be NULL since some kernel code calls it
internally (netfs_state_poll() in ./drivers/staging/pohmelfs/netfs.h). In
that case poll_requested_events() returns ~0 (i.e. all events).
Very rarely drivers might want to know whether poll_wait will actually
wait. If another earlier file descriptor in the set already matched the
events the caller wanted to wait for, then the kernel will return from the
select() call without waiting. This might be useful information in order
to avoid doing expensive work.
A new helper function poll_does_not_wait() is added that drivers can use
to detect this situation. This is now used in sock_poll_wait() in
include/net/sock.h. This was the only place in the kernel that needed
this information.
Drivers should no longer access any of the poll_table internals, but use
the poll_requested_events() and poll_does_not_wait() access functions
instead. In order to enforce that the poll_table fields are now prepended
with an underscore and a comment was added warning against using them
directly.
This required a change in unix_dgram_poll() in unix/af_unix.c which used
the key field to get the requested events. It's been replaced by a call
to poll_requested_events().
For qproc it was especially important to change its name since the
behavior of that field changes with this patch since this function pointer
can now be NULL when that wasn't possible in the past.
Any driver accessing the qproc or key fields directly will now fail to compile.
Some notes regarding the correctness of this patch: the driver's poll()
function is called with a 'struct poll_table_struct *wait' argument. This
pointer may or may not be NULL, drivers can never rely on it being one or
the other as that depends on whether or not an earlier file descriptor in
the select()'s fdset matched the requested events.
There are only three things a driver can do with the wait argument:
1) obtain the key field:
events = wait ? wait->key : ~0;
This will still work although it should be replaced with the new
poll_requested_events() function (which does exactly the same).
This will now even work better, since wait is no longer set to NULL
unnecessarily.
2) use the qproc callback. This could be deadly since qproc can now be
NULL. Renaming qproc should prevent this from happening. There are no
kernel drivers that actually access this callback directly, BTW.
3) test whether wait == NULL to determine whether poll would return without
waiting. This is no longer sufficient as the correct test is now
wait == NULL || wait->_qproc == NULL.
However, the worst that can happen here is a slight performance hit in
the case where wait != NULL and wait->_qproc == NULL. In that case the
driver will assume that poll_wait() will actually add the fd to the set
of waiting file descriptors. Of course, poll_wait() will not do that
since it tests for wait->_qproc. This will not break anything, though.
There is only one place in the whole kernel where this happens
(sock_poll_wait() in include/net/sock.h) and that code will be replaced
by a call to poll_does_not_wait() in the next patch.
Note that even if wait->_qproc != NULL drivers cannot rely on poll_wait()
actually waiting. The next file descriptor from the set might match the
event mask and thus any possible waits will never happen.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Reviewed-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch introduces nf_conntrack_l4proto_find_get() and
nf_conntrack_l4proto_put() to fix module dependencies between
timeout objects and l4-protocol conntrack modules.
Thus, we make sure that the module cannot be removed if it is
used by any of the cttimeout objects.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull vfs pile 1 from Al Viro:
"This is _not_ all; in particular, Miklos' and Jan's stuff is not there
yet."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (64 commits)
ext4: initialization of ext4_li_mtx needs to be done earlier
debugfs-related mode_t whack-a-mole
hfsplus: add an ioctl to bless files
hfsplus: change finder_info to u32
hfsplus: initialise userflags
qnx4: new helper - try_extent()
qnx4: get rid of qnx4_bread/qnx4_getblk
take removal of PF_FORKNOEXEC to flush_old_exec()
trim includes in inode.c
um: uml_dup_mmap() relies on ->mmap_sem being held, but activate_mm() doesn't hold it
um: embed ->stub_pages[] into mmu_context
gadgetfs: list_for_each_safe() misuse
ocfs2: fix leaks on failure exits in module_init
ecryptfs: make register_filesystem() the last potential failure exit
ntfs: forgets to unregister sysctls on register_filesystem() failure
logfs: missing cleanup on register_filesystem() failure
jfs: mising cleanup on register_filesystem() failure
make configfs_pin_fs() return root dentry on success
configfs: configfs_create_dir() has parent dentry in dentry->d_parent
configfs: sanitize configfs_create()
...
Pull security subsystem updates for 3.4 from James Morris:
"The main addition here is the new Yama security module from Kees Cook,
which was discussed at the Linux Security Summit last year. Its
purpose is to collect miscellaneous DAC security enhancements in one
place. This also marks a departure in policy for LSM modules, which
were previously limited to being standalone access control systems.
Chromium OS is using Yama, and I believe there are plans for Ubuntu,
at least.
This patchset also includes maintenance updates for AppArmor, TOMOYO
and others."
Fix trivial conflict in <net/sock.h> due to the jumo_label->static_key
rename.
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (38 commits)
AppArmor: Fix location of const qualifier on generated string tables
TOMOYO: Return error if fails to delete a domain
AppArmor: add const qualifiers to string arrays
AppArmor: Add ability to load extended policy
TOMOYO: Return appropriate value to poll().
AppArmor: Move path failure information into aa_get_name and rename
AppArmor: Update dfa matching routines.
AppArmor: Minor cleanup of d_namespace_path to consolidate error handling
AppArmor: Retrieve the dentry_path for error reporting when path lookup fails
AppArmor: Add const qualifiers to generated string tables
AppArmor: Fix oops in policy unpack auditing
AppArmor: Fix error returned when a path lookup is disconnected
KEYS: testing wrong bit for KEY_FLAG_REVOKED
TOMOYO: Fix mount flags checking order.
security: fix ima kconfig warning
AppArmor: Fix the error case for chroot relative path name lookup
AppArmor: fix mapping of META_READ to audit and quiet flags
AppArmor: Fix underflow in xindex calculation
AppArmor: Fix dropping of allowed operations that are force audited
AppArmor: Add mising end of structure test to caps unpacking
...
Pull networking merge from David Miller:
"1) Move ixgbe driver over to purely page based buffering on receive.
From Alexander Duyck.
2) Add receive packet steering support to e1000e, from Bruce Allan.
3) Convert TCP MD5 support over to RCU, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Reduce cpu usage in handling out-of-order TCP packets on modern
systems, also from Eric Dumazet.
5) Support the IP{,V6}_UNICAST_IF socket options, making the wine
folks happy, from Erich Hoover.
6) Support VLAN trunking from guests in hyperv driver, from Haiyang
Zhang.
7) Support byte-queue-limtis in r8169, from Igor Maravic.
8) Outline code intended for IP_RECVTOS in IP_PKTOPTIONS existed but
was never properly implemented, Jiri Benc fixed that.
9) 64-bit statistics support in r8169 and 8139too, from Junchang Wang.
10) Support kernel side dump filtering by ctmark in netfilter
ctnetlink, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
11) Support byte-queue-limits in gianfar driver, from Paul Gortmaker.
12) Add new peek socket options to assist with socket migration, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
13) Add sch_plug packet scheduler whose queue is controlled by
userland daemons using explicit freeze and release commands. From
Shriram Rajagopalan.
14) Fix FCOE checksum offload handling on transmit, from Yi Zou."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1846 commits)
Fix pppol2tp getsockname()
Remove printk from rds_sendmsg
ipv6: fix incorrent ipv6 ipsec packet fragment
cpsw: Hook up default ndo_change_mtu.
net: qmi_wwan: fix build error due to cdc-wdm dependecy
netdev: driver: ethernet: Add TI CPSW driver
netdev: driver: ethernet: add cpsw address lookup engine support
phy: add am79c874 PHY support
mlx4_core: fix race on comm channel
bonding: send igmp report for its master
fs_enet: Add MPC5125 FEC support and PHY interface selection
net: bpf_jit: fix BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH compilation
net: update the usage of CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY
fcoe: use CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY instead of CHECKSUM_PARTIAL on tx
net: do not do gso for CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY in netif_needs_gso
ixgbe: Fix issues with SR-IOV loopback when flow control is disabled
net/hyperv: Fix the code handling tx busy
ixgbe: fix namespace issues when FCoE/DCB is not enabled
rtlwifi: Remove unused ETH_ADDR_LEN defines
igbvf: Use ETH_ALEN
...
Fix up fairly trivial conflicts in drivers/isdn/gigaset/interface.c and
drivers/net/usb/{Kconfig,qmi_wwan.c} as per David.
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"Out of the 8 commits, one fixes a long-standing locking issue around
tasklist walking and others are cleanups."
* 'for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: Walk task list under tasklist_lock in cgroup_enable_task_cg_list
cgroup: Remove wrong comment on cgroup_enable_task_cg_list()
cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys argument from callbacks
cgroup: remove extra calls to find_existing_css_set
cgroup: replace tasklist_lock with rcu_read_lock
cgroup: simplify double-check locking in cgroup_attach_proc
cgroup: move struct cgroup_pidlist out from the header file
cgroup: remove cgroup_attach_task_current_cg()
The <linux/device.h> header includes a lot of stuff, and
it in turn gets a lot of use just for the basic "struct device"
which appears so often.
Clean up the users as follows:
1) For those headers only needing "struct device" as a pointer
in fcn args, replace the include with exactly that.
2) For headers not really using anything from device.h, simply
delete the include altogether.
3) For headers relying on getting device.h implicitly before
being included themselves, now explicitly include device.h
4) For files in which doing #1 or #2 uncovers an implicit
dependency on some other header, fix by explicitly adding
the required header(s).
Any C files that were implicitly relying on device.h to be
present have already been dealt with in advance.
Total removals from #1 and #2: 51. Total additions coming
from #3: 9. Total other implicit dependencies from #4: 7.
As of 3.3-rc1, there were 110, so a net removal of 42 gives
about a 38% reduction in device.h presence in include/*
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This value is not really very useful by itself,
yet some drivers (including iwlwifi until I can
figure out what it should do) use it. At least
rename it to "last_tsf" to indicate the meaning
and add a note that it may be really old.
I suspect the value may become useful combined
with the rx_status->mactime, but we don't (yet)
store that value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is intended to be the timestamp sent by the
peer in the beacon/probe response, not any form
of host timestamp. Clarify the documentation and
variable names.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) as appropriate.
Add "IPv4: ", "TCP: ", and "IPsec: " to appropriate files.
Standardize on "UDPLite: " for appropriate uses.
Some prefixes were previously "UDPLITE: " and "UDP-Lite: ".
Add KBUILD_MODNAME ": " to icmp and gre.
Remove embedded prefixes as appropriate.
Add missing "\n" to pr_info in gre.c.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the station state callback was added, this
was no longer needed in theory. With the iwlwifi
changes to remove use of it landing, we can kill
the entire tx-sync framework again, RIP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Receive background scan period as part of connect
command and pass the same to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The following 4 functions:
move_addr_to_kernel
move_addr_to_user
verify_iovec
verify_compat_iovec
are always effectively called with a sockaddr_storage.
Make this explicit by changing their signature.
This removes a large number of casts from sockaddr_storage to sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lookup sctp_association within sctp_do_peeloff() to enable its use outside of
the sctp code with minimal knowledge of the former.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* add entry for rate_idx_mcs_mask
* fix order of entries to represent the structs' order
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we invalidate the inetpeer tree along with the routing cache now,
we don't need a genid to reset the redirect handling when the routing
cache is flushed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We initialize the routing metrics with the values cached on the
inetpeer in rt_init_metrics(). So if we have the metrics cached on the
inetpeer, we ignore the user configured fib_metrics.
To fix this issue, we replace the old tree with a fresh initialized
inet_peer_base. The old tree is removed later with a delayed work queue.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF_IUCV sockets offer a shutdown function. This patch makes sure
shutdown works for HS transport as well.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Helps to find format mismatches at compile time
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
This patch adds the timeout extension, which allows you to attach
specific timeout policies to flows.
This extension is only used by the template conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the infrastructure to add fine timeout tuning
over nfnetlink. Now you can use the NFNL_SUBSYS_CTNETLINK_TIMEOUT
subsystem to create/delete/dump timeout objects that contain some
specific timeout policy for one flow.
The follow up patches will allow you attach timeout policy object
to conntrack via the CT target and the conntrack extension
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch defines a new interface for l4 protocol trackers:
unsigned int *(*get_timeouts)(struct net *net);
that is used to return the array of unsigned int that contains
the timeouts that will be applied for this flow. This is passed
to the l4proto->new(...) and l4proto->packet(...) functions to
specify the timeout policy.
This interface allows per-net global timeout configuration
(although only DCCP supports this by now) and it will allow
custom custom timeout configuration by means of follow-up
patches.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to set expectfn which is specifically used
by the NAT side of most of the existing conntrack helpers.
I have added a symbol map that uses a string as key to look up for
the function that is attached to the expectation object. This is
the best solution I came out with to solve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When calling nfc_dep_link_up, we implicitely are in initiator mode.
Which means we also can provide the general bytes as a function argument,
as all drivers will eventually request them.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds an attribute, NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
to set the inactivity timeout which can be used to remove the
station in AP mode. This can be passed in NL80211_CMD_START_AP
and used by the drivers which have AP MLME in firmware but
don't support get_station() properly. To disable inactivity
timer in userspace, wpa_s for example, there is a new flag,
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER, in nl80211_feature_flags
through which drivers can register their capability to use
the inactivity timeout to free the stations.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per
aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g.
Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last
subframe.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I forgot to update the kernel-doc in my patch
to redesign AP mode APIs, fix that now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer
candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification
but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid
marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range.
This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This
feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a header file is making use of BUG, BUG_ON, BUILD_BUG_ON, or any
other BUG variant in a static inline (i.e. not in a #define) then
that header really should be including <linux/bug.h> and not just
expecting it to be implicitly present.
We can make this change risk-free, since if the files using these
headers didn't have exposure to linux/bug.h already, they would have
been causing compile failures/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
{g|s}etnumtcs() today returns a u8 that is only used by the DCB code
to verify no error occurred. Today the driver implementations return
negative error codes which end up being non-zero so the logic works
out but triggers some sparse warnings.
To fix the sparse warnings convert the return value to an int.
CC: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag is of no use right now and is in fact harmful in that it
prevents the HCI_MGMT flag to be set for any controllers that may need
it after the first one that bluetoothd takes into use (the flag is
cleared for the first controller so any subsequent ones through the same
bluetoothd mgmt socket never get the HCI_MGMT flag set).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The index is part of the command header and not its parameters so it
makes sense to distinguish this from the invalid parameters error.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/tg3.c
Conflicts in the statistics regression bug fix from 'net',
but happily Matt Carlson originally posted the fix against
'net-next' so I used that to resolve this.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The L2CAP timeout constants are always used in form of jiffies. So just
include the conversion from msecs in the define itself. This has the
advantage of making the code where the timeout is used more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
These defines are shorter than "sizeof(struct mgmt_cp_foo_bar...)" and
will be helpful when extending the command lookup table to contain the
expected command size information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE
TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also
uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but
deauth, disassoc and action frames.)
Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through
but not set the flag so drivers supporting some
hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would
then reject the frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed channel mask needs to be stored to decide whether to
use A2MP for example. So far save only one relevant byte which
keeps all information we need.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There was an off-by-one error in the comments describing the
highest_sack field in struct tcp_sock. The comments previously claimed
that it was the "start sequence of the highest skb with SACKed
bit". This commit fixes the comments to note that it is the "start
sequence of the skb just *after* the highest skb with SACKed bit".
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds missing SSP and "Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR" feature bit
definitions to hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
u8/__u8/u32/etc should be used in the kernel instead of stdint.h types.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c
Overlapping changes in drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c, one to change
the rx_buf->is_page boolean into a set of u16 flags, and another to
adjust how ->ip_summed is initialized.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch removes unneeded method typedef declaration (icv_update_fn_t
) and the two struct declarations which appear in its prototype
(struct hash_desc and struct scatterlist) in net/xfrm.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marcell Zambo and Janos Farago noticed and reported that when
new conntrack entries are added via netlink and the conntrack table
gets full, soft lockup happens. This is because the nf_conntrack_lock
is held while nf_conntrack_alloc is called, which is in turn wants
to lock nf_conntrack_lock while evicting entries from the full table.
The patch fixes the soft lockup with limiting the holding of the
nf_conntrack_lock to the minimum, where it's absolutely required.
It required to extend (and thus change) nf_conntrack_hash_insert
so that it makes sure conntrack and ctnetlink do not add the same entry
twice to the conntrack table.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is useful for testing RX handling of frames with bad
CRCs.
Requires driver support to actually put the packet on the
wire properly.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does
all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a
more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the
various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels.
Typical usage scenarios:
#include <linux/static_key.h>
struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE;
if (static_key_false(&key))
do unlikely code
else
do likely code
Or:
if (static_key_true(&key))
do likely code
else
do unlikely code
The static key is modified via:
static_key_slow_inc(&key);
...
static_key_slow_dec(&key);
The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an
expensive operation.
I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note
that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename
blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label
patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to
decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit.
On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to
likely()/unlikely() branches.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch adds a flag to track pending changes to the class of device.
This is needed since we cannot cleanly handle multiple simultaneous
commands and need to return a "busy" error status in the mgmt commands
that might trigger a class change.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Device Connected events to match the latest API
by adding a flags parameter to them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes sure that legacy pairing vs SSP infomation gets
properly propageted to the device_found events in the form of the legacy
pairing flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the latest mgmt API there's a flags field instead of a
separate confirm_name paramter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's possible to provide a short name through the mgmt interface and
this name can be used for EIR generation when the full name doesn't fit
there. This patch adds the preliminary tracking of the provided short
name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there are no events to other management sockets if the class of
device got changed. So make sure they are sent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements support for the Set LE mgmt command. Now, in
addition to the enable_le module parameter user space needs to send an
explicit Enable LE command to enable LE support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes it possible to enable SSP through mgmt even when
powered off. The setting will then get automatically actiated when
powering on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes it possible to change the Link Security setting while
powered off and have it automatically enabled when powering on a device.
To track the desired state once powered on a new HCI_LINK_SECURITY flag
is added.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Channel lock will be used to lock L2CAP channels which are locked
currently by socket locks.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.
Modify the API to the following:
* start AP -- all settings
* change beacon -- new beacon data
* stop AP -- stop AP mode operation
This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)
Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.
Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask
is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that
certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application.
At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to
indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information
about the VFs belonging to the interface.
This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have
large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned
by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions.
Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with
the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will
not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel.
Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net
devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the
info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed
in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter
mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE.
With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink
attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one specifies where to start MSG_PEEK-ing queue data from. When
set to negative value means that MSG_PEEK works as ususally -- peeks
from the head of the queue always.
When some bytes are peeked from queue and the peeking offset is non
negative it is moved forward so that the next peek will return next
portion of data.
When non-peeking recvmsg occurs and the peeking offset is non negative
is is moved backward so that the next peek will still peek the proper
data (i.e. the one that would have been picked if there were no non
peeking recv in between).
The offset is set using per-proto opteration to let the protocol handle
the locking issues and to check whether the peeking offset feature is
supported by the protocol the socket belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes it possible to toggle the connectable & discoverable
settings when powered off. Two new hdev->dev_flags flags are added to
track what the scan mode should be when the device is finally powered
on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The parameter list for setting the local name via management interface
was missing the short name parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds rudimentary support for the Set High Speed command in
the form of a new HCI dev flag (HCI_HS_ENABLED).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the Discovering event. The
value matches that given to Start/Stop Discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the Stop Discovery command
which should match the value given to Start Discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since neither High Speed (HS) nor Low Energy (LE) are fully implemented
yet, only expose them in supported settings when enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI monitor channel can be used to monitor all packets and events
from the Bluetooth subsystem. The monitor is not bound to any specific
HCI device and allows even capturing multiple devices at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI notifier handling was never used outside of Bluetooth core layer
and thus remove it and replace it with direct function calls. Also move
the stack internal event generation into the HCI socket layer.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bt_cb(skb)->channel was only needed to make hci_send_to_sock() be
used for HCI raw and control sockets. Since they have now separate sending
functions this is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sending functions for HCI raw and control sockets have nothing in
common except that they iterate over the socket list. Split them into
two so they can do their job more efficient. In addition the code becomes
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of having status paramters part of each individual command
response it's simpler to just have the status as part of the command
complete header. This patch updates the code to follow this convention
and thereby also ensures compliance with the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In accordance to the latest mgmt API specification the opcode comes
first and then the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds interleaved discovery support to MGMT Start
Discovery command.
In case interleaved discovery is not supported (not a dual mode
device), we perform BR/EDR or LE-only discovery according to the
device capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch merges DISCOVERY_INQUIRY and DISCOVERY_LE_SCAN states
into a new state called DISCOVERY_FINDING.
From the discovery perspective, we are pretty much worried about
to know just if we are finding devices than what exactly phase of
"finding devices" (inquiry or LE scan) we are currently running.
Besides, to know if the controller is performing inquiry or LE scan
we should check HCI_INQUIRY or HCI_LE_SCAN bits in hdev flags.
Moreover, merging this two states will simplify the discovery state
machine and will keep interleaved discovery implementation simpler.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds to struct discovery_state the field 'type' so that
we can track the discovery type the device is performing.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch does some code refactoring in start_discovery function
in order to prepare it for interleaved discovery support.
MGMT_ADDR_* macros were moved to hci_core.h since they are now used
to define discovery type macros.
Discovery type macros were defined according to mgmt-api.txt
specification:
Possible values for the Type parameter are a bit-wise or of the
following bits:
1 BR/EDR
2 LE Public
3 LE Random
By combining these e.g. the following values are possible:
1 BR/EDR
6 LE (public & random)
7 BR/EDR/LE (interleaved discovery)
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the appropriate Intel copyright to mgmt files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes an address type for all messages containing
an address. This patch updates the confirm name command to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes address types for all messages containing
an address. This patch updates the PIN code messages to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes an address type wherever there's an address
present. This patch updates the link key messages to match it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use state_to_string function in debug statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Function state_to_string will be used in other files in debug
statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Use specific logging functions instead of a generic
bt_printk function can save some text.
Remove now unused bt_printk function.
Add compatibility BT_INFO and BT_ERR macros.
(compiled x86 and defconfig with bluetooth and all bluetooth drivers)
$ size net/bluetooth/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
381662 20072 100416 502150 7a986 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.new
382463 20072 100400 502935 7ac97 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.old
126635 1388 132 128155 1f49b net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
127175 1388 132 128695 1f6b7 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
$ size drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o*
127575 8976 29476 166027 2888b drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.new
129512 8976 29516 168004 29044 drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.old
52998 3292 156 56446 dc7e drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
54358 3292 156 57806 e1ce drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Set SSP mgmt command can be used for enabling and disabling Secure
Simple Pairing support for controllers that support it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Set Link Security mgmt command is used to enable or disable link
level security, also known as Security Mode 3. This is rarely enabled in
modern systems but the command needs to be available for completeness,
qualification purposes and those few systems that actually want to
enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements the Read Supported Commands mgmt command which was
recently added to the API specification. It returns a list of supported
commands and events to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
queue_delayed_work() expects a relative time for when that work
should be scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.
__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:
include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This avoids using the dev_set/get_drvdata() functions to retrieve a
pointer to our own structure. We can use simple pointer arithmetic here.
The drvdata field is actually not needed by any other code-path but this
makes the code more consistent with hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The linux device model provides dev_set/get_drvdata so we can use this
to save private driver data.
This also removes several unnecessary casts.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We currently use dev_set_drvdata to keep a pointer to ourself. This
doesn't make sense as we are the bus and not a driver. Therefore,
introduce to_hci_dev() so we can get a struct hci_dev pointer from a
struct device pointer.
dev_set/get_drvdata() is reserved for drivers that provide a device and
not for the bus using the device. The bus can use simple pointer
arithmetic to retrieve its private data.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch add a new Device Unpaired mgmt event. This will be sent to
all mgmt sockets except the one that requested unpairing (that socket
will get a command complete instead). The event is also reserved for
future SMP updates where a remote device will be able to request pairing
revocation from us.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Authentication Failed mgmt event to match the
latest API specification by adding an address type to it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the implmentation for mgmt_block_device and
mgmt_unblock_device and their corresponding events to match the latest
API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the implementation for these mgmt to be up to date
with the latest API specification. Right now the address type isn't
actually used for anything but that might change in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch upadate the user confirm and user passkey mgmt messages to
match the latest API specification by adding an address type parameter
to them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the disconnect command and
response in order to match the latest mgmt API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the mgmt_remove_keys command to mgmt_unpair_device
and updates its parameters to match the latest API (specifically, it
adds an address type parameter to the command and its response).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We are not supposed to block in start_discovery() because
start_discovery code is running in write() syscall context
and this would block the write operation on the mgmt socket.
This way, we cannot directly call hci_do_le_scan() to scan
LE devices in start_discovery(). To overcome this issue a
derefered work (hdev->le_scan) was created so we can properly
call hci_do_le_scan().
The helper function hci_le_scan() simply set LE scan parameters
and queue hdev->le_scan work. The work is queued on system_long_wq
since it can sleep for a few seconds in the worst case (timeout).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_do_le_scan function which
should be used to scan LE devices.
In order to enable LE scan, hci_do_le_scan() sends commands (Set
LE Scan Parameters and Set LE Scan Enable) to the controller and
waits for its results. If commands were executed successfully a
delayed work is scheduled to disable the ongoing scanning after
some amount of time. This function blocks.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Send MGMT Discovering events once LE scan starts/stops so the
userspace can track when local adapters are discovering LE devices.
This way, we also keep the same behavior of inquiry which sends MGMT
Discovering events once inquiry starts/stops even if it is triggered
by an external tool (e.g. hcitool).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the use of the new structures and lists for the SMP LTK's
we may remove some code that is now unused. No need to have extra
fields of information inside link_key now that it is only used
for Link Keys.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds a method to notify that a new LTK is available and
a handler to store keys coming from userspace into the kernel LTK
list.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This updates all the users of the older way, that was using the
link_keys list to store the SMP keys, to use the new way.
This includes defining new types for the keys, we have a type for each
combination of STK/LTK and Master/Slave.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This includes a new list for storing the keys and a new structure used
to represent each key.
Some notes: authenticated is used to identify that the key may be used
to setup a HIGH security link. As the same list is used to store both
the STK's and the LTK's the type field is used so we can separate
between those two types of keys and if the key should be used when
in the master or slave role.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements the Cancel Pair Device command for mgmt. It's used
by user space to cancel an ongoing pairing attempt which was triggered
by the Pair Device command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the opcodes for mgmt commands and events to match the
latest user space API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes clear that this is the size of the key used to
encrypt the link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This defines two new messages, one event that will inform
userspace that a new Long Term Key was exchanged and one that
will allow userspace to load LTKs into the kernel.
Besides the information necessary for the restablishement of
the secure link, we added some extra information: "authenticated"
that informs if the key can be used to establish an authenticated
link, and "master" that informs the role in that the key should
be used.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It's a very common test to see if both the local and the remote device
have SSP enabled. By creating a simple function to test this we can
shorten many if-statements in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ssp_mode is essentially just a boolean so it's more appropriate to
have it simply as a flag in hdev->dev_flags.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the flags member of struct hci_conn is supposed to accommodate
any boolean type values we can easily merge all boolean members into it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates mgmt_ev_device_connected and mgmt_ev_device found to
include an EIR-encoded remote name and class whenever possible. With
this addition the mgmt_ev_remote_name event becomes unnecessary and can
be removed. Since the connected event doesn't map to hci_conn_complete
anymore a HCI_CONN_MGMT_CONNECTED flag is added to track when mgmt has
been notified about a connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hdev->out variable is essentially a boolean so the type 'bool' makes
more sense than u8.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These flags can and will be used for more general purpose values than
just pending state transitions so the more common name "flags" makes
more sense than "pend".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to have a separate device class field since the same
information can be encoded into the EIR data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes the function accessible from all places it's needed (e.g.
mgmt.c and hci_event.c).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds missing EIR defines (as specified in the Bluetooth
Assigned Numbers document) to hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch add a two byte eir_len parameter mgmt_ev_device_found. Since
it's unlikely that the data will in the short term be much bigger than
conventional EIR lengths just use a small stack based buffer for now to
avoid dynamic memory allocation & freeing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
User space uses device_(dis)connected instead of just (dis)connected so
rename the defines and functions to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new parameter to mgmt_device_found() to inform
the length of 'eir' pointer.
EIR data from LE advertising report event doesn't have a fixed length
as EIR data from extended inquiry result event does. We needed to
change mgmt_device_found() so it copies 'eir_len' bytes instead of
HCI_MAX_EIR_LENGTH.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is usefull when need to make action after timer was cleared
depending on if it was running or not.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Fix the following build warning:
CC [M] net/bluetooth/hci_core.o
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587: warning: return from incompatible pointer type
module_param in hci_core.c passes 'enable_hs' as bool format, so fix
this variable definition type.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch makes sure that devices with stronger signal (RSSI closer to
0) are sorted first in the resolve list and will therefore get their
names resolved first during device discovery. Since it's more likely
that the device the user is trying to discover has a strong signal due
to its proximity this ensures that the user gets the "device found"
event for it more quickly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no point in exposing these to user-space (which is what happens
to everything in hdev->flags) so move them to dev_flags instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:
include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we remove the owner field of hci_dev hci_dev_put and __hci_dev_put
do the same so we can merge them into one function. Same for
hci_dev_hold and __hci_dev_hold.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_dev->dev device structure has an internal refcount. This
refcount is used to protect the whole hci_dev object. However, we
currently do not use it. Therefore, if someone calls hci_free_dev() we
currently immediately destroy the hci_dev object because we never took
the device refcount.
This even happens if the hci_dev->refcnt is not 0. In fact, the
hci_dev->refcnt is totally useless in its current state. Therefore, we
simply remove hci_dev->refcnt and instead use hci_dev->dev refcnt.
This fixes all the symptoms and also correctly integrates the device
structure into our bluetooth bus system.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After unregistering an hci_dev object a bluetooth driver does not have
any callbacks in the hci_dev structure left over. Therefore, there is no
need to keep a reference to the module.
Previously, we needed this to protect the hci-destruct callback.
However, this callback is no longer available so we do not need this
owner field, anymore. Drivers now call hci_unregister_dev() and they
are done with the object.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci-destruct callback is not used by any driver so we can remove it.
There is no reason to keep it alive, anymore. Drivers can free their
internal data on driver-release and we do not need to provide a public
destruct callback.
Internally, we still use a destruct callback inside of hci_sysfs.c. This
one is used to correctly free our hci_dev data structure if no more
users have a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Several drivers already provide an empty callback so we can actually
make this optional and then remove all those empty callbacks in the
drivers.
This callback isn't needed at all by most drivers as they can remove
their allocated structures on device disconnect and not on hci
destruction.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
queue_delayed_work() expects a relative time for when that work
should be scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Adds HCI_ACL_TX_TIMEOUT and clear conversion from msec to jiffies
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.
__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Adds support for Number Of Completed Data Blocks Event.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the necessary logic to perform name lookups after
inquiry completes. This is done by checking for entries in the resolve
list after each inquiry complete and remote name complete HCI event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds proper state tracking to the device discovery process.
This makes it possible to return appropriate errors when trying to stop
a non-active discovery or start discovery when it is already ongoing.
Once name resolving is implemented this also makes it possible to know
what the right action to do is when a remote name lookup is cancelled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This struct is used for not just inquiry caching but also for general
device discovery state tracking so it's better to rename it to something
more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If user-space has already confirmed the name for a remote device we
shouldn't request confirmation again. The simplest way to do this is to
return the name state from hci_inquiry_cache_update (if it is anything
else than unknown then we do not need confirmation from user-space).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds initial support for mgmt_confirm_name. It adds the
necessary tracking of the name state by extending the inquiry cache. The
actual name resolving operation (to be done once inquiry is finished) is
not yet part of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The EIR defines are needed also outside of mgmt.c (e.g. in hci_event.c
to check if EIR data has the complete name) so it's better to have them
in a single public place, i.e. hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes it possible to use the convenience functions provided for
standard kernel list types and it also makes it easier to extend the use
of the cache for the management interface where e.g. name resolving
control will be needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently, it is not easily possible to get TOS/DSCP value of packets from
an incoming TCP stream. The mechanism is there, IP_PKTOPTIONS getsockopt
with IP_RECVTOS set, the same way as incoming TTL can be queried. This is
not actually implemented for TOS, though.
This patch adds this functionality, both for IPv4 (IP_PKTOPTIONS) and IPv6
(IPV6_2292PKTOPTIONS). For IPv4, like in the IP_RECVTTL case, the value of
the TOS field is stored from the other party's ACK.
This is needed for proxies which require DSCP transparency. One such example
is at http://zph.bratcheda.org/.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the netprio_cgroup module is not loaded, net_prio_subsys_id
is -1, and so sock_update_prioidx() accesses cgroup_subsys array
with negative index subsys[-1].
Make the code resembles cls_cgroup code, which is bug free.
Origionally-authored-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For HS transport the maximum message size depends on the MTU-size
of the HS-device bound to the AF_IUCV socket. This patch adds a
getsockopt option MSGSIZE returning the maximum message size that
can be handled for this AF_IUCV socket.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch saves the net_device in the iucv_sock structure during
bind in order to fasten skb sending.
In addition some other small improvements are made for HS transport:
- error checking when sending skbs
- locking changes in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
- skb freeing in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
And finally it contains code cleanup to get rid of iucv_skb_queue_purge.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP_UNICAST_IF feature is needed by the Wine project. This patch
implements the feature by setting the outgoing interface in a similar
fashion to that of IP_MULTICAST_IF. A separate option is needed to
handle this feature since the existing options do not provide all of
the characteristics required by IP_UNICAST_IF, a summary is provided
below.
SO_BINDTODEVICE:
* SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative privileges, IP_UNICAST_IF
does not. From reading some old mailing list articles my
understanding is that SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative
privileges because it can override the administrator's routing
settings.
* The SO_BINDTODEVICE option restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic, IP_UNICAST_IF only impacts outbound traffic.
IP_PKTINFO:
* Since IP_PKTINFO and IP_UNICAST_IF are independent options,
implementing IP_UNICAST_IF with IP_PKTINFO will likely break some
applications.
* Implementing IP_UNICAST_IF on top of IP_PKTINFO significantly
complicates the Wine codebase and reduces the socket performance
(doing this requires a lot of extra communication between the
"server" and "user" layers).
bind():
* bind() does not work on broadcast packets, IP_UNICAST_IF is
specifically intended to work with broadcast packets.
* Like SO_BINDTODEVICE, bind() restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Erich E. Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
